If Only Australia, New Zealand & The Pacific Islands

Australia, New Zealand & The Pacific Islands

Travel made beautiful!

I founded If Only… a distant fifteen years ago. In those very early days it was literally a one man operation trading from a fresh-air deprived, humble little garret above a travel agency. Back then the only destination featured was Mauritius and a modest little 20 page brochure was my calling card. As I recall, I opted for an initial print run of 10,000 brochures – and perhaps in retrospect even that number was somewhat optimistic.

Not so many years on and our expansive portfolio currently embraces Arabia, Indian Ocean and Asia and we produce in the region of 350,000 brochures.

Where has the time gone?

Of course nothing stands still within If Only… and I am very excited with the latest additions to our collection, namely Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands. We have been consistently asked for these destinations and are now in a position to cater for this demand.

Our aim is to provide travellers with the perfect holiday, whether they be veteran travellers or perhaps even ‘newbies’, visiting this part of the world for the very first time. The experiences within these pages are wide and varied: enjoy the hustle and bustle of some of the world’s greatest cities with their designer stores and sophisticated restaurants, trek through tropical rainforests, snorkel in the Great Barrier Reef, relax on the glorious beaches of the South Pacific, marvel at aweinspiring landscapes, wonder at the unique wildlife or be in awe of the majestic barrenness of the Outback. The list is endless.

As with the existing destinations in our portfolio we will continue to provide virtually unrivalled levels of product knowledge. Our award-winning teams are always eager to ‘go the extra mile’ and will provide a very personalised and bespoke service. I am delighted to say that we have a dedicated Australasia Team in place, one which is brimming with experience, some of whom have even lived in Australia or New Zealand for lengthy periods. They are on standby ready and willing to provide you with the benefit of their invaluable first-hand experience.

Whether it is simply flights you require, accommodation only, a private tour or a very detailed multi-centre itinerary, our friendly and personable dedicated reservation team is on hand to guide you each and every step of the way.

Why compromise when ‘travel made beautiful’ awaits you at If Only... ?

Brendan Maguire, Founder and Managing Director

Contents Contents & Map About If Only Fly Emirates The Asia & The Arabia & Indian Ocean Experience Silversea Cruises

4 6 8 10 12

Australia The Australia Experience

16-19

New South Wales

20-31

Victoria

32-39

South Australia

40-47

Tasmania

48-57

Queensland

58-89

Northern Territory

90-105

Western Australia

106-119

UAE

New Zealand The New Zealand Experience

122-127

North & South Islands

128-169

Fiji The Fiji Experience

172-187

The Cook Islands The Cook Islands Experience

190-197

The Islands of Tahiti The Tahiti Experience

200-213

Information Our Airline Partners Essential Travel Information Booking Conditions

214-215 217 218-219

Denotes Arabian destinations featured in our Arabia and Indian Ocean brochure Denotes Indian Ocean destinations featured in our Arabia and Indian Ocean brochure Denotes destinations featured in our Asia brochure Denotes destinations featured in our Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands brochure

4

Contents

Nepal Bhutan

Myanmar Laos

India

Hong Kong

Oman

Vietnam Thailand Sri Lanka

Cambodia

Maldives

The Islands of Tahiti

Seychelles Malaysia

Bali

Mauritius

Fiji Australia

Cook Islands

New Zealand

5

About If Only...

General

Transfers

We are delighted to be able to showcase our stunning selection of hand-picked hotels, lodges, apartments and resorts in Australia, New Zealand as well as the Pacific Islands of Fiji, The Cook Islands and French Polynesia. Sit back, relax and luxuriate over some of the world’s finest and most exclusive hideaways, attractions and experiences, each and every one having been personally visited and inspected on behalf of If Only... . Let us help you plan your trip of a lifetime to some of earth’s most diverse countries and landscapes, safe in the knowledge that each member of our reservations team is a destination expert, is well-travelled and will personally deal with your holiday requirements with passion, enthusiasm, professionalism and a friendly manner that is virtually unparalleled.

Where transfers are by land, generally speaking If Only… provide private car transfers. Where appropriate we also offer a ‘meet and greet’ service, as well as helicopter and limousine transfers in some of our destinations.

Awards In recent years the quality of our service has been recognised by our partners in the industry, having been the recipient of a number of ‘Best Tour Operator’ awards. Furthermore, it has been particularly gratifying to have also been consistently recognised outwith our own industry.

Peace of Mind You are in safe hands with If Only... . In addition to our wealth of experience, you may rest assured that your holiday is financially protected as we hold all requisite licences. Please refer to the booking conditions on the inside back cover of this brochure for further information.

Flights We only use scheduled airlines, in keeping with the quality of our overall product. For more detailed information on all our airline partners, please refer to pages 214 and 215.

We are also able to offer competitively priced domestic connecting flights from regional airports. Please ask one of our reservation team for further information. Why not travel in style and upgrade your flights to the more luxurious first and business class cabins? This will also enable you to relax in the airport lounge and enjoy complimentary drinks and snacks prior to your flight. These upgrades are sometimes available on a one-way basis and are probably more reasonably priced than you imagine - an ideal way to celebrate a birthday, anniversary, honeymoon or to simply indulge yourself.

6

About If Only...

Price Panels It is not our policy to provide detailed price panels on each page. There are two reasons for this. Firstly all of our holidays are tailor-made, specifically for you. Secondly, we very often obtain special hotel rates and airfares after the brochure has gone to print and we prefer to pass these on to you. As a very general guideline, in each destination we tend to feature the hotels in value order, commencing with the least expensive.

This however is not an exact science, given that there might be variations in the board basis offered by the hotels. Our hotel classifications (referred to below) will also provide you with a useful guide.

Hotel Classification We have chosen to include star ratings for each property.

We have been obliged to use the hotel’s own rating if an official rating is not available. It is very important to note that this is not an exact science and standards can vary quite dramatically from one country to another. However, we do believe that it will serve as a useful indicator.

What’s New...?

After successfully operating in Arabia, the Indian Ocean and Asia and in response to client demands, we are delighted to launch this new Australasia brochure. Our Product Department has been hard at work sourcing the best resorts in each destination; encompassing top end luxury 5* deluxe resorts, stunning 4 star offerings with the occasional 3 star superior gem thrown in. As always the accent is on offering great locations, superb accommodation, attentive service and fantastic value for money. To enhance your dream holiday, we have also included touring, cruising, short tours and day excursions, enabling you to make the most of your trip.

From an operational point of view we have expanded our reservations, product and aftersales departments, ensuring that clients benefit from the very best advice and experience both pre- and post-booking. In addition, we have recently invested in a new back and front end computer system which enables us to tailor make holidays more quickly, accurately and with the most competitive pricing. It also allows us to provide more professional documentation.

Fly Emirates Emirates is one of the fastest growing airlines in the world and since its inception in 1985 it has won over 500 international awards for excellence.

Emirates offer unrivalled levels of service, stateof-the-art facilities and convenient scheduling to guarantee your comfort, whether you are travelling on business or for pleasure.

Network From the UK, Emirates currently offers a choice of 20 direct flights a day to Dubai and beyond from 6 UK airports, ensuring unbeatable flexibility and convenience.

Fly from London Heathrow, London Gatwick, Birmingham, Manchester, Newcastle and Glasgow to Dubai and onward to over 150 worldwide destinations across the Middle East, Africa, Indian subcontinent, Far East, Australia and New Zealand.

In-flight entertainment Emirates offer personal seat back screens and up to 1,800 channels of award-winning entertainment with connection to phone, SMS and email from every seat - plus Wi-Fi onboard the Emirates A380.

Twin-centre holiday For those travellers wishing to have two holiday experiences in one, the twin centre concept is ideal. Why not take advantage of the extensive Emirates worldwide network and combine a stay in Dubai with destinations such as Mauritius, Seychelles, Maldives, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Vietnam, Malaysia, India, Indonesia, Australia and New Zealand.

Travel in style with Emirates The luxury of travelling in First Class and Business Class with Emirates begins as soon as you leave home with a complimentary Chauffeur-drive Service. Once onboard you will enjoy gourmet dining and award-winning inflight entertainment whilst relaxing in spacious and comfortable seats that convert into flat-beds at the touch of a button, ensuring that you arrive at your destination rested and refreshed. First Class and Business Class passengers can also take advantage of exclusive Emirates Lounges, dedicated check-in and baggage handling, a generous 40kg baggage allowance in Business Class and 50kgs in First Class.

Economy Class Emirates Economy Class offers the highest level of service from the multilingual cabin crew. You are invited to relax in comfortable, spacious seats and enjoy up to 1,800 channels of award-winning entertainment on ‘ice’. Inflight cuisine offers outstanding choice and quality with gourmet menus and an excellent complimentary selection of wines and other beverages. Passengers flying in Economy Class are permitted 30kgs baggage allowance.

The Emirates A380 The Emirates A380 promises customers in all classes a whole new travel experience including Wi-Fi on most flights.

First Class and Business Class passengers are able to enjoy drinks and canapés in the Onboard Lounge.

In First Class, each luxurious Private Suite has a built-in, adjustable massage system and for your comfort, your seat converts to a fully flat bed with mattress. The aircraft boasts two First Class Shower Spas which include heated flooring, leather seating and shower kits.

Passengers travelling in Business Class will benefit from comfortable flat-bed seats, personal storage as well as an in-seat power supply for laptops, dual port USB, a 17” Digital widescreen TV and a personal mini-bar.

Passengers in Economy Class benefit from adjustable headrests, more space and a sliding base allowing deeper seat recline.

8

Emirates

9

The Asia and the Arabia & Indian Ocean Experience In tandem with the new Australia, New Zealand & The Pacific Islands brochure, If Only... has produced two additional sister brochures. One exclusively dedicated to Asia, the other to Arabia & Indian Ocean.

The If Only... Asia brochure showcases the very best that this wide and diverse region has to offer, with a full range of fascinating rail, touring and cruising itineraries highlighting the almost incomparable architecture, culture, heritage and tradition which is so prevalent within the region. India, Nepal, Bhutan, Myanmar, Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam are all covered in depth along with Thailand, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Singapore and Bali. The touring arrangements are all complemented by an impressive selection of the very best hotels and resorts, set in a variety of city and beach locations covering the entire region.

The exotic and enticing destinations of the Indian Ocean provide the ultimate in escapism, offering consistently high levels of service, fabulous beaches and a balmy, tropical climate. Mauritius is home to some of the worlds finest beaches as well as an extensive collection of luxurious hotels and resorts. Seclusion, powdery white sands and the sparkling aquamarine ocean make the Maldives islands hard to resist, whilst the spectacularly scenic Seychelles offer the perfect island-hopping experience. Cultural Sri Lanka provides a marked contrast with a diverse landscape ranging from cascading waterfalls and paddy fields to a beautiful, coconut-fringed coastline begging to be discovered.

These destinations offer the perfect combination for a twin-, triple- or multi-centre experience that together promise the holiday of a lifetime.

The possibilities are endless!

The Arabia & Indian Ocean brochure features a comprehensive selection of mouth-watering hotels and resorts, all very carefully chosen with the needs of our clientele firmly in mind. Ever-popular Dubai and its neighbouring Emirates take centre stage with a range of stunning beach-side properties and desert escapes on offer. The dynamic, oil-rich Emirate of Abu Dhabi and the neighbouring Sultanate of Oman, often described as the ‘essence of Arabia’, both provide a compelling appeal.

Each has its own distinct identity, reflecting both ancient and modern traditions, which co-exist effortlessly within the seemingly endless and achingly beautiful desert and mountain terrain which they share.

Arabia & Indian Ocean

10

Asia - Arabia & Indian Ocean

11

The Cruise Experience with Silversea Cruise in sublime luxury with Silversea around the visually stunning landscapes of Australia and New Zealand. Enjoy the amenities of a large resort, with the convenience and superior service levels of a small ship which is able to navigate narrow waterways into the heart of a city, while others anchor off shore.

From the enviable and unforgettable experience of sailing into Sydney Harbour, to discovering native wildlife and Aboriginal rock art in The Kimberley, a Silversea cruise around Australia offers the opportunity to explore the very best that this enticing land has to offer. Silversea offers luxury cruising with port of call at Sydney, Broome, Darwin, Melbourne and Tasmania, providing ample time to experience each of these destinations as well as enjoy the relaxation and facilities that the ship offers.

Discover the Sub-Antarctic islands of New Zealand. Revel in the spectacular scenery of New Zealand as you travel towards Australia. Cruise the magnificent Milford and Dusky Sounds and go dolphin, seal and bird spotting on an eco-cruise in Picton. Explore Auckland, the ‘City of Sails’, or try to spot the Royal Albatross and yellow-eyed penguins in the former gold mining area around Dunedin.

Dining is of the utmost importance at Silversea and gastronomic excellence is a provided thanks to Silversea’s partnership with the respected Grands Chefs Relais & Châteaux. Silversea offers a choice of dining venues aboard all ships. The Restaurant provides open seating so you may dine at your leisure with new friends. Other options may include Le Champagne, a Relais & Châteaux restaurant, the glamorous Stars Supper Club and the relaxed outdoor Pool Grill.

Enrichment Experiences In addition to unadulterated luxury and pampering, Silversea offers a range of enrichment programmes including lectures, informal talks and demonstrations to enrich your understanding of the places you visit and the people who live there, all led by guest speakers, destination consultants and world affairs experts.

On Board Cruise Activities

Silversea offers premium all-inclusive luxury cruises to a range of over 800 thrilling destinations, setting the standard for luxury cruising world-wide. Sailing with Silversea, guests can experience impeccable service, gourmet cuisine, spacious ocean-view suites and an abundance of onboard activities, in addition to enthralling ports of call.

In today’s fast paced society time is often of the essence. Days at sea offer the perfect opportunity to redress the balance; choose to lounge on the deck or your private veranda, indulge in afternoon tea, be pampered in the spa, or for those wishing to use their time a little more altruistically, take dance or computer lessons or participate in wine tastings and cooking demonstrations. The choices are many and varied. Evenings may be spent mingling with your fellow international travellers, being enthralled by the stage show or entertainer, strolling on the deck or dancing the night away.

Personalised Service

Exceptional Shore Excursions

Your luxury cruise begins with a warm welcome and a chilled glass of champagne. The highly trained Silversea crew will anticipate your every need with a supreme level of personalised service. Additionally, enjoy butler service in every suite. Butlers are proficient, attentive and will indulge your every whim.

Silversea Destination Consultants will help you to maximise your time ashore, expertly planning your time to ensure a meaningful and authentic experience. Shore excursions can be in a group, ensuring that you never miss the all-important destination highlights or private, allowing you to seek out the hidden gem you have heard about through the grapevine.

Luxury Cruise Suites

Silversea offer a wide variety of luxury voyages around Australia, New Zealand, French Polynesia, Arabia, the Indian Ocean, Asia and beyond. Our If Only… cruise experts will be delighted to tailor make cruise experiences according to individual requirements including adding pre- or post-cruise stays and side trips. Please refer to ifonly.net for details on specific voyages.

Silversea’s suites offer more space than is customary of luxury ocean travel, all offer ocean views and most include a private veranda. Luxury amenities including a robe and slippers, flatscreen TV, iPod docking station and in-suite bar are all offered as standard.

12

Dining Options

Silversea

13

Australia

The Australia Experience Australia was the last great land on earth to be discovered by Europeans - the world’s largest island and the world’s smallest continent at one and the same time. Australia’s more recent ‘European’ history dates back to 1770 when the English navigator, Captain James Cook, arrived in Botany Bay for the first time.

Australia is vast, totally unique and hugely contrasting in its terrain, vegetation, wildlife, climate and lifestyle. Worldrenowned, man-made urban icons such as the Sydney Opera House and Harbour Bridge sit side-by-side with natural wonders such as the Blue Mountains, Uluru and the Tasmanian wilderness. All converge to make Australia one of the most inspiring and sought after tourist destinations in the world.

The Australian climate is generally pleasant, without dramatic extremes in temperatures. Some areas which lie within the dry and barren central and northern interior can exceed 50° C. during the dry summer months and humidity can be high in the far north of Western Australia, Northern Territory and Queensland during the same period. Broadly, there are two climatic zones. The north, above the Tropic of Capricorn, which accounts for 40% of the land area. The remaining territory lies in the temperate zone. Because of Australia’s vast size there are variations within these zones.

The temperate regions have four seasons, the tropical zone has two, wet and dry. Australia’s seasons are the opposite of those in the northern hemisphere.

In 1788, the first settlers arrived to establish the beginnings of a colony and the emergence and growth of the first townships in and around present day Sydney. Prior to this Australia’s only inhabitants were the indigenous, Aboriginal peoples and the Cook Strait Islanders, who live in what is now North-West Queensland.

The country straddles and extends both north and south from the Tropic of Capricorn. Lying in the southern hemisphere, the land area is made up of just over 7.5 million square kilometres, positioned between the Indian and Pacific Oceans and between the Southern Ocean and the countries of South-East Asia. Around 90% of Australia’s population of 24 million people are confined to the major urban centres of Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide, Brisbane, Hobart, Darwin and Perth, occupying a narrow coastal strip which surrounds both the mainland and the offshore island state of Tasmania. The capital, Canberra, is located inland, lying midway between Melbourne and Sydney, as the crow flies, and is known as the ‘Bush Capital’. The harsh, dry and remote interior remains relatively uninhabited.

Australia is an all-year round destination for visitors. During the summer (December-March) it can be hot in Western Australia, Northern Territory and Queensland. At the Great Barrier Reef most rain falls in January-February. In Northern Queensland and parts of the Northern Territory roads may flood during the wet season (January-March).

Darwin Katherine Broome

Cairns NORTHERN TERRITORY Alice Springs

Townsville QUEENSLAND

WESTERN AUSTRALIA Brisbane Geraldton Perth Albany

SOUTH AUSTRALIA Kalgoorlie

NEW SOUTH WALES Adelaide

Sydney Canberra Melbourne VICTORIA

TASMANIA

16

Australia

Hobart

Getting Around Australia CAR HIRE & CAMPERVAN HIRE Australia is a vast country and a little daunting for some people considering vehicle hire as a means by which to explore its expanses.

Australia’s extensive arterial road and highway system, however, is tailor-made for just such an undertaking, whether by car or by campervan.

Driving in Australia will be familiar to most UK and Irish drivers.

Australians drive on the left, as do we, and traffic signals and road conditions are much the same as here, but with lower volumes of traffic. Distances between towns and cities are far greater, however, and this should be taken into consideration before planning and undertaking a journey. Travel in remote ‘outback’ locations comes with its own demands and considerations which should always be followed to the letter.

All things considered, car and campervan hire provides a safe, familiar way to experience Australia at a leisurely pace.

A selection of suggested self-drive itineraries are offered within this brochure, via inland and coastal routes covering most states and territories. For motorhome travellers, the vehicle is your home, offering complete flexibility. For those choosing car-hire, advance planning is required, particularly for accommodation needs along the way. Our team are on hand to assist you in securing the right vehicle to suit your needs and to provide full assistance in itinerary planning and in securing Camperpark facilities and all accommodation needs. We recommend that arrangements are made well in advance of travel in order to avoid disappointment.

Australia offers two exceptional rail journeys, The Ghan and Indian Pacific, connecting north to south and east to west respectively. Both come with a choice of Platinum or Gold on-board services, along with off-train excursions and experiences.

THE GHAN The Ghan connects Adelaide to Darwin and vice-versa, and covers 2,979 kilometres or 1,851 miles over 3 days/2 nights.

Journeys are available between Adelaide-Alice Springs and Alice Springs-Darwin, or vice versa. Southbound journeys allow off-train excursions at Alice Springs, Katherine and an outback experience at Manguri. Northbound journeys also call at Marla for a sunrise experience. A ‘Ghan Experience’ service (4 days/3 nights) allows extended time in Alice Springs and a full-day in the outback mining town of Coober Pedy.

AVIS AUSTRALIA

INDIAN PACIFIC

Our preferred car hire partner is AVIS Australia, offering a range of over 20,000 vehicles at more than 200 locations across the country. We recommend cars within the Intermediate to Full-Size groups (C, D and E). All come with automatic transmission, air-conditioning, power-steering and central locking, accommodating 4 to 5 passengers. We offer fully inclusive rates for vehicle hire. Full details are available on request or at the time of booking.

The Indian Pacific connects Sydney to Perth and vice versa, and covers 4,352 kilometres or 2,704 miles over 4 days/3 nights. Journeys are available between Sydney-Perth and Adelaide-Perth, or vice -versa. Journeys ex-Perth allow off-train excursions at Kalgoorlie, Adelaide and Broken Hill. Journeys ex-Sydney allow off-train excursions at Broken Hill, extended touring in Adelaide/Barossa Valley and an outback ‘wine & dine’ experience at Rawlinna. Details of itineraries, Gold and Paltinum services and related costs are available on enquiry.

MAUI MOTORHOMES Our preferred Motorhome partner is MAUI Australia one of the most respected rental providers in Australia, offering a modern fleet of vehicles, all of specialist manufacture. Maui depots are located in all major cities and townships throughout Australia. We recommend ‘Ultima Plus’, ‘Beach’ and ‘River’ branded motorhomes, accommodating between 2 and 6 persons respectively. Vehicles feature automatic transmission, air-conditioning, heating, fridge, gas stove, microwave, toilet, shower and DVD player with flat screen TV. We offer Maui inclusive rates. Full details are available on request or at the time of booking.

18

GREAT SOUTHERN RAIL

Australia

Great Walks of Australia Walking is one of the best ways to fully immerse yourself in Australia’s spectacular natural environment. From epic treks to short hikes through World Heritage-listed national parks, Australia has some of the best walking experiences in the world.

Great Walks of Australia is an exclusive collection of the best luxury guided multi-day walks in Australia. Each independently owned and guided experience is unique, and together they cover some of Australia’s most iconic landscapes. All journeys are led by expert guides with an understanding of the environment, the culture, nature and history of each experience along the way. Small groups, exclusive accommodation, gourmet food and wine offer the comfort of a luxury holiday in the remote wilderness.

TWELVE APOSTLES LODGE WALK - VICTORIA Discover the wild beauty of the Great Ocean Road, from December to May. This outstanding, long-distance trail traverses the Shipwreck Coast and Great Ocean Road coastline ending at the iconic Twelve Apostles. See fur seals, kangaroos, wallabies, koalas and local plants in their natural environment. Group members return each night to a purpose-built eco lodge, with hot showers, private bathrooms and foot spas. Enjoy freshly prepared regional food and wine, hosted by the professional guides.

SCENIC RIM TRAIL BY SPICERS - QUEENSLAND

THE LARAPINTA TRAIL - NORTHERN TERRITORY Carry only your day pack on a guided walk along the high ridgelines of the Western MacDonnell Ranges. This trail is ideal for the experienced walker, covering up to 16 kilometres per day over a 6 day period. The walk is additionally enhanced by stylish, award-winning, semipermanent campsites, complete with hot showers and a heated dining and lounge tent. The support crew take care of the details, leaving you to enjoy the scenery.

THE MARIA ISLAND WALK - TASMANIA Tranquillity and unspoiled natural beauty are the essence of the Maria Island National Park, located just off Tasmania’s east coast. The park is a Noahs Ark for rare animals and birds and is Australia’s newest UNESCO World Heritage site with an intact convict settlement. Experience gentle walking along empty beaches by day and enjoy candlelit gourmet dining at night. Search for rare shells or swim in the clear waters. Spend 2 nights in a comfortable wilderness camp and 1 night in a restored, heritage-listed homestead.

Set in the foothills of South East Queensland’s Main Range National Park, rich in mountains, ridges, escarpments, forests and volcanic plateaus. The guided walks cover a region with more than 30,000 hectares of parkland, state forests and national parks, over a 4 day/3 night period. A chance to explore land only touched by the early pioneers, learning about indigenous rituals and traditions as you go.

Retire daily to the luxurious comfort of Spicers Retreat to enjoy gourmet food, wine and attentive service.

THE ARKABA WALK - SOUTH AUSTRALIA A guided 4 day/3 night walk traversing the Flinders Ranges in the heart of outback South Australia. More than 600 million years of geological history is on show, amidst the red glow and spectacular scenery at Wilpena Pound and the Elder Range. Kangaroos, wallabies and emus are sighted regularly during the walk. In the evening, spend time around the camp fire and learn of the lives of early pioneers and settlers before settling into the comfort of the elegantly restored 1850s accommodation at Arkaba Homestead.

All prices available at the time of enquiry.

Walks are also available covering Tasmania’s Cradle Mountain and Freycinet Peninsula regions. These are mentioned within the Tasmania section on page 48.

19

A glimpse of New South Wales New South Wales offers an absolute wealth of opportunity for the independent traveller which few states in Australia can match. Most of this is within easy reach of Sydney, the show-piece city of both New South Wales and of the nation.

For those arriving in Australia from overseas there’s a good chance that your first port of call will be Sydney.

With its stunning harbourside setting, iconic colonial and modern-era buildings, the well-preserved Rocks district and its outdoor sun and surf lifestyle, Sydney is blessed with superlatives. The vast harbour and shoreline, stunning beaches fronting picturesque bayside and hillside suburbs lie at its heart. Sydney encompasses nature and is itself encompassed by wilderness, in the form of several National Parks which surround the city, one of which borders the eastern shores of the splendid harbour itself.

The Blue Mountains, blessed with inordinate natural beauty, are located to the west of Sydney, an hour away by road.

The area is easy to reach and well worth the effort, whether for a day visit or for a longer stay. There is much to discover and enjoy here. A blue haze produced by evaporating oils from the dense eucalyptus trees which carpet the deep, sandstone valley floors, give the area its name. The central sandstone escarpment which overlooks the surrounding valleys is home to several small, quaint and picturesque townships, including Wentworth Falls, Leura and Katoomba.

A number of lookout points are located at the escarpment edge, each providing spectacular views over the many sandstone outcrops and the lush, green valley floors below.

The Blue Mountains are popular with walkers, with many trails available to suit all levels of experience, winding through the dense bushland and wild valleys.

Located to the north of Sydney is the Hunter Valley, home to one of Australia’s oldest and best-known wine producing areas with old vines dating back to the mid 1800’s. Wineries old and new pepper the valley floor, many of them offering cellar door access and the opportunity for visitors to sample their produce. Hunter Valley attractions don’t stop with the wineries either. The region is also a popular centre for the production of ‘artisan’ chocolate, cheese, olive oil and local craft beer. The small town of Pokolbin is the focal point and home to a concentration of wineries, restaurants and fine hostelries from which to choose. Other wineries, outlets, local producers and attractions are readily available nearby, including hot air ballooning and horse riding options.

20

Australia

New South Wales is the ideal self-drive destination, a self-contained opportunity to travel and explore safely at a leisurely pace, combining city, inland and coastal attractions, circular routings and inter-state point-to-point options. There are many different itineraries available including the suggestions provided herein which offer some of the best choices.

Strewn along the north Pacific coast highway linking the Sydney/Newcastle urban conurbation with Queensland’s Gold Coast region and Brisbane beyond, are the resort towns and settlements of Port Stephens, Port Macquarie, Coffs Harbour and Byron Bay, amongst others. These are perfect stopover points, forming part of a scenic and relaxing self-drive journey. Alternative routes link Sydney to Melbourne, the capital of Victoria. Choose to travel via the dramatic and scenic Pacific coastal road, travelling south from Sydney, visiting Jervis Bay, Merimbula, Lakes Entrance, Philip Island and the Mornington Peninsula or take the ‘pioneer’ route over the dividing ranges via Canberra, Albury, Rutherglen, Echuca and historic Bendigo.

Byron Bay

Lightning Ridge Opal Mines

Coff’s Harbour

Port Macquarie Broken Hill

Nelson’s Bay/ Port Stephens

NEW SOUTH WALES

Newcastle Blue Mountains

Hunter Valley

SYDNEY Wollongong

Wagga Wagga Kosciusko N.P

A.C.T.

Tilba Tilba

Merimbula

The properties, sightseeing excursions and touring options offered within the following pages provide a host of ideas and relaxing additions to all that New South Wales does so well. Stop-over destinations and a selection of carefully chosen accommodation choices are provided along with suggested self-drive itineraries. Individually or collectively the locations and experiences featured provide the perfect means by which to explore the many unique and varied experiences that New South Wales has to offer.

Four Seasons Hotel George Street, Sydney This established property enjoys one of Sydney’s best and most scenically impressive locations. Situated at the foot of George Street, immediately adjacent to Circular Quay and minutes from Sydney’s historic Rocks district, the Four Seasons Hotel enjoys panoramic views of the harbour, the Opera House and the Harbour Bridge.

The 531 guest rooms and suites come in a choice of City View, Partial Harbour View and Full Harbour View, all decorated in a contemporary grand-luxe style. Guest rooms are available in a wide choice of categories as are the suites. The Cabana serves contemporary regional specialities, fresh seafood, gourmet sandwiches and salads in relaxed lobby and poolside settings.

The award-winning Pei Modern offers modern Australian cuisine, cooked with a twist, centred around a fired grill and oven. Grain bar, at the lobby level, offers a selection of whiskies and bespoke craft beers. Room service is also available. The Four Seasons Hotel guest facilities include an holistic spa, a fitness centre and an outdoor heated swimming pool. Business services are available 24 hours at the Executive Club.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £315 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

InterContinental Sydney Macquarie Street, Sydney A grand hotel in every sense, the InterContinental Sydney occupies the imposing former Sydney Treasury building, which dates back to 1851. The property stands one block back from Circular Quay, overlooking The Royal Botanic Gardens with panoramic views out over Circular Quay, the Opera House and the Harbour Bridge. The nearby colonial Rocks district is less than ten minutes away, as is the city’s shopping and CBD district, which is virtually on the doorstep.

The 509 elegantly appointed guest rooms and suites are available in a choice of categories and all come with a choice of City, Harbour Bridge, Opera House or Royal Botanic Gardens views. Café Opera, The Cortile, The Meat & Wine Co and 117 Dining offer guests a wide choice of dining and lounge options, along with the exclusive Club InterContinental Supper Club, located on the 31st floor with panoramic views over the harbour. InterContinental guest facilities include an indoor heated pool, Odyssey Health Club and Spa, Business Centre and a 24-hour Valet and Concierge service.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £309 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

22

Australia

Pier One Sydney Walsh Bay, Sydney You can’t get much closer to Sydney Harbour Bridge than Pier One Sydney. The property is set on an overwater pier, immediately adjacent to the bridge, located to the right of the property. The hotel retains original historic timber and iron work within its structure, dating from its origins as a Sydney Wharf-house. This is complemented by tasteful and modern design elements carrying a subtle nautical theme, evident throughout this impressive hotel.

The 189 guest rooms and suites come in several categories, outlooks and aspects, each progressively larger in floor space.

Views range from Eastern Harbour and Walsh Bay to full Harbour, dependant upon category and location. The elegant Gantry Restaurant & Bar enjoys an enviable location, overlooking Walsh Bay and the harbour, with 360˚ views, outside seating and a private pontoon. An impressive food and beverage menu focusses on locally sourced produce served in a casual, idyllic atmosphere and setting. Guest facilities include Stay-In-Spa, and fitness centre.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £289 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

Radisson Blu O’Connell Street, Sydney This classic property is located in Sydney’s CBD and main shopping area, close to Wynyard Station. The hotel occupies an attractive, flatiron style, sandstone heritage building which dates from the 1800s.

The Rocks, Circular Quay, The Queen Victoria Building and Arcade and Darling Harbour are all within 10 minutes walk of the property.

The hotel has recently undergone a complete refurbishment and update. The 362 well-appointed, spacious guest rooms and suites come complete with stylish interiors and luxurious soft furnishings.

A wide choice of categories are available ranging from Atrium to Presidential. All rooms and suites come with varying city views. A choice of food and beverage outlets is available including the multipurpose Lady Fairfax Room, contemporary Bentley Restaurant & Bar, and the elegant, lobby-located Fax Bar. Guest facilities include an indoor swimming pool, spa facility, the Business Class lounge affording appropriate related guest privileges and 24-hour concierge and room service.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £309 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

23

QT Sydney Market Street, Sydney The QT is a ‘no-holds-barred’ take on the modern, metropolitan, boutique hotel. The QT Sydney oozes class, contemporary quirkiness and style in abundance. The bold, artistic interior design takes its lead from the two adjoining buildings which the hotel now occupies - the former Gowings department store and the majestic State Theatre - retaining the Gothic, Art Deco and Italianate influences that characterise the exterior architecture.

The 200 guest rooms and suites are presented in varying categories ranging from lead-in rooms to state suites. Stand-out features include original hardwood flooring, heritage windows and quirky yet functional bespoke furnishings and interior lighting. Food and beverage needs are admirably catered for at Gowings Bar & Grill, a contemporary European-style brasserie, Gilt Lounge cocktail night spot and Parlour Lane Roasters, a vibrant street-side café, bar and grill. Guest facilities include lspaQ luxury day spa, 24-hour room service and Qtique designer gift shop.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £329 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

The Old Clare Hotel Kensington Street, Chippendale, Sydney The Old Clare is a hidden gem, enjoying a location in the ‘bohemian’ district of Chippendale, close to Central Station and part of the city’s fashionable ‘Inner West’ area, itself undergoing almost non-stop gentrification. The hotel occupies two heritage-listed buildings, The Clare Hotel Pub and the former Carlton & United Breweries Administration Building.

The property’s 62 rooms and suites are divided between the two buildings, from which notable features have been carefully retained.

An extensive choice of categories is available. Each room is as individual as the next, with period appointments and artefacts reflecting the vibrant history of the area. The Old Clare offers three, contemporary and innovative restaurants, Automata, Silvereye and Kensington Street Social, topped off with the original, totally updated and modernised Old Clare Bar, as picturesque as it is eclectic. The rooftop pool and bar is another highlight. Nearby Central Station’s underground ‘city circle’ line provides quick and easy access to the rest of the city.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £289 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

24

Australia

Parkroyal Darling Harbour Day Street, Sydney Located on the city-side of Darling Harbour, the long-established Parkroyal allows its guests ‘on the doorstep’ access to the many attractions, dining and nightlife choices for which the immediate surrounding area is noted. Extensive renovations have provided the property with a more modern, contemporary look and feel, immediately evident on entering the light and airy lobby area.

The 340 guest rooms and suites come in a range of categories, from Superior to Club Suites, some with guest privileges and Parkroyal Club access. All rooms and suites come with modern furnishings and amenities, Club Rooms and Suites with Darling Harbour Views.

Buffet breakfast, refreshments and snacks are on offer at Barkers restaurant and The Bench whilst Abode Bistro & Bar serves a modern bistro range, tea-infused cocktails and desserts. Guest facilities include a fully-equipped gymnasium and fitness centre.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £239 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

Ovolo Woolloomooloo Cowper Wharf Roadway. Woolloomooloo, Sydney You can almost touch the nearby Sydney skyline from this stylish, contemporary boutique property, but its location and surroundings are a world away from the CBD. The hotel occupies the southern end of the Heritage-listed Woolloomooloo Finger Wharf complex, the longest timber-piled wharf in the world. Gentrification has seen the former working-class Woolloomooloo district transform into a popular and fashionable inner-suburb, only 15 minutes from the city.

The hotel offers 100, quirkily-named and tastefully furnished rooms and suites, each with its own individual, art-infused identity, look and feel. A wide range of categories are on offer, each suitably monikered in accordance with Ovolo’s off-the-wall approach. Guests and visitors food, beverage, social and entertainment needs are more than adequately catered for at the sleek and sophisticated 24hour Lo Bar and Lounge, located immediately behind the reception, occupying the property’s central core. The highlight is the nightly, free-flow ‘Happy Hour’, which operates, confusingly, between 5.00pm and 7.00pm.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £299 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including breakfast)

25

Sydney & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions Sydney and its immediate hinterland are awash with sights, attractions and experiences which very few places can rival and which promise not to disappoint. No visitor to Sydney should forego the opportunity to explore this vibrant, cosmopolitan city and its magnificent Harbour.

Nor to experience the majesty and grandeur of the Blue Mountains or the gastronomic and vinicultural delights of the Hunter Valley. A feast for the senses awaits at every turn.

SYDNEY HARBOUR BRIDGE CLIMB For those with a head for heights this is the ultimate way in which to experience the spectacular harbour and city skyline from the top of the Sydney Harbour Bridge. Choose from Dawn, Day, Twilight or Night climbs as part of a guided small group ascent of this iconic structure. A ‘Bridge-suit’ is provided to be worn over clothing, along with a harness linked to a safe and static line throughout the climb.

Prices from £145 per person

SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE TOUR The ideal opportunity to get to know one of Sydney’s most memorable attractions. Choose from a range of tours, starting with a one-hour show-round to a Tour and Tasting Plate experience, to be enjoyed whilst enjoying the views over Sydney Harbour.

Prices from £25 per person

TARONGA ZOO TOUR Taronga Zoo is located right on Sydney Harbour providing a behind-the-scenes look at native Australian wildlife.

A variety of tours are available including Wildlife Hospital, Aboriginal Discovery and VIP Aussie Gold Tour.

Prices from £25 per person

SYDNEY BY SEAPLANE TO COTTAGE POINT Take a scenic flight by seaplane from Rose Bay on Sydney Harbour to the renowned Cottage Point Inn, located on the scenic Hawkesbury River. Day trips and overnight stays are available including a three-course lunch.

Prices from £355 per person

BONZA BIKE TOURS This is a fabulous and wholly enjoyable way to explore Sydney, either as part of a guided group tour or under your own steam. The going is easy, the experience fun and rewarding. Take in Sydney’s iconic sights following a choice of suggested routes or set group itineraries.

Prices from £69 per person

26

Australia

Sydney & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions BLUE MOUNTAINS DELUXE EXPERIENCE This small-group day tour also stops at Featherdale Wildlife Park en-route to the Blue Mountains. Visit stunning look-out points, before and after lunch at the Hydro Majestic Hotel, with panoramic views of the valleys and waterfalls. On the return to Sydney visit Mt Tomah Botanic Gardens to enjoy the flora and a glass of sparkling wine or orange juice.

Prices from £165 per person

THE HUNTER VALLEY FOR WINE LOVERS After a hotel pick up, travel northwards over the Harbour Bridge to the Australia Reptile Park for morning coffee.

Next stop the Hunter Valley and the Briar Ridge Vineyard for wine tasting. Visit Leogate Estate for wine and cheese pairing and a winery tour. Conclude with a two-course lunch returning to Sydney via the Hunter Village Chocolate Shop.

Prices from £119 per person

PANORAMIC SYDNEY A small-group tour of Sydney’s sights, including the shopping heart of the city, the QVB, Centre Point, Bondi Beach, Double Bay, King’s Cross and Mrs Macquarries Point for a great view over the harbour to the Opera House and Harbour Bridge beyond.

Prices from £69 per person

HOME & AWAY TO SUMMER BAY Tailor-made for Aussie TV addicts. Pick up is in the Rocks, travelling to Palm Beach Wharf and Pittwater, location for the Home & Away film-set. Learn about the area, production, filming and the people involved in the show. Includes free time at Palm Beach to catch up with well known sites and locations. You never know, they might even be filming?

Prices from £55 per person

BONDI SURF EXPERIENCE For absolute beginners looking to try their hand at surfing or for those seeking a refresher course, this 2-hour, small group surf lesson covers all safety information concerning waves and beaches, from warm up to paddling, to catching waves and standing. Relaxed, professional and organised and what better spot than Bondi to get up and surf?

Prices from £55 per person

SYDNEY HARBOUR KAYAK Explore the coves, beaches and islands of Sydney Harbour in a completely safe and stable Dagger Sea Kayak. The professionally-guided 4 hour itinerary includes tuition, paddling and an island picnic lunch break, with great photo opportunities. Paddle from Rose Bay via Shark Island to Vaucluse and back. Suitable for beginners and advanced kayakers of average fitness.

Prices from £89 per person

27

Sydney & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions SENSATIONAL SYDNEY CRUISING HARBOUR HIGHLIGHTS - TEA AT SEA Start your day with a sensational morning tea cruise.

A unique ‘Sydney Harbour Highlights’ two-hour cruise experience. Enjoy the company of a small group aboard a 52 foot motor yacht. Your personal captain and host will share with you the rich history of Sydney Harbour and its foreshore as you take in the sights of Sydney Harbour Bridge, the Sydney Opera House and the many bays and coves which make the harbour so special. Enjoy a light morning tea with coffee, tea, juice, water and 5-star service.

Departs from Campbell’s Cove Pontoon, Circular Quay.

A floating pontoon located between the Overseas Passenger Terminal and the Park Hyatt Hotel.

Time: Cruise departs 10.00am sharp, returns 12.00pm midday.

Prices from £55 per person

CRUISE LIKE A LOCAL Treat yourself to Sydney Harbour’s ‘Cruise Like a Local’ Luncheon Cruise. A four-hour small group cruise experience with full harbour sightseeing and experiences. Enjoy a 3 course barbecue lunch with regional wines, local beers and 5-star service. Immerse yourself in all the activities that a private vessel offers including, swimming, fishing and kayaking/rowing the tender. Or sit back and relax on the expansive sunbed and take in the sights.

Departs from Campbell’s Cove Pontoon, Circular Quay.

This is a floating pontoon located between the Overseas Passenger Terminal and the Park Hyatt.

Time: Cruise departs 12.30pm sharp and returns 4.30pm.

Prices from £159 per person

HARBOUR DAYS SAILING ONE DAY INTERLUDE CRUISE Set sail for the day and discover Sydney harbour aboard a beautiful yacht. Cruise at a relaxed pace under the Harbour Bridge, past the Opera House and Fort Denison before crossing the Harbour Heads to historic Store Beach for lunch. There will be plenty of time to try your hand at fishing, take a swim or just sit back with a drink whilst a threecourse lunch is prepared. Your skipper will personally guide you through Sydney’s intriguing history and if you wish you will have the opportunity to rig and generally sail the vessel.

Departs from Aquarium Pontoon at Darling Harbour Aquarium Wharf.

Time: Sailing departs at 10.00am sharp and returns at approximately 3.00pm.

Prices from £169 per person

28

Australia

Emirates One&Only Wolgan Valley Wolgan Valley, New South Wales This unique property is set amidst 16 square kilometres of a protected conservation zone, offering a ‘self-contained’ outdoors experience, with stunning scenery, dramatic views and free roaming wildlife. Just 40 free-standing suites are offered, superbly appointed, all with private deck and pool. The resort is truly ‘experiential’ with a vast choice of activities included, such as nature walks, horse riding and wildlife safari. The Wolgan Dining Room, the Country Kitchen, a bar and terrace lounge cater to guests food and beverage needs. A swimming pool, fitness centre and One&Only Spa also feature.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £675 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including all meals)

Lilianfells Blue Mountains Resort & Spa Katoomba, Blue Mountains Lilianfells is set amongst two acres of gardens overlooking Echo Point and the famous Three Sisters. The property features 85 guestrooms and suites, offered in a choice of categories. Rooms are traditional in design, with soft furnishings and elegant decor. Guests have a choice of food and beverage outlets including Darley’s award winning signature restaurant. The sumptuous Blue Mountain Day Spa also awaits after a day of local sightseeing and exploration.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £115 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Fairmont Resort Blue Mountains Leura, Blue Mountains This stunning property enjoys an idyllic location overlooking the dramatic Jamison Valley. The Fairmont features 222 rooms and suites, in a choice of categories, boutique in style, each enjoying panoramic views of the valley, adjacent golf club, or the gardens and walkways. The resort offers a selection of restaurants and bars including The Terrace restaurant affording stunning views of the Blue Mountains whilst Eucalypt excels at intimate fine dining with an Australian twist. Guest facilities include golf, a wellness retreat, pool and gymnasium and the relaxing Ubika Spa. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £79 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

29

Self-Drive New South Wales 4 DAY/3 NIGHT - SYDNEY & SURROUNDINGS HIGHLIGHTS: Sydney, Blue Mountains, Hunter Valley, Port Stephens.

DAY 1: SYDNEY - BLUE MOUNTAINS (125 kms/78 miles) Collect your rental car at the appointed pick-up location.

Depart Sydney via the Western Motorway or the Great Western Highway to the Blue Mountains. The name comes from the blue haze created by evaporating eucalyptus oils from the densely forested valleys that dominate the region.

There are 26 towns and villages within the Blue Mountains district, stretching from Penrith (53 km from Sydney) to Mount Victoria (122 km from Sydney). The township of Leura is a focal point, recognised for picturesque colonial architecture and graceful gardens and mansions. Leura’s town centre and Mall features coffee shops, restaurants and art galleries.

Cliff Drive provides access to scenic waterfalls, Leura, Linda, Lila and Bridal Veil Falls amongst them. The township of Katoomba lies at the edge of the valley with attractions including the famous Three Sisters, the scenic funicular railway, which descends the steep cliff face, and the Skyway cable car, with views over the Katoomba Falls. Overnight in the Blue Mountains at either Lilianfells Blue Mountains Resort and Spa or Fairmont Resort Blue Mountains

DAY 2: BLUE MOUNTAINS - HUNTER VALLEY (250 kms/156 miles) Travel north on the Western Highway via Katoomba, Medlow Bath and Blackheath to Mount Victoria. Take the Bells Line of Road through Bell, Bilpin and Kurrajong Heights, arriving into Richmond. From Richmond Bridge take the Kurrajong road following signs for Sydney. Pass Richmond RAAF Airbase, Rouse Hill and Kellyville and onwards through Castle Hill following signs for the Cumberland Highway to the National 1 Freeway access at Normanhurst. Take the Freeway for approximately one hour to the ‘Cessnock’ exit (Road 82), following signs to Cessnock and the Hunter Valley. This is the oldest wine producing area in New South Wales, dating back to the 1820’s and amongst Australia’s most scenic wine growing areas. The area is well known for the production of quality table wines, with wineries ranging from large, commercial estates to small boutique-style outlets. There are around 150 in all including established names such as Tyrells, McWilliams, Lindemans, McGuigans and Draytons.

Overnight in the Hunter Valley at either Spicers Vineyard estate or Hunter Valley Resort.

DAY 3: HUNTER VALLEY - PORT STEPHENS (95 kms/59 miles) On departing, follow signs for Maitland joining the New England Highway. Follow signs to Raymond Terrace and Nelson Bay. Port Stephens is a series of idyllic seaside villages bordering a pristine waterway and the Pacific Ocean.

The area is renowned for its beauty and is known as the ‘Blue Water Paradise’. White sand beaches, attractive bays and inlets ring the shores of the estuary. Port Stephens is known for its resident population of bottlenose dolphins. Many cruises operate from Nelson Bay daily to view the dolphins.

Overnight in Port Stephens at the Anchorage.

DAY 4: PORT STEPHENS - SYDNEY (205 kms/128 miles) Time to return to Sydney. Rejoin the Pacific Highway at Raymond Terrace, travelling south on the Pacific Highway and National 1 Freeway to Sydney. As you approach the Sydney Harbour Bridge, follow the signs to Sydney city or Sydney airport dependent on the drop-off location.

Prices from £315 per person

30

Australia

Self-Drive New South Wales 7 DAY/6 NIGHT - LEGENDARY PACIFIC COAST HIGHLIGHTS: Sydney, Hunter Valley, Port Macquarie, Coffs Harbour, Byron Bay, Gold Coast, Lamington National Park, Brisbane DAY 1: SYDNEY - HUNTER VALLEY (175 kms/109 miles) Collect your rental car at the appointed pick-up point. Depart Sydney for the Hunter Valley. Take the Harbour Bridge or Harbour Tunnel to ‘North Coast & Newcastle’. Turn right at Wahroonga onto the F1 Freeway for ‘Newcastle’. Take the ‘Cessnock’ exit (road 82) following signs to Cessnock and the Hunter Valley. The Hunter Valley area is well known for the production of quality table wines, with wineries ranging from large, commercial estates to smaller boutique-style wineries.

Overnight in the Hunter Valley at either Spicers Vineyard estate or Hunter Valley Resort.

DAY 3: PORT MACQUARIE - COFFS HARBOUR (175 kms/109 miles) Take the Pacific Highway north to Kempsey, Nambucca Heads and Coffs Harbour. Exit at Kempsey, towards Gladstone and the town of Hat Head. Travel north via Hat Head National Park to South West Rocks, site of the Trial Bay Gaol. Smoky Cape Lighthouse is worth visiting. Return to the Pacific Highway and on to Coffs Harbour, a popular destination with beaches, mountains, rainforests, banana plantations and clear streams. Coffs Promenade features many shops and restaurants. The botanic gardens are worth visiting. An hour’s drive away is Bellingen and the Dorrigo National Park, with many walking trails and impressive viewing points. Overnight in Coffs Harbour at Santa Fe B&B. DAY 4: COFFS HARBOUR A day at leisure. Overnight in Coffs Harbour at Santa Fe B&B.

DAY 2: HUNTER VALLEY - PORT MACQUARIE (269 kms/168 miles)

DAY 5: COFFS HARBOUR - BYRON BAY (240 kms/150 miles)

Travel through Cessnock, Kurri Kurri to Raymond Terrace joining the Pacific Highway. Turn off to Forster and Tuncurry, north of Bulahdelah. Forster lies on a narrow strip of land between Wallis Lake and the Pacific Ocean, renowned for its beaches, fishing and art and craft galleries. Booti Booti National Park is nearby, with dramatic scenery, sub-tropical rainforest and sandy beaches. Drive north, re-joining the Pacific Highway for Taree. Boorganna Nature Reserve, with forest walking tracks, lies 6 kilometres to the west of Taree.

Five kilometres south is Kiwarrack State Forest, with a 16 kilometre forest drive. Follow the Pacific Highway taking the Port Macquarie exit. An attractive town lying at the mouth of the Hastings River, Port Macquarie’s attractions include St. Thomas’ Church, the Hastings District Historical Museum and the Sea Acres Rainforest Centre. Overnight in Port Macquarie at Wyndhams Flynn’s Beach.

Depart via South Grafton and Maclean with a detour to Yamba, a scenic coastal resort. Rejoin the Pacific Highway and travel via Woodburn to Ballina taking the coast road through Lennox Head, to Byron Bay. The town offers a mix of cultures and lifestyles and an idyllic year-round climate. It is well known for its surf beaches. Superb drives exist in the Byron hinterland, with spectacular coastal views. Overnight in Byron Bay at The Byron at Byron or Elements of Byron.

DAY 6: BYRON BAY - GOLD COAST - LAMINGTON NATIONAL PARK (155 kms/97 miles) Rejoin the Pacific Highway travelling via Brunswick Heads, and Murwillumbah, crossing the New South Wales/ Queensland border at Tweed Heads in New South Wales and Coolangatta in Queensland which share a main street. Join the Gold Coast Highway through Burleigh Heads arriving at Surfers Paradise with a stop at Currumbin Wildlife Sanctuary.

Surfers Paradise is the centre of the Gold Coast region, a resort area with more than 300 days of sunshine per year, great surfing and beaches. Local theme parks include Movie World, Sea World, Dreamworld and Wet ‘n’ Wild. Lamington National Park lies one hours drive to the west of the Gold Coast. The park is home to a wide range of vegetation. At O’Reilly’s Guesthouse visitors can stroll across a suspension bridge 15 metres above the forest floor with a chance to witness some of the colourful birds living there. Overnight in Lamington N.P. at O’Reilly’s Guesthouse.

DAY 7: LAMINGTON NATIONAL PARK - GOLD COAST BRISBANE (130 kms/81 miles) Commence your drive from the Gold Coast to Brisbane via the Pacific Highway. Return your vehicle to the Brisbane airport depot or Brisbane city depot.

Prices from £659 per person

31

A glimpse of Victoria Victoria could perhaps best be described as ‘compact Australia’, and with good reason.

The state is comparatively small by Australian standards, about the size of England, Scotland and Wales combined, but the extent of its geographical and climatic diversity is without equal within the continent.

To return to Victoria’s impressive diversity, the visitor to the state is able to experience rainforest, lakes, rivers, snowy mountains, vineyards and desert, all within three hours of Melbourne. The coastline is amongst the most dramatic in the world with mile after mile of rugged scenery, lakelands, temperate forest, deserted beaches and imposing limestone formations laid out between the New South Wales border in the east and the South Australia border to the west. More than 30 national parks, amongst the world’s best, are scattered throughout Victoria.

The state capital, Melbourne, is a cultural melting pot. This thriving cosmopolitan city combines past and present in a melange of fine colonial architecture, gleaming symbols of modernity, self-assurance and prosperity surrounded by beautifully ornate parks and gardens. Melbourne was founded on immigration and the wealth and the trade that emanated from the goldrush. Today it rivals Sydney as Australia’s largest city, but with a more eclectic, Mediterranean feel, influenced heavily by Greek and Italian immigration. Melbourne is renowned for its restaurants, cafés, bistros and bars, as well as its shopping, but most of all for its pre-eminence as the sporting capital of Australia.

Melbourne aside, Victoria’s regional towns and cities are equally as rich in cultural and architectural heritage with churches, cathedrals, lighthouses, steam trains and paddle steamers, all harking back to the early pioneer days. These sights are evident in and around such places as Geelong, Ballarat, Bendigo, Warrnambool, Wangaratta and Mildura.

Victoria’s wine producing regions are amongst the finest and most innovative in Australia with more than 350 wineries. Major producing areas include the Bellarine Peninsula, adjacent to Geelong and Anglesea, southwest of Melbourne, the neighbouring Mornington Peninsula region, located due east across Port Phillip Bay, the Yarra Valley, northeast of Melbourne and the Macedon Ranges, close to Ballarat and Mildura, in the dry northwest of the state.

Mildura

Echuca Bendigo VICTORIA Grampians National Park

Ballarat Geelong

Warnambool Portland

Apollo Bay

Mornington Peninsula

MELBOURNE

Phillip Island Wilson’s Promontory

32

Australia

Lakes Entrance

The Langham Southbank, Melbourne The Langham enjoys a prime location on Melbourne’s fashionable Southbank, overlooking the Yarra river, close to numerous boutiques, cafés, restaurants and bars. The hotel’s inviting lobby is dominated by its famous marble staircase, fountains and opulent chandeliers.

The 388 rooms and suites come in a choice of luxuriously appointed categories. Each offers views over the Melbourne city skyline or the Yarra River. An upgrade to Club Rooms and Suites affords guests access to the Club Lounge, inclusive of breakfast, high tea, predinner cocktails and canapes. Fine dining is available in the award winning Melba Restaurant with snacks and light bites on offer in the Aria Bar & Lounge. Guest facilities at the property include a 15 metre swimming pool, a fully equipped gymnasium and a range of luxurious treatments in the Chuan Spa. Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

InterContinental Rialto Collins Street, Melbourne A perfect blend of the old and new is on show in this centrally located hotel. Built during the gold rush in 1891 the building originally housed the Melbourne wool stores and offices and represents an architectural landmark of Victorian Gothic. Following a recent multi-million dollar facelift the property is once again synonymous with sleek style, luxury and elegance.

The hotel offers a total inventory of 253 rooms, in a range of styles and categories. Beautifully appointed suites are available, providing guests with privileged access to the exclusive Club Lounge, overlooking Collins Street. A choice of dining optons awaits in the Alluvial restaurant, open for breakfast lunch and dinner, utilising produce from the hotels own rooftop garden. The signature Italian restaurant Merchant offers a rewarding alternative. A full range of refreshments are available at the property’s Market Lane Bar and the Bluestone Wine Lounge. The hotel also offers a swimming pool, with floor to ceiling windows affording views over the CBD and nearby bay. A fully equipped gymnasium is also available along with the Botanica Day Spa. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

34

Australia

The Crossley Little Bourke Street, Melbourne This charming boutique hotel is located in Melbourne’s CBD. Classic theatres, Chinatown, eclectic bars, restaurants and cafés are all within walking distance. All rooms come with complimentary wi-fi and free in-house movies. Families are well served by a choice of apartments accommodating up to 5 guests. Continental buffet breakfast is available in the dedicated breakfast room adjacent to reception, whilst in the evening the East End Den basement kitchen and bar serves up house cocktails and gourmet meals, with a New York twist.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Clarion Street Gateway Williams Street, Melbourne Located on one of Melbourne’s main arteries, the Clarion is just steps away from the Yarra River. This all-suite contemporary property offers a choice of suite accommodation, with categories up to threebedroom. Kitchenettes feature in all studios with full kitchens and laundry facilities available in the larger suites. The in-house Williams Bar & Café offers a full range of international cuisine. Guests are able to relax by the indoor heated pool, or soak up the sun on the adjacent deck, complimentary off site gym access is also available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Rendezvous Hotel Flinders Street, Melbourne In the heart of the CBD this Heritage-listed hotel has been fully restored, offering all modern amenities, yet retaining the charm of its 1913 origins. Elegant rooms and suites are available on site with a variety of room types to choose from. The hotel features a gym, the Straits Café for breakfast and dinner, as well as the Travellers Bar for lighter lunches and snacks. Federation Square and Flinders Street Railway station are just 2 minutes’ walk away, making the Rendezvous the perfect place from which to explore the city.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

35

Ovollo Little Bourke Street, Melbourne 5 minutes from Melbourne’s hip, hidden laneways, this funky boutique hotel takes its inspiration from its vibrant street art. All the 43 studios and suites feature Apple TV, as well as a complimentary mini-bar. The grab and go breakfast will get you straight out into the action.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Lyall South Yarra Murphy Street, South Yarra, Melbourne Lyall South Yarra is located only 10 minute’s drive from the CBD. The hotels 40 suites are all furnished in a contemporary oriental style, complete with a private terrace. Guests are able to enjoy a drink in the Lyall Champagne Bar, or indulge in holistic wellbeing at the Lyall Spa. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

The Olsen Chapel Street, South Yarra, Melbourne The Olsen is a stylish hotel with 229 suites. The property offers kitchenettes in all of its modern suites. Australian regional produce is available at Spoonbill Restaurant & Bar. Guest facilities include a glass bottom swimming pool and the Narbu Urban Retreat day spa.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Cosmopolitan St. Kilda Carlisle Street, St. Kilda, Melbourne Located in Melbourne’s eclectic St. Kilda district, this modern, boutique property offers 86 tastefully furnished rooms, studios and apartments. Breakfast is served daily at the chic Chalk Cafe and Bar. The hotel also provides free wi-fi and complimentary on-site parking.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £35 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

36

Australia

Melbourne & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions Melbourne is the capital of a state renowned for its diversity, providing sights and experiences which offer variety and choice. A city of style, grace and splendour, readily on show to the visitor, whether by river, rail or foot. The undisputed Australian capital of world-class sporting events and home to one of the world’s most popular and longest running soap operas.

TRAMCAR DINNER A must for foodies. This novel dining experience is sure to satisfy the palate and provide a story to tell. Travel around Melbourne in a sumptuous restored burgundy tram car.

Choose from a 4-course lunch, a 3-course early dinner (5.45pm) or a 4-course late dinner (8:35pm). Sample the seasonal menu, along with the range of quality Australian wines. A great combination and a unique experience.

Prices from £55 per person

LANES & ARCADES Step out like a local on this morning walking tour and explore the quaint lanes and opulent arcades that Melbourne has to offer. Discover speciality boutiques, quirky cafés featuring renowned Melbourne coffee. A wonderful way to get under the skin of Bohemian Melbourne.

Prices from £55 per person

CITY & RIVER CRUISE Get a different perspective of Melbourne from the vantage point of the Yarra River which cuts through the centre of the city. Choose from an upstream cruise towards the Botanic Park and the Melbourne cricket ground, or downstream towards the Docklands, as Melbourne slides gently past.

Prices from £15 per person

MELBOURNE SPORTS LOVERS TOUR Visit Flemington, home of the Melbourne Cup, drive through the Commonwealth Games Athletes Village and around the F1 circuit at Albert Park, and tour behind the scenes at the MCG, home of international cricket and Aussie Rules football. You can also explore the national Sports Museum whilst at the MCG, featuring over 2,500 artefacts.

Prices from £79 per person

NEIGHBOURS TOUR Relive the golden days of Kylie and Jason on this trip to Ramsay Street. See one of Australia’s most famous addresses, the people and the names may have changed, but the buildings remain the same. You never know they may even be filming that day?

Prices from £35 per person 37

Melbourne & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions GREAT OCEAN ROAD Experience one of the world’s great scenic drives on this full day tour. Head east with a stop at golden surf beach, calling in at the lovely coastal towns of Lorne and Apollo Bay. See some of Australia’s tallest eucalyptus trees in the Otway rainforest before marvelling at the beauty and timeless grandeur of the 12 Apostles.

Prices from £69 per person

THE MORNINGTON PENINSULA Only an hour to the south from Melbourne, the Mornington Peninsula offers a multitude of attractions amidst some of the regions most stunning scenery. Breath-taking beaches, historical National Parks and hot springs sit side-by-side with vineyards, olive farms and boutique breweries. Venture to the very tip of the peninsula and visit Portsea, famous for its iconic, multi-coloured bathing boxes, making sure that you leave room for lunch and some local wine tasting at the Pig & Whistle Tavern at nearby Mainbridge.

Prices from £85 per person

PHILLIP ISLAND Located to the southeast of Melbourne beyond the Gippsland coastal region lies one of Australia’s tourism icons and a wonderful wildlife adventure. Experience kangaroos, koalas, wallabies, Tasmanian devils and emus in their natural habitat at the Moonlit Sanctuary. As dusk falls make your way to the main event, the penguin parade along the beach and between the boardwalks at sunset, as hundreds of penguins return to their sand dune burrows. An unforgettable sight and a day to remember.

Prices from £99 per person

YARRA VALLEY WINE TOUR Take a day out in Victoria’s countryside, with the opportunity to taste some of Australia’s finest wines. Depart from Melbourne in the morning visiting a selection of wineries and cellar doors. Enjoy lunch, complimented by a glass of wine. The experience is topped with a glass of Australia’s finest sparkling wine before returning to Melbourne.

Prices from £69 per person

KANGAROOS AND KOALAS IN THE WILD No two animals symbolise Australia more than the kangaroo and the koala and you get to see them both on this escorted eco tour. Travel to the You Yangs Park, home to a healthy population of wild koalas and kangaroos. Take a bushwalk and observe these fascinating animals in their natural habitat. Visit the nearby Serendip National Park, a haven for birdwatchers, for a chance to spot cockatoos and honeyeaters, along with a wide selection of water birds.

Prices from £139 per person

38

Australia

Self-Drive Victoria 5 DAY/4 NIGHT - GREAT SOUTHERN TOURING HIGHLIGHTS: Melbourne, Great Ocean Road, Grampians, Ballarat.

DAY 1: MELBOURNE - GREAT OCEAN ROAD (179 kms/112 miles) Collect your rental car at the appointed pick-up point. From Melbourne follow the Princes Freeway through Werribee to Geelong, gateway to the Great Ocean Road. Visit the Geelong Waterfront before heading to the Surf Coast towns of Torquay and Lorne. Drive the exquisitely scenic stretch of road from Lorne to Apollo Bay. Stop for dinner at Chris’s Restaurant with its dramatic views of the Southern Ocean.

Overnight in Apollo Bay at Captain’s at the Bay. DAY 2: APOLLO BAY - PORT FAIRY (193 kms/120 miles) From Apollo Bay, follow the Great Ocean Road through the Great Otway National Park to the Twelve Apostles. A helicopter ride is the best way to see not only all of the Apostles at once but also the rest of this rugged coastline.

Travel on to Warrnambool, home of Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village and the Shipwrecked sound and laser show, then on to picturesque Port Fairy via Tower Hill. Overnight in Fort Fairy at Southern Ocean Villas.

DAY 3: PORT FAIRY - HALLS GAP/DUNKELD (158 kms/99 miles) Drive north from Port Fairy in the direction of Dunkeld, on the way to the Grampians. Before leaving Dunkeld take the time to climb Mt Sturgeon or Mt Abrupt before heading onto the majesty and magic of the Grampians National Park. Take in the Aboriginal history of the region at Brambuk - The National Park and Cultural Centre in Halls Gap. Overnight in Dunkeld at the Royal Mail Hotel.

DAY 4: GRAMPIANS - BALLARAT (152 kms/95 miles) Visit Ararat, the only town in Australia founded by Chinese settlers. Drive through some of Australia’s finest winemaking country, detouring underground to see the vintages at Great Western. Learn the amazing history from Ballarat’s gold rush days and spend some time panning for gold at Sovereign Hill before discovering one of Australia’s most interesting museums, the Museum of Australian Democracy at Eureka.

Overnight in Ballarat at Craig’s Royal Hotel.

DAY 5: BALLARAT - MELBOURNE (113 kms/70 miles) Spend the morning amid the grand colonial buildings of historic Ballarat and pop in for a coffee and an iPod Tour of the renowned collection housed in the Art Gallery of Ballarat.

Spend some time at the famous Ballarat Wildlife Park and feed a kangaroo or have your photo taken with a koala. Step back into medieval times at Kryal Castle before returning to Melbourne. Return your vehicle to the Melbourne airport depot or Melbourne city depot.

Prices from £435 per person

39

A glimpse of South Australia Similar to Victoria, South Australia offers the visitor a range of experiences which are synonymous with Australia - a dramatic coastline, sun, sea and surf, unique wildlife experiences, great food and wine, cosmopolitan lifestyle and an introduction to the vast and remote outback, the true heart of Australia.

The state capital, Adelaide, is one of Australia’s smallest, and most approachable cities. It was purposefully designed and built to incorporate extensive gardens, lakes and parklands into the metropolitan fabric. Adelaide is a true ‘garden city’ in every sense with a thriving café culture, wide open walkways and metropolitan beach areas, as well as extensive cultural, historical and indigenous attractions.

Wildlife is an area in which South Australia is hard to beat and in Kangaroo Island the state possesses arguably the best place in the entire country to witness native mammals in their natural habitat. Blessed with steep cliffs, quiet coves, unspoilt beaches, wild caves and extensive eucalyptus woodlands, this, along with a lack of outside human influence and development, has allowed echidnas, koalas, kangaroos, wallabies, penguins and seals, amongst others, to flourish naturally and without fear of human kind.

South Australia is the gateway to the outback and one of the oldest landscapes on earth, the Flinders Ranges, lying less than two hours north of Adelaide. The area is arid and unforgiving, with rugged gorges and dramatic scenery including Wilpena Pound, a huge natural amphitheatre rich in wildlife. Further north lies the opal mining town of Coober Pedy, famous for its underground dwellings, sheltering residents from the unrelenting summer heat. The vastness of Lake Eyre, dry for most of the time, and the imposing grandeur of the Simpson Desert lie beyond.

Located to the south of Adelaide, the Fleurieu Peninsula is an area of fertile farmland, with pleasant shaded groves and wild bushland. The Fleurieu Peninsula offers water, wine and wildlife in abundance. The town of Victor Harbour is a prime whale-watching spot from June to September and Granite Island is home to a colony of over one thousand fairy penguins. The wine region of McLaren Vale is at the heart of the region, an area responsible for the production of some of the most exciting varietals in Australia.

40

Australia

South Australia is justly famous for its wine producing areas.

Iconic and world-renowned labels such as Penfolds Grange and Henschke’s Hill of Grace originate from its vineyards.

Over 260 cellar doors spread across 17 official wine regions offer an incomparable choice for the visitor. South Australia produces half of Australia’s total wine production and is responsible for more than 60% of total exports. Apart from McLaren Vale, South Australia’s main areas of wine production are the Barossa Valley, Clare Valley, Adelaide Hills, Coonawarra and Riverland, all producing wines of distinct character and sophistication, acclaimed both domestically and internationally.

Simpson Desert

Great Victoria Desert Coober Pedy SOUTH AUSTRALIA Wilpena Pound Port Augusta Port Pirie Fleurieu Peninsula ADELAIDE

Port Lincoln Kangaroo Island

Mount Gambier

Adina Apartment Hotel Adelaide Treasury Flinders Street, Adelaide This period property is located on Victoria Square, in Adelaide’s CBD, right in the very heart of the city. The property occupies the tastefully refurbished Treasury Building. Constructed over stages from 1839 to 1907, the Treasury was central to Southern Australia’s Government for over 130 years.

The property now affords a selection of self-contained apartments with full kitchens and open plan studios with kitchenettes. Australian artwork and Italian furniture serve to create interiors with a refined elegance. Guest facilities include an indoor heated swimming pool and a well equipped gymnasium. Coffee, teas and light snacks are served in the relaxing atmosphere of The Courtyard. A full a la carte menu is available in The Restaurant, offering a wide range of modern Australian cuisine, with South Australian influences.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Majestic Roof Garden Hotel Frome Street, Adelaide This centrally located property is noted for its striking Roof Garden, with panoramic views of the surrounding city. The hotel is in walking distance of cosmopolitan Rundle Street, known for its many café’s, restaurants and bars, and the Rundle Mall shopping centre.

Accommodation at the hotel consists of 120 modern rooms and suites. All feature custom-made bedding, tea and coffee making facilities and complimentary wi-fi. Higher category rooms come with balcony, deep bath and sliding Japanese screens whilst suites also offer a separate living area and kitchen facilities. Culshaw’s restaurant is open for breakfast, lunch and dinner with an emphasis on South Australian produce and local ingredients. Additional guest facilities include a fitness room, business centre and guest laundry.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

42

Australia

Mayfair Hotel King William Street, Adelaide An exciting blend of style, elegance and glamour combine to create this 170 room boutique property. Nestled into the centre of the city, the hotel is set within a renovated, heritage listed building, located just 200 metres from the Art Gallery of South Australia.

Accommodation is available in a variety of rooms and suites, all featuring 55 inch flat screen TVs and complimentary wi-fi. Dining at the Mayfair is available at the signature Restaurant and Bar, offering a selection of fine a la carte cuisine supported by a wellstocked Australian wine cellar. The buildings historic origins are acknowledged with afternoon tea, which is served in the Mayfair Kitchen. A café is available, serving continental or cooked breakfast, as well as a light lunch. Delicious freshly squeezed juices and artisan breads are an additional attraction. Guests may also partake of a cocktail or glass of champagne at the fashionable roof top bar.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

The Playford North Terrace, Adelaide The Playford is one of Australia’s most awarded boutique hotels.

The perfect place to unwind and relax. Located directly opposite the famous Adelaide Casino, and part of the prestigious MGallery brand, the Playford oozes sophistication and charm in abundance.

The beautifully appointed guest rooms and suites are offered in a variety of categories, complete with luxury amenities, granite and marble bathrooms and invigorating rain showers. Deluxe category rooms feature iPod docks and espresso machines. Suites are spacious and inviting with a full range of amenities. Drinks and cocktails are served in the beautiful Playford Lounge bar, with its exquisite art nouveau architecture, a popular haunt for guests and discerning locals alike. The award winning Playford restaurant is a must for any culinarian, serving a range of exciting and innovative courses sourced from quality Southern Australian ingredients.

Extensive guest facilities include a business centre, indoor heated pool with spa and sauna, along with 24 hour access to a fully equipped gymnasium.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

43

Adelaide & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions A TASTE OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA THE BAROSSA VALLEY Get a first-hand feel of Australia’s most famous wineland district on this gastronomic full day adventure. Depart promptly after breakfast, pass through the scenic Torrens Gorge and onto the Barossa Valley. Traverse Jacob’s Creek and enjoy cellar door wine tasting at a variety of different Barossa wineries.

Barossa tours may vary slightly from day to day and can be customised to fit specific requirements, but highlights often include wine tasting at small vineyards, a visit to the German town of Tanundra and the English village of Barossa or an al fresco lunch on a vineyard or at the Vintners restaurant at Angaston.

Approximately 8 hours in duration.

Prices from £299 per person

MCCLAREN VALE McClaren Vale is 40 kilometres (25 miles) south of Adelaide.

Its undulating vine clad hills host over 50 small, individual wineries. The area enjoys a familiar Mediterranean climate, influenced by St Vincent’s Gulf which is 6 kilometres (3.75 mile) away. Depart at 9.00am from downtown, stop at the picturesque town of Clarendon and the Coriole winery. Other visits may include Samuels Gorge and d’Arenberg winery.

Lunch options include d’Arrys Veranda, the Currant Shed, or a picnic under the vines. After lunch travel on to additional wineries including a selection from the Wirra Wirra winery, or Penny’s Hill. If time permits other gourmet food options can be included such as local cheeses, olives and olive oil.

Approx 8 hours in duration.

Prices from £299 per person.

FLEURIEU PENINSULA An opportunity to spend a full day in the Fleurieu Peninsula, enjoying its boutique vineyards and wineries. Soak up the Mediterranean climate in the coastal town of Goolwa, once a thriving paddle steamer port. Sample the wares in Coriole, d’Arenberg or Wirra Wirra wineries. Lunch is served at the Flying Fish Café or Aquacaf, overlooking the sea. In the afternoon travel along the coast stopping at scenic lookouts, maybe spot a Southern Right Whale (June-October).

Last stop is Victoria Harbour. Ride along the causeway linking Granite Island to the mainland and pay a visit to the fascinating Blue Penguins, before returning to Adelaide. An irresistible combination for any wine and wildlife lover.

Approx 8 hours in duration.

Prices from £299 per person.

44

Australia

Parachilna

Blinman Wilpena Pound

Pichi Richi

Flinders Ranges & Outback 3 day, 2 night 4WD Ecotour Experience the eternal grandeur of the Australian outback on this 4-wheel drive tour of Wilpena Pound and the Flinders Ranges. Includes accommodation in Rawnsley Park Station EcoVillas plus meals.

Mount Remarkable National Park

Adelaide

Day 1: ADELAIDE TO WILPENA POUND

Day 3: RETURN TO ADELAIDE

Head north along the eastern side of Spencer Gulf stopping at historical coastal towns. Walk the longest jetty in the Southern Hemisphere at Port Germain, once a bustling dock. Enjoy a gourmet picnic lunch at Mt Remarkable National Park amidst 600 million year old rock formations with an abundance of native wildlife. Take a one hour guided walk along tree-lined creek beds with spectacular views. Continue via the picturesque Pichi Richi Pass to Quorn, home to the original Ghan Railway station. Head to Warrens Gorge Conservation Park and its elusive yellowfooted rock wallabies of which only 8000 remain in the wild.

Travel through the deserted Willochra Plain and wander around deserted ghost towns where pioneers eventually gave way to the unforgiving desert conditions. The final destination today is a working sheep station at Rawnsley Park on the southern side of Wilpena Pound. Settle into your comfortable 4 star Eco-Villa, wind down, relax and enjoy a glass of wine. Evening meals are served at the resort’s Woolshed Restaurant. Catch up on your day of adventure in the company of your guide. Overnight: Rawnsley Park Station Eco-Villa. (LD)

Enjoy breakfast on the deck of your Eco-Villa before taking a one hour bushwalk to an Aboriginal art site where the Adnyamathanha people have left rock art depicting their ceremonies over thousands of years. Travel back along the eastern side of the mountains with spectacular Red Gum lined creeks to Melrose, the oldest town in the Flinders Ranges. Then onto the world famous Clare Valley, one of the premium wine regions in South Australia where you can enjoy a taste of the fine local wines. Arrive in Adelaide at approximately 6.00pm. (BL) Prices from ÂŁ999 per person based on twin share.

Day 2: GORGE COUNTRY Breakfast in your Eco-Villa before spending time in the spectacular Bunyeroo Gorge and visit secluded areas of great natural beauty. Travel through the rugged creek beds of Brachina Gorge, alive with wildlife and a geological history dating back millions of years. The world-renowned South Australian painter Sir Hans Heysen was inspired by the local landscapes. Lunch at the Outback Prairie Hotel, with a chance to enjoy a selection of bush foods, including native preserves, kangaroo, emu and camel. A fine selection of chicken, ham and vegetarian food is also available. Travel through Parachilna Gorge on the way to the old copper mining town of Blinman. Enjoy some of the most spectacular outback scenery Australia has to offer. The prolific wildlife is a bonus. Relax next to the fire or on the veranda and indulge in a three course dinner at The Wilpena Pound Resort. Return to your Rawnsley Park Eco-Villa at approximately 8.00pm. A 30 minute flight over spectacular Wilpena Pound and surrounding area is an optional extra. Overnight: Rawnsley Park Station Eco-Villa.

(BLD)

45

Kangaroo Island Food, Wine & Wilderness 3 day, 2 night tour An opportunity to get to know Kangaroo Island’s unique wildlife whilst sampling the many culinary delights that the island has to offer.

Tour Itinerary Day 1: ADELAIDE - KANGAROO ISLAND Early morning pick up from your Adelaide hotel for a coach journey to Cape Jervis connecting with the 45 minute ferry crossing to Kangaroo Island. Alternatively travel by air to Kingscote airport. On arrival you will be met by your guide with an introduction to the island. Kangaroo Island is a haven for Australian wildlife, which exists in its natural habitat without threat from introduced predators. The island is home to some 250 species of birds. Keep an eye out for echidnas, wallabies, reptiles and wildflowers as you explore. At the Seal Bay Conservation Park, you will be introduced to the beach home of an Australian sea lion colony. Walk among the sea lions as they bask amongst the sand dunes. Stand at a safe distance from these endangered creatures and watch them at play. Enjoy a gourmet style lunch at a Heritage-listed natural bush property, with complimentary wine. Follow your lunch with a bush walk seeking out koalas in the eucalyptus trees.

Travel through the island’s interior keeping an eye out for koalas and echidnas. Explore the beaches of the north coast and enjoy a bush walk. Listen for Australia’s rarest cockatoo, the Kangaroo Island glossy black cockatoo, and watch out for the Tammar wallaby, with its small, fine features. Later in the afternoon, see kangaroos leave the safety of the bush to graze on the open pastures. The coach will return you to your chosen accommodation for your overnight stay. (BL) Day 2: KANGAROO ISLAND Travel to the western section of the island to discover the Flinders Chase National Park, one of the oldest in South Australia. The park incorporates almost 20 per cent of the island and much of it is a Wilderness Protection Area, home to a variety of fauna and flora unique to Kangaroo Island.

Take the opportunity to walk through the park in search of kangaroos, wallabies and birdlife. View at close range some of the 10,000 healthy long-nosed fur seals in the colony at Cape du Couedic and experience the Remarkable Rocks formations. Large granite boulders balance dramatically on the cliff edge, which plunges 75 metres into the turbulent Southern Ocean below. At Admirals Arch the forces of nature have cut through the headland to create this natural geological formation. A gourmet style lunch with complimentary wine will be served in a secluded bush setting. During the day koalas can be observed in their treetop habitat. By special permit, enter the Kelly Hill Conservation Park to see native wildlife emerge from the bushland to graze. (BL)

46

Australia

Day 3: KANGAROO ISLAND - ADELAIDE Travel with Kangaroo Island Marine Adventures to witness some amazing coastal formations and learn about the ecology of the north coast and its features. There is a chance to view dolphins in their natural environment as you pass through. Snorkel gear is available for those wishing to swim freely with the dolphins. Enjoy a picnic lunch featuring local produce along with complimentary wine. Travel a short distance to the islands Pure Sheep Dairy for a tour with an opportunity to taste the award-winning Mediterranean style cheeses and yoghurt. Visit Kangaroo Island Spirits, a local company that specialises in handcrafted premium produce, South Australia’s only boutique distillery producing gin, vodka and liqueurs. Head back into the main township of Kingscote, calling in at Island Beehive for a tour and a taste of their organic honey. Taste some local wines at Bay of Shoals Wines, enjoying the great sea views from the cellar door.

The tour concludes at either Kingscote airport or Penneshaw in time for air or ferry services to the mainland and coach transfer to Adelaide.

Prices from £1045 per person based on twin share.

Southern Ocean Lodge Kangaroo Island Understated luxury abounds in this design orientated Eco-lodge.

Hovering above the cliffs overlooking the Southern Ocean on Kangaroo Island’s south coast, one could easily imagine being at the edge of the world. At the heart of the lodge lies the Great Room, framing remarkable views over the rugged coastline, Antartica next stop on the horizon.

Each of the 21 suites afford an equally spectacular vantage, featuring floor to ceiling windows with uninterrupted panoramas of the ocean beyond. Favouring refined comfort over ostentation, myriad thoughtful details from organic furnishings to warm limestone underfoot create a feeling of relaxed sophistication. A splendid array of local fare awaits in the restaurant showcased in the daily changing menus and complemented by an exclusively South Australian wine selection. The great outdoors live up to their name with a Galapagos-sized contingent of endemic and unusual wildlife, experienced first-hand on the lodge’s guided adventures; a walk amongst the sea lions is just one of the island’s many privileges.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1409 per person (Based on a 2 night package including transfers, guided activities and all meals)

Kangaroo Beach Lodges Kangaroo Island Kangaroo Beach Lodges are a series of three separate lodges occupy a secluded cliff-top location. All are set on pastured slopes, 50 metres above the shoreline on the north-west Kangaroo Island coast, at the 8000 acre De Mole Farm, a one hour drive from the island capital, Kingscote. The lodges overlook a secluded cove and beach area with caves and rock holes to explore at low tide.

An abundance of wildlife lives within the clear waters of the cove, including dolphins, seals, gropers and migrating whales in season.

Individually designed and constructed from fine Australian materials, each lodge houses up to 8 people in a completely self-contained, four-bedroom and three-bathroom configuration, with spacious open-living areas comprising a lounge, dining room and kitchen.

The interiors open out onto a spacious wooden deck. All offer spectacular ocean views. The lodges are available on a self-catering basis or as part of a specially arranged package including private touring arrangements or 4WD vehicle rental. Local day touring excursions throughout Kangaroo Island can also be arranged through a local agent.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £315 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including breakfast)

47

A glimpse of Tasmania Tasmania is Australia’s smallest state and an island state at that, separated from the mainland by the oft times torrid waters of the Bass Strait.

In spite of its relatively small land mass Tasmania is home to some of the finest natural attractions in Australia, and because of its size, all are within reach of the island’s two largest cities, Hobart and Launceston.

Hobart is a city of natural beauty and colourful heritage, with warm sandstone buildings, 19th century warehouses, fishing boats and sails in the harbour. Tasmania’s capital and Australia’s second oldest city after Sydney, enjoys a sheltered location at the foot of Mt Wellington. Hobart’s colourful past is steeped in tales of convicts, merchants and seamen but these days the city is better known for its innovative arts and crafts, its maritime lifestyle and the annual Sydney to Hobart yacht race. The Salamanca street market, held each Saturday in the historic Sullivan’s Cove precinct, is another Hobart tradition not to be missed.

The second city of Launceston, located two hours north of Hobart, has a tradition for fine food and wine and is known for its impressive Victorian architecture, gardens and woodcraft. The city is the gateway to the scenic Tamar Valley, running northwest for over 50 kilometres (30 miles).

The Tamer valley is home to over 20 vineyards, along with orchards, dairies and salmon farms and several fine period properties such as Woolmers or Brickendon.

The east coast, to the direct northeast of Hobart, is known for the pristine beaches and settlements that straddle the Tasman Highway, and for the Freycinet National Park, home to one of the world’s most scenic beaches, the iconic Wineglass Bay. Berry farms, wineries and oyster beds are another common feature of the area.

One of the world’s most important temperate rainforest regions occupies most of Tasmania’s western side. A World Heritage area comprising rivers, lakes, waterfalls, Tasmania’s highest peak, Mt Osa, the famous Cradle Mountain/Lake St Clair national park and the overland track. The vast and remote region is rich in magnificent scenery and huge swathes of ancient rainforest. The Cradle Mountain area attracts walkers, photographers and nature enthusiasts from all over the world along with the dramatic Gordon River and the attractive coastal fishing village of Strahan. The West Coast Wilderness railway operates a restored heritage steam train on a scenic route through the densely forested region from its base in nearby Queenstown. An experience not to be missed.

King Island Flinders Island

Wynyard Burnie Devonport

Launceston

Bicheno

Queenstown Strahan

St Helens

TASMANIA

Swansea

Freycinet National Park

Hobart Port Arthur

The north-western region of Tasmania centres upon the town of Devonport and the many settlements along the Bass Highway, such as Burnie and Somerset, which overlook the Bass Straits. The area is accessible from the mainland by the Spirit of Tasmania ferry service from Melbourne to Devonport. The western Deloraine area, located here, is known for its cheese makers and dairy farms. It is also the gateway to Tasmania’s remote western region.

48

Australia

Bruny Island

Spirit of Tasmania Ferry Service Melbourne - Devonport and v.v.

Connecting the mainland with Tasmania across the Bass Strait, Spirit of Tasmania offers modern interiors, stylish facilities and 222 comfortable and well appointed cabins in a choice of categories.

Three bars serve Tasmanian wines, ciders and beers. Tasmanian Market Kitchen restaurant offers a selection of favourites plus a daily signature dish. A convenience store stocks fresh sandwiches and snacks. Two cinemas, an interactive games zone with children’s play area and reading room also feature. The ferry accommodates cars and campervans for self-drive passengers. Both day and night services are available on the 9 hour crossing from Port Melbourne to Devonport and vice versa.

Prices available at the time of enquiry.

The Henry Jones Art Hotel Hunter Street, Hobart Set in a prime location on Hobart’s waterfront, this historic building has been converted into a chic and arty boutique hotel. Featuring 56 rooms and suites and over 400 artworks, heritage, tradition, art and character are blended seamlessly, offering a truly memorable experience. Every space is a canvas for artistic expression, from the works themselves to the exquisite furniture design and awardwinning architectural elements. This ethos continues into the public areas and the guestrooms. An award winning restaurant and on site gym supplement the charm and ambience.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Lenna of Hobart Runnymede Street, Battery Point, Hobart Occupying two buildings, a restored 1874 sandstone mansion and its new accommodation wing, the Lenna captures the essence of old and new. Set amidst the colourful suburbs of Sullivan’s Cove and Battery Point, Salamanca’s market is just a short walk away. The 50 well-appointed modern rooms are tastefully decorated, providing a relaxing refuge for the visitor. Rooms are available with views of the harbour or Mount Wellington. A restaurant and bar are available on site with many alternative options available nearby.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

50

Australia

Country Club Casino Prospect Vale, Launceston The Country Club Casino is nestled amongst 300 acres of beautiful parkland, complete with lakes, rolling paddocks and an 18-hole golf course. Located right on the fringe of Launceston city centre the resort is built in a style reminiscent of southern American plantation houses. The resort features over 200 rooms and suites in a choice of categories ranging from luxury suites in the main complex to selfcontained villas at the Country Club. Five restaurants and four bars cater to guests food and beverage needs, whilst amenities include horse riding, Flicks cinema and a health and fitness centre.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Mantra Charles Hotel Charles Street, Launceston The Mantra Charles is an art-deco property located less than a mile from Launceston city centre. The hotel is ideal for access to the Tamar Valley. The property offers over 90 rooms in several categories, including suites and apartments. Decorated in vibrant, autumn colours, complementing the building’s art-deco heritage, all rooms are superbly appointed, with modern kitchenettes, stylish furniture and comfortable bedding. Fresh Tasmanian cuisine is served daily at Restaurant Eca throughout the day. Guest facilities include onsite parking and laundry service.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £45 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Peppers Seaport Seaport Boulevard, Launceston Peppers Seaport is located within a pleasant marina complex at the confluence of the North and South Esk rivers. The property is designed in the shape of ship, in keeping with its nautical location.

The property’s 60 studios and suites are available with city or marina views, featuring bright, airy decor and stylish appointments.

The suite categories also offer a fully equipped kitchen. The Cube Café and the Mud Bar and Restaurant take care of meal and drink requirements with several notable and popular alternative outlets available close by within the marina complex.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

51

Cradle Mountain Lodge Cradle Mountain National Park, Tasmania Cradle Mountain Lodge is one of Australia’s most iconic wilderness retreats, located in woodlands on the edge of the Cradle Mountain/ Lake St Clair National Park in Tasmania. The property overlooks a vast hinterland of temperate rainforest, rivers and lakes, teeming with wildlife and bio-diversity.

Accommodation at the lodge is impeccably presented and furnished to the highest standards. A series of suites and cabins come with a cosy fireplace, fine decor and daily housekeeping. Boardwalks connect the accommodations to the main lodge, and are also popular with the native wildlife, making unexpected sightings a delight. The Highland Restaurant specialises in Tasmanian cuisine, with local cheeses, wines and seafood amongst the fare on offer.

The Tavern Bar & Bistro and the Guest Lounge Bar serve a variety of drinks and nightcaps. The lodge’s unique location lends itself to an array of outdoor experiences including hiking, quad bike tours, horse riding, fly fishing, canoeing and night time wildlife spotting. A total outdoor experience waiting to be savoured.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Saffire Freycinet Freycinet Peninsula National Park, Tasmania Saffire Freycinet is set in a natural arena, amidst surrounding bushlands, overlooking Wineglass Bay within the Freycinet Peninsula National Park, midway along Tasmania’s dramatic East Coast. The bold, modern structure with accentuated, sweeping lines, makes use of timber and stone inspired by its natural peninsula environment.

A choice of accommodation types are available in suite and private pavilion categories. All are spacious and beautifully appointed, with Tasmanian timber furnishings and fittings, a choice of living space and deck lounge, dependant upon category, the Private Pavilions being the most luxurious. Gastronomy is a delight with the ‘Palate Restaurant’ offering the finest Tasmanian cuisine whilst ‘The Lounge’ is the perfect place to take in the majesty of the surroundings.

The Saffire Spa offers a range of wellbeing treatments. The resort offers numerous opportunities to explore and learn more about the peninsula, its flora and fauna. A range of complimentary guest services are offered including visits to a local vineyard, an oyster farm, Wineglass Bay lookout and a variety of local walks.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £569 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including all meals, mini-bar, selected deluxe beverages prior to dinner and a spa credit per suite)

52

Australia

Hobart & Surroundings Day Tours & Excursions HISTORIC PORT ARTHUR AND RICHMOND The Tasman Peninsula and Port Arthur Historic Site are amongst Tasmania’s most visited destinations. Explore Tasmania’s famous convict settlement site with its many attractions on this small group day tour with an experienced guide on hand to bring its history alive. Visit the famous geological features of the peninsula as you explore the rugged coastline. In the afternoon, travel to the historic village of Richmond, nestled in the Coal River Valley, with its well preserved colonial architecture before returning to Hobart.

Approximately 8 hours in duration.

Includes: Private touring with local guide, transport in well-appointed vehicle, entry to Port Arthur historic site and lunch.

Prices from £365 per person

TASMANIAN ART AND FINE WINE Explore the Hobart Museum of Old and New Art (MONA), the largest private art collection in Australia with its fascinating blend of ancient and modern exhibits. Enjoy lunch at The Source restaurant before travelling to the Coal River Valley wine region. Sample some of Tasmania’s award-winning wines here and discover the charming historic village of Richmond with its well preserved colonial architecture before returning to Hobart.

Approximately 8 hours in duration.

Includes: Full day private guided touring, transport in wellappointed vehicle, entry to MONA, lunch and wine tasting Prices from £369 per person

FULL DAY BRUNY ISLAND CRUISE Bruny Island Cruises provide excurions exploring the rugged coastline of Bruny Island in southern Tasmania.

Your day includes a return guided bus tour, a three hour cruise, morning tea and lunch. Cruise alongside some of Australia’s highest sea cliffs, beneath towering crags and drift up close to listen to the awesome ‘Breathing Rock’. Enter deep sea caves, pass through the narrow gap between the coast and ‘The Monument’, a tall slender stack, and feel the power of nature at the point where the Tasman Sea meets the might of the Southern Ocean.

Join in the search for the abundant coastal wildlife such as seals, dolphins, migrating whales and sea birds. The highlytrained interpretive guides love what they do and work hard to ensure that the experience is fun, enjoyable, entertaining, informative and safe.

Approximately 8 hours in duration.

Prices from £115 per person.

53

Self-Drive Tasmania 8 DAY/7 NIGHT - EASTERN DISCOVERY HIGHLIGHTS: Hobart, Tasman Peninsula, East Coast, Freycinet National Park, Launceston, Tamar Valley Day 1: HOBART (90 kms/56 miles) For morning arrivals into Hobart: Collect your rental car from Hobart airport and travel to Richmond in the Coal River Valley.

Visit the Richmond Gaol, Richmond Maze, the Wine Centre and the many craft shops. Stop at the Richmond Arms Hotel for lunch. Continue to Bonorong Wildlife Sanctuary at Brighton to see koalas, pademelons, wallabies and Tasmanian Devils.

For afternoon arrivals into Hobart: Collect your rental car and head to Richmond (as above) and then on into Hobart via Cambridge and Tasman Bridge. Overnight at Lenna of Hobart.

Day 2: HOBART (40-80 kms/25-50 miles) If the weather is clear drive up Mount Wellington, rising 1200 metres above sea level behind Hobart. From here all of southern Tasmania can be seen along with the city of Hobart below. Return to the city to visit the Museum of Old and New Art (MONA), 10 kilometres upstream from the city and best accessed by the MONA Ferry MR1 with regular daily departures. MONA features art, a craft brewery (MOO Brew), winery (Moorilla) and superb dining options. Return to Hobart by ferry in readiness for dinner. Hobart’s waterfront features several whiskey bars operated by Lark Distillery and Nant for a taste of fine malt whiskies. Overnight at Lenna of Hobart.

Day 3: HOBART – TASMAN PENINSULA (110 kms/69 miles) Leave Hobart and travel south east via Sorell to the Tasman Peninsula. Travel through the tiny township of Dunalley stopping at Bangor Oyster Shed for morning tea. Eagle Hawk Neck is the next stop. Well known for natural land formations including Tessellated Pavement, The Blowhole, and the quaint village of Doo Town. The Tasmanian Devil Unzoo is located at Taranna, five minutes away. Port Arthur Historic Site is a must visit. The visitor centre will assist with tickets designed to maximise your visit. An evening Ghost Tour is recommended.

Overnight at Fox and Hounds Inn. Day 4: TASMAN PENINSULA – EAST COAST (150 kms/94 miles) Take a 3 hour eco-marine cruise between Eagle Hawk Neck and Port Arthur or vice versa. Return to your vehicle around lunchtime and travel up the east coast to the next stop.

Accommodation in a number of east coast locations can be arranged in advance, including Swansea, Coles Bay, Four Mile Creek, and St Helens. Overnight at Swansea Beach Chalets.

54

Australia

Scottsdale

Binalong Bay Pyengana Four Mile Creek Launceston Bicheno Coles Bay

EAST TASMANIA

Freycinet Hobart Eagle Hawk Neck Port Arthur

Day 5: EAST COAST – FREYCINET NATIONAL PARK (140-200 kms/87-125 miles) Drive to Coles Bay, for a Wineglass Bay Cruise at 10.00am.

A great way to take in the magnificent granite cliffs and coastline of the peninsula. Visit the Freycinet Marine Farm for fresh oysters, mussels and scallops in season. The Great Eastern Drive passes numerous cellar doors including Milton, Kelvedon, Springvale, Devils Corner and Apsley Gorge (near Bicheno). If staying at Four Mile Creek take the popular Bicheno Penguin Tour, operating at dusk for most of the year.

Overnight at Tidal Waters Resort, St Helens.

Day 6: EAST COAST – LAUNCESTON (160 kms/100 miles) Visit Binalong Bay and Bay of Fires region. Leaving St Helens travel via Pyengana, famous for its cheese, visit the Pub in the Paddock, St Columba Falls, taking the Trail of the Tin Dragon, named after Chinese miners from the 1800s. Visit the Tin Dragon interpretation centre at Derby before continuing via Scottsdale to Launceston. Tasmania’s leading public golf courses are located at Barnbougle Dunes and Lost Farm, ranked numbers 11 and 23 in the world. The Bridestowe Lavender Farm is also of note. Overnight at Mantra Charles Hotel, Launceston.

Day 7: LAUNCESTON – TAMAR VALLEY (120-150 kms/75 miles) Launceston, Tasmania’s second largest city, is set inland on the Tamar River. The picturesque valley is a patchwork of forested hills, orchards, pastures and vineyards, offering wine and food aficionados over 30 cellar doors to explore. A Tamar Valley Cruise is recommended, with visits to the Beaconsfield Mine and Heritage Centre and Seahorse World, located at Beauty Point. A Maritime Museum is located at Low Head.

Explore the Georgian architecture of Launceston and visit the Cataract Gorge and Penny Royal World before your last night in Launceston. Overnight Mercure Hotel, Launceston Day 7: DEPART LAUNCESTON Make a visit to nearby historic villages of Longford and Evandale before departure or onward travel.

Prices from £515 per person

Self-Drive Tasmania

Wynyard Burnie

Devonport

Cradle Mountain Lake St Clair National Park

Launceston

Queenstown

8 DAY/7 NIGHT - WESTERN DISCOVERY HIGHLIGHTS: Hobart, Tarraleah, Lake St Clair, Cradle Mountain, Northwest Coast, Launceston Day 1: HOBART The same as the Eastern Discovery itinerary.

Strahan

Lake St Clair Tarraleah

Hobart WEST TASMANIA

Day 2: HOBART The same as the Eastern Discovery itinerary.

Day 3: HOBART - TARRALEAH - LAKE ST CLAIR - WEST COAST (260-300 kms/163-187 miles) Travel via the Derwent Valley and New Norfolk to Tarraleah.

There is a good range of accommodation available here should you wish to break the long journey to the West Coast, 2 hours further on. Approaching Lake St Clair visit the Wall in the Wilderness at Derwent Bridge, a depiction of an early pioneers hand carved in timber panels. Continue west with opportunities to explore gold and copper mines, the West Coast Wilderness Railway and enjoy the Gordon River Cruise.

Overnight at West Coaster Motel, Queenstown.

Day 4: WEST COAST WILDERNESS RAILWAY (40 kms/25 miles) For those staying in Queenstown the West Coast Wilderness Railway departs the station around 9.00am (please check as times and schedules vary) for the journey into the rugged rainforest. Half day and full day journeys are available at certain times of year. After the journey, travel to the coastal town of Strahan. Here you can enjoy one of Tasmania’s longest running plays, ‘The Ship that Never Was’, performed on the waterfront. Overnight at Risby Cove, Strahan.

Day 7: CRADLE MOUNTAIN - NORTH WEST COAST (180 kms/112 miles) Begin the journey to the North West coast, through Burnie via Hellyer Gorge. Arriving into Burnie travel through fertile farmlands with views over the Bass Strait. Continue north west via Table Cape, home to Tasmania’s tulip farms, at their best in the spring. Overnight at the fishing port of Stanley or at Smithton, 15 minutes further on. Overnight at Tall Timbers, Smithton.

Day 8: DEPART NORTH WEST COAST (240 kms/150 miles - to Launceston) For departures and ongoing arrangements, allow at least 1 hours drive from Smithton or Stanley if flying from Wynyard to the mainland, 2 hours drive to Devonport to connect with flights or an evening sailing aboard ‘Spirit of Tasmania’, and a further 90 minutes to reach Launceston airport. Time permitting several unique attractions can be included today.

These include Paper Making tours at Makers Mark in Burnie, Hellyer’s Road Distillery, Burnie for a taste of single malt, or the Wonders of Wynyard Exhibition featuring Ransley’s Veteran Car Collection, with a 1903 Model A Ford, the oldest in the world.

Prices from £559 per person

Day 5: STRAHAN - GORDON RIVER CRUISE - CRADLE MOUNTAIN (160 kms/100 miles) A chance to take a day cruise on the Gordon River, across Macquarie Harbour, including visits to Hell’s Gates and Sarah Island. The cruise returns around 3.00pm allowing travel time to Cradle Mountain for the overnight stay. Overnight at Cradle Mountain Wilderness Village.

Day 6: CRADLE MOUNTAIN NATIONAL PARK We recommend a full day in the park to take in the surroundings, with a selection of short to medium walks such as the Lake Dove Circuit Walk, accessible from the visitor centre with shuttle services to the lake. Devils @ Cradle is a superb opportunity to see Tasmanian devils, by day or by night, but pre-booking is essential. Overnight at Cradle Mountain Wilderness Village.

55

Cradle Mountain Wilderness Village Cradle Mountain National Park, Tasmania The Cradle Mountain Wilderness Village is located within the rainforest in Cradle Valley, Cradle Mountain/Lake St Clair National Park. Self contained cottages and chalets offer 5 categories set in clusters with kitchenette, lounge and private bathroom. A restaurant is also available.

Star rating: ★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Risby Cove Strahan, Tasmania Risby Cove enjoys a waterfront setting, close to nearby rainforest, cruise boats and the rail terminal. Spacious one- and two-bedroom suites come with kitchenette and dining area. The popular on-site restaurant overlooks the cove. Perfect for self-drive enthusiasts.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Horizon Deluxe Apartments Stanley, Tasmania The apartments overlook Stanley Nut and the Bass Strait.

Contemporary in design, each apartment features a free standing double spa, king-size bed, double headed shower, barbecue and kitchen facilities. Perfect for self-catering with shops, cafés and restaurants nearby.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

White Sands Estate Four Mile Creek, Tasmania The property features two- and three-bedroom self contained villas in a vineyard setting, overlooking the Tasman Sea. All come with private parking and expansive sundecks. The Brewhaus Bar and Café and the Ironhouse Brewery, Winery and Distillery are part of the same complex.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

56

Australia

Tasmanian Harvest 7 day, 6 night private tour Sample Tasmania’s natural fare with visits to local producers. Discover historic country estates and stay at Cradle Mountain Lodge.

Day 1: HOBART Arrive Hobart and transfer to The Henry Jones Art Hotel.

Afternoon cruise on the Derwent River. Stop at Moorilla Estate for wine tasting followed by a visit to the MONA art gallery. Evening dinner at The Source Restaurant. (D)

Launceston Quamby Estate Cradle Mountain Lake St Clair National Park TASMANIA

Hobart

Bruny Island

Day 2: SALAMANCA MARKET - HOBART Visit the Salamanca Market. Enjoy an afternoon walking tour focussing on Hobart’s early colonial days. Taste wines from several Tasmanian wine regions at the Gasworks Cellar Door. Sample Tasmanian Whisky and cider from a local craft cider house. (B).

Day 3: BRUNY ISLAND Travel to Bruny Island by ferry. Stop at the Bruny Island Cheese Company sampling freshly shucked Pacific oysters and al fresco morning tea. See white wallabies, native wildlife and birds in their natural habitat before visiting Australia’s southern-most vineyard and Bruny Island House of Whisky. Take the ferry back to the mainland. (BL) Day 4: HOBART - QUAMBY ESTATE Take a short trip to visit Shene Estate and World Heritage listed Brickendon Estate, an original convict working farm.

Spend the next two nights at Quamby Estate, an iconic country manor. (BLD) Day 5: MEANDER VALLEY Visit the Meander Valley, known for its produce and farm-gate sellers. Visit Christmas Hills Raspberry Farm for morning tea followed by 41° South Salmon & Ginseng Farm. Next enjoy a visit to Railton micro-brewery with a guided tour through the brewery and hop garden. Hunter and Gatherer’s dinner served at the estate. (BD) Day 6: CRADLE MOUNTAIN Explore Cradle Mountain National Park. Walk around Dove Lake with a choice of afternoon activities. Head to Marion’s Lookout, or take a leisurely walk back to Cradle Mountain Lodge through the ancient forests. An evening meal is served at Highlands Restaurant. Overnight at Pepper’s Cradle Mountain Lodge. (BLD) Day 7: LAUNCESTON - DEPARTURE Head towards Launceston via the rugged North Coast. Stop in Burnie at Hellyers Road Distillery for a Whisky Walk. After lunch continue to Launceston and transfer to the airport for the onward flight (for flights departing after 5.00pm). (BL) Prices from £2125 per person

57

A glimpse of Queensland Queensland is Australia’s ‘Sunshine State’ and home to the World Heritage listed Great Barrier Reef. From the border with New South Wales to the Torres Straits at the tip of Cape York Peninsula, Queensland is blessed with almost incomparable natural beauty and resources, including beaches, islands, mountains, savannah, rainforest, desert and bush, and not forgetting, of course, the world’s largest and longest coral reef system.

Queensland’s capital, Brisbane, is the main gateway to the state. With a fabulous year-round climate this young and vibrant city attracts over 6 million visitors a year. The numerous al fresco dining spots, outdoor bars and street cafés exemplify Brisbane’s youthful, cosmopolitan, open air lifestyle. All testament to Brisbane’s growing confidence and its status as Australia’s fastest growing city, within easy reach of all of the natural wonders that surround it.

The Whitsunday region is the gateway to the southern Great Barrier Reef. With over 100 islands lying offshore from the mainland the Whitsundays are a major draw card for sailors and for holiday makers seeking out the many island getaways, camping areas and sophisticated resorts to be found there. Airlie Beach and Proserpine are the main bases from which to explore the region.

The cosmopolitan city of Cairns lies further to the north.

A major centre for tourism, Cairns provides one of the best means of access to the nearby resorts of Trinity Beach, Kewarra and Palm Cove, the rainforests, rivers and tablelands of the interior and most importantly, the Great Barrier Reef which lies just off-shore from its busy marina.

An hour north of Cairns lies Port Douglas, a major destination in its own right and an important access point for the Great Barrier Reef, the Daintree rainforest area, Cooktown, Mossman and the Cape Tribulation World Heritage National Parks.

To the south of Brisbane lies the Gold Coast region with its rich and diverse hinterland. The Gold Coast is an urban phenomenon. It is the second most populated area in the state after Brisbane, and the largest cross-state metropolitan area in the country, stretching from Tweed Heads in New South Wales to the outskirts of Brisbane. The region is a major tourist destination, blessed with a balmy, sub-tropical climate, boasting over 300 days of sunshine a year, along with surfing beaches, an eclectic streetlife, outdoor lifestyle and colourful theme parks.

A popular visitor attraction in the nearby rainforest hinterland is the stunning Lamington National Park, part of the Gondwana Rainforests of Australia World Heritage Area. The park offers excellent and easily accessible visitor accommodation, ideal as a base, supporting walking trails, nature conservation programmes and guided treks.

The Sunshine Coast and the Fraser Coast lie just north of Brisbane. Centred around the coastal resort hubs of Caloundra, Coolum, Noosa and World Heritage listed Fraser Island, the area offers a relaxed casual lifestyle within a beautiful natural setting. Beaches, mountains, arts and crafts, restaurants and cafés, local markets and whale watching all make for an extremely enjoyable stay.

Cape York Peninsula Cooktown The Daintree Port Douglas Cairns

Mt. Isa

Great Barrier Reef (North)

Great Barrier Reef (South)

Townsville Airlie Beach QUEENSLAND

Longreach Birdsville

Rockhampton

Hervey Bay Noosa BRISBANE Lammington National Park

58

Australia

Fraser Island National Park

Gold Coast

Spicers Balfour Hotel New Farm, Brisbane This award-winning, chic designer hotel is located in the suburb of New Farm, approximately 20 minutes drive from Brisbane airport.

Created by one of Brisbane’s leading design teams, each of the 17 luxuriously distinctive rooms and suites are both unique and welcoming with stylish décor and modern amenities. Dine inside or enjoy the alfresco experience of a classic Queenslander wraparound verandah and an intimate courtyard shaded by Frangipani trees at Balfour Kitchen. Fusing Australian and European tastes, tasty dishes are created using fresh, seasonal produce from local producers and farms. This iconic and chic building is situated just minutes from Brisbane city centre. The boutiques, restaurants and bars of James Street and the South Bank arts and entertainment district are also located nearby.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £79 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Next Hotel Queens Street, Brisbane This contemporary hotel is ideally situated in Queen Street Mall, in Brisbane’s bustling central business district, just a short stroll from the river and the Queensland Performing Arts Centre. With free wi-fi, open-plan rooms and in-transit lounge, the hotels space, technology and service have been completely re-engineered.

Guestrooms come in a broad range of categories, are well equipped and stylishly decorated and offer views over the city. Indulge in healthy, gourmet comfort food in the brasserie-inspired Lennon’s restaurant or sip an expertly created cocktail at the bar. The stylish rooftop pool area provides respite after a day taking in the city’s sights. The 24 hour gymnasium offers the opportunity to keep up with fitness regimes whilst the lounge is the perfect place in which to sip a cup of tea or coffee.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

60

Australia

Hotel Urban Brisbane Wickham Terrace, Brisbane Surrounded by the evergreen Roma Street Parklands and ideally located only 30 minutes drive from Brisbane airport, this 179 room modern hotel is perfect for exploring all that Brisbane has to offer.

Enjoy stunning views overlooking the Brisbane city skyline, the pool and surrounding suburbs from your private balcony or terrace which extends from the spacious guestrooms, all offering modern amenities. Relax by the swimming pool before enjoying a delicious meal in the stylish Gazebo Bar & Restaurant.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Rendezvous on George George Street, Brisbane The property is located in the heart of Brisbane’s central business district, approximately 30 minutes drive from Brisbane airport and within walking distance of Queen Street Mall and South Bank. Just a few minutes stroll from the Brisbane River, the 99 guest rooms offer comfortable space, equipped with modern amenities, including a flat-screen TV and iPod docking station. After a day exploring, take a dip in the outdoor pool, savour modern Australian cuisine at Straits Café or enjoy striking views of the river and the Story Bridge whilst dining on innovative seafood dishes at Jellyfish.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Adina Apartments Hotel Anzac Square, Brisbane This serviced apartment-style hotel is a unique blend of heritage architecture and stylish, contemporary design. The 136 studio, one or two bedroom apartments provide a host of amenities and features including a kitchenette or kitchen. Alternatively, stop by Berkleys on Ann for Australian dishes made with fresh, local produce. Located approximately 20 minutes drive from Brisbane airport, the property is also ideally located for exploring the city with many of the main sights within walking distance. Take a stroll along the river or visit Streets Beach, Australia’s only inner-city man made beach.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

61

Brisbane & The Gold Coast Day Tours & Excursions TANGALOOMA DOLPHIN ADVENTURE Tangalooma is an an island paradise located only 75 minutes from Brisbane. With crystal waters, white sandy beaches and untouched national park, Tangalooma on Moreton Island is a fascinating experience, all yours to explore for the day with 80 tours to choose from, 40 of which are free. Enjoy lunch at one of the resorts open food outlets before trying your hand at sand tobogganing on the island giant sandhills. The highlight of the visit are the wild dolphins which swim into shore at dusk for hand feeding.

Approx 10 hours in duration.

Includes: Return transfers from Brisbane or Gold Coast, tours, VIP Day Lounge access, lunch voucher, return cruise, over 40 land based activities.

Prices from £79 per person.

STRADBROKE ISLAND TOUR A Queensland island getaway where you’ll feel a million miles away. Surrounded by stunning beaches, Stradbroke Island is a nature-lovers paradise. A variety of Aussie wildlife is on show, including kangaroos, dolphins and maybe a koala! Whales are also present from May to October. The highlight for many is the 4-wheel drive safari along the beach. Take the bluff boardwalk around Point Lookout Headland with gorgeous views, and walk along the long, sandy beaches of the world’s second largest sand island.

Approx 10 hours in duration.

Includes: All touring, lunch, afternoon tea, unlimited snacks and drinks, guide services.

Prices from £199 per person

LAMINGTON NATIONAL PARK ‘Go bush’ and experience the stunning mountain scenery of the Gold Coast hinterland. Go high up in the rainforest treetop walk at O’Reillys Rainforest Retreat. Drive along a remote, 4WD mountain trek on Duck Creek Road and visit lush World Heritage rainforest, waterfalls, rock pools and numerous outstanding lookouts over the Scenic Rim and Gold Coast. There is also the option of a 2 hour walk deep into the forest with a visit to the beautiful Elabana Falls.

Feed colourful crimson rosellas and king parrots and look out for native wildlife such as pretty-faced wallabies and pademelons (small forest kangaroos) along the way.

Approx 10 hours in duration.

Includes: All touring, lunch, afternoon tea, unlimited snacks and drinks, guide services.

Prices from £159 per person

62

Australia

Peppers Broadbeach Gold Coast Elizabeth Avenue, Broadbeach This all-suite hotel offers panoramic views of the Pacific Ocean or Gold Coast Hinterland. Spacious interiors feature exceptional design.

Facilities include an outdoor heated pool, spa, small private cinema and gym. Many excellent bars and restaurants are located nearby.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

QT Gold Coast Staghorn Avenue, Gold Coast South Beach Miami style meets laid back Surfers Paradise. The 297 stylish guestrooms offer views of the mountains, Nerang River or ocean. Enjoy mouthwatering flavours at Yamagen Teppanyaki restaurant, sip a cocktail at the ‘Stingray’ bar or just pamper at spaQ. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Palazzo Versace Seaworld Drive, Main Beach This hotel offers rich décor, gold vaulted ceilings, ornate furnishings and lavish appointments. Guestrooms are plush and light filled.

Poolside lounging affords relaxation in a chic cabana oasis. Enjoy fine dining at Vanitas or contemporary cuisine at Vie Bar & Restaurant.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £155 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Peppers Soul Esplanade, Surfers Paradise Rising 77 levels, the spacious accommodation at Peppers Soul offers first class living with modern amenities and stunning ocean views.

Facilities include indoor and outdoor heated swimming pools, spa, gymnasium and the acclaimed Seaduction restaurant.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

63

Peppers Noosa Resort & Villas Noosa National Park A restful retreat, minutes from the bustle of Hastings Street where enticing bars, restaurants and boutiques await. The resort is nestled in the serenity of Noosa National Park where spectacular coastal scenery and native wildlife abound. Choose between tastefully decorated apartments or penthouse, or a spacious and wellappointed villa. The rolling surf of Noosa main beach is a short walk away, alternatively laze by the onsite swimming pool or enjoy the gymnasium. Indulge in stylish indoor or outdoor dining with views across Laguna Bay at View Restaurant.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

The Sebel Noosa Hastings Street, Noosa The property is located directly on cosmopolitan Hastings Street, amidst boutiques, restaurants and cafés, just minutes from Noosa Beach. With a range of elegant, self-contained apartments, the property provides the ideal base for visitors looking to explore Noosa and its surrounds. A gymnasium, swimming pool and Jacuzzi are also available. Guests at The Sebel Noosa are able to easily explore the area’s golden beaches, National Park and lush hinterland, cruise down Noosa River or across the Noosa Everglades, visit wineries and tea rooms, try their hand at surfing, or go whale watching.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Mantra French Quarter Hastings Street, Noosa Mantra French Quarter is ideally located at the southern end of Hastings Street, just minutes away from the bustling lifestyle and entertainment precinct of the town’s main thoroughfare and Noosa’s spectacular beaches and coastal National Park. The 119 selfcontained apartments are set in the tropical gardens around the lagoon pool and offer a balcony or terrace. Whilst there are no onsite bars or restaurants, nearby Hastings Street and Noosa beach offer a plethora of excellent international dining options.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

64

Australia

Bundaberg

Discover Fraser Island 2 day, 1 night from Noosa

FRASER ISLAND

Maheno Wreck Eli Creek

Hervey Bay

Lake McKenzie Seventy Five Mile Beach Road

HIGHLIGHTS: Noosa, Seventy-Five Mile Beach, Lake McKenzie, Tin Cay Bay, ‘Maheno’ Wreck, Eli Creek, Pile Valley, Central Station Tin Cay Bay

Discover World Heritage-listed Fraser Island, the largest sand island in the world, on a two-day 4 wheel-drive tour from Noosa. With its long, uninterrupted white beaches flanked by strikingly coloured sand cliffs, freshwater lakes, ancient rainforests and a shipwreck coast, Fraser Island provides an unforgettable experience.

Seventy Five Mile Beach Road Noosa

Day 1: NOOSA - FRASER ISLAND Your adventure from Noosa begins with a drive toward Cooloola National Park, a significant Aboriginal site and the gateway to Fraser Island. Your purpose-built Warrior 4 wheel-drive vehicle allows superb off-road access and comes complete with large windows, so you won’t miss a thing. Travel to Tin Can Bay to see the wild dolphins, with an opportunity to feed them, at a small additional charge, payable locally. Take a guided walk through Pile Valley with its towering trees, lush green ferns and streams, then continue on to Central Station, a former forestry township. Visit Lake McKenzie, one of 40 crystal-clear lakes, and swim in the blue water or relax on the pure white silica sand. Enjoy a picnic lunch before travelling to your beachside accommodation at Happy Valley. The afternoon is free; spend it as you wish before meeting up for an included group dinner in the Satinay Bar & Bistro with a choice menu selection. (LD) Day 2: FRASER ISLAND - NOOSA Today, see the Sands Rainbow Gorge, where the sand has been formed into volcano-like cones. Then experience the natural wonder of Eli Creek, the largest freshwater stream on the eastern coast of Fraser Island. More than 4 million litres of water flow from its mouth into the ocean every hour. Eli Creek is one of Fraser Island’s most popular natural wonders. Take a walk along the scenic boardwalks to view the creek, or jump in the water and float down the fast-flowing stream into the mouth of the ocean. Continue on to the ‘Maheno’ shipwreck and discover the history of this once-luxurious passenger ship that now lies rusted and buried in the sand. Stop for a picnic lunch in the wilderness before continuing along the beach to the Pinnacles and Coloured Sands. See the multi-hued coloured cliffs of the Cathedrals and the stunning panoramic views from Indian Head before returning to Noosa via the spectacular beach highway. (BL) Prices from £245 per person

65

Queensland Self-Drive Brisbane to Brisbane 7 DAY/6 NIGHT - SOUTH EAST LOOP HIGHLIGHTS: Brisbane, Lamington National Park, Sunshine Coast, Noosa, Fraser Island, Brisbane Day 1: BRISBANE – LAMINGTON NATIONAL PARK (102 kms/64 miles) From Brisbane take the Pacific Highway (M1) southbound towards the Gold Coast and Surfers Paradise. Just north of Nerang take Highway 90 in the direction of Mount Tamborine and Canungra. It is worth a detour to Mount Tamborine to take in the dramatic scenery. Continue along Highway 90 to Canungra. Stop at Canungra to explore the pleasant township. The local pub, coffee houses and cafés are all good spots to stop for lunch. Continuing onward from Canungra, take the Lamington National Park Road, following the signposts for O’Reilly’s Guesthouse. The road becomes increasingly narrow with regular passing spots as it winds its way up the mountain and through the tree carpeted hills, with stunning vistas of the surrounding terrain visible at very corner. After a drive of about 45 minutes you will arrive at O’Reillys Guesthouse, your base for exploring the dramatic surroundings and rainforest walks found here.

Day 2: LAMINGTON NATIONAL PARK With many options available to choose from, take the opportunity to experience one of the local walks or treks, taking in the waterfalls and dramatic mountain lookouts.

Return to O’Reilly’s for an evening of relaxation, enjoying a quiet drink in the bar before enjoying an evening meal at the guesthouse restaurant.

Day 3: LAMINGTON NATIONAL PARK – GLASS HOUSE MOUNTAINS (165 kms/103 miles) After breakfast at O’Reilly’s it is time to head back down the mountain drive towards the Sunshine Coast. On reaching the Pacific Highway (M1) in the direction of Beerburrum, take the northbound exit in the direction of Brisbane and travel northwards, bypassing the city and continuing on towards the Sunshine Coast. Just south of Caboolture take Highway 60 in the direction of Beerburrum, passing through the pine plantations and rainforest areas of the Beerburrum National Park. Be sure to take in the views of the coastal lowlands from the Glass House Mountains look-out. Make an overnight stop at Glass House Mountain Ecolodge, around a mile or so back from the lookout on Barrs Road.

Day 4: GLASS HOUSE MOUNTAINS - NOOSA (84 kms/52 miles) Head towards the Steve Irwin Way (M1) travelling north in the direction of Maroochydore, exiting on Highway 70 for the Sunshine Coast. Continue to follow Highway 70 passing Coolum and Peregian, heading for Noosa. Take time to explore Noosa, particularly Hastings Street, with its many shops and boutiques. The adjacent Noosa National Park is worth exploring for its rainforest walks. Or take the ferry up the Noosa River to Tewantin for an enjoyable, scenic experience.

Overnight in Noosa at Mantra French Quarter.

Day 5: NOOSA – HERVEY BAY/FRASER ISLAND (184 kms/115 miles) Depart Noosa taking the A1 Highway north in the direction of Gympie and Maryborough. On reaching Maryborough take Highway 57 northwards in the direction of Hervey Bay and River Heads. Drop off your car before catching the catamaran to Fraser Island and Kingfisher Bay Resort. On arrival at resort spend the rest of the day free to explore the island.

Day 6: FRASER ISLAND Spend the day enjoying a ranger-guided Beauty Spots Tour of Fraser Island. Take a dip in the clear waters of Lake McKenzie, visit the rainforest and drive along Seventy-Five Mile Beach stopping at Eli Creek and the Maheno shipwreck.

Day 7: FRASER ISLAND – BRISBANE (289 kms/180 miles) Take the return ferry from Fraser Island to Hervey Bay. Pick up your car and head south along the Bruce Highway (M1) to Brisbane, with the opportunity to explore other areas of the Sunshine Coast on the way. Arrive in Brisbane or at Brisbane airport and drop off your car.

Prices from £689 per person

66

Australia

Queensland Self-Drive Brisbane to Cairns by Motorhome Day 3: BUNDABERG - ROCKHAMPTON (288 kms/180 miles) Travel through Gin Gin and the beachside town of 1770, named after the year of discovery by Captain Cook. Detour inland to bushwalk the rainforest of Cania Gorge National Park and visit the Mystery Craters in Eurimbula National Park. Next stop is Gladstone, with rainforest gorges, lakes and beaches stretching to the Great Barrier Reef. Arrive in Rockhampton and take a coral cruise to Great Keppel Island.

Snorkel at Shelving Beach, Monkey Point or Clam Bay or wander the Botanic Gardens.

Day 4: ROCKHAMPTON - MACKAY (336 kms/210 miles) Visit the Capricorn Caves, above-ground in a limestone ridge. Further north is the village of Yeppoon, gateway to the Capricorn Coast and Byfield National Park. Take time to birdwatch, bushwalk through rainforest and fish from the beach. Continue to Mackay, enjoying lunch at the marina.

Walk, swim and fish from the city beaches of Lambert, Town, Illawong, Harbour, Bucasia, Blacks and Eimeo. Meet possums, kangaroos, bush turkeys and echidnas on the beaches of Cape Hillsborough National Park. Take a day trip to the Brampton and Carlisle Islands in the southern Whitsundays. Snorkel or dive the Llewellyn shipwreck and pristine coral gardens near uninhabited Scawfell Island.

6 DAY/5 NIGHT - COASTAL DISCOVERY HIGHLIGHTS: Brisbane, Fraser Island, Bundaberg, Rockhampton, Mackay, Townsville, Cairns Day 1: BRISBANE - NOOSA - FRASER ISLAND (130 kms/82 miles + 184 kms/115 miles) Drive to Noosa with a stop to explore the boutiques, bistros and beachfront apartments of Hastings Street. Take a walk through the beaches and bush of Noosa National Park, pausing at panoramic lookouts. Back on route to Hervey Bay pass through Gympie and Maryborough, Queensland’s oldest provincial city. From Hervey Bay catch a ferry to World Heritage-listed Fraser Island, the world’s largest sand island.

Join a guided tour to see the island’s attractions including Lake McKenzie, the rainforest, Central Station and the coloured cliffs of the Cathedrals. Extend your stay with a few nights in a resort, cabin or tent on the beach.

Day 2: FRASER ISLAND - BUNDABERG (109 kms/68 miles) Back to the mainland and onwards to Bundaberg, gateway to the southern Great Barrier Reef. View gracious colonial buildings and cruise the Burnett River. Watch sea turtles nest and hatch on Mon Repos beach. Snorkel and dive the coral reefs and cays of Lady Musgrave Island and Lady Elliot Island. Swim or fish at Elliot Heads, dive from Coral Cove and Innes Park or spot kangaroos in Woodgate Beach. Just some of the options available along Bundaberg’s pristine coastline.

Day 5: MACKAY - TOWNSVILLE (386 kms/241 miles) Detour to Eungella National Park before returning to the coast pass through Proserpine and Airlie Beach, gateways to the Whitsundays. Explore some of the 74 palm-fringed islands on a day trip or chartered sail boat. Don’t miss the white, silica sands of Whitehaven Beach. Continue north through mango orchards and sugar cane fields to Townsville. Wander the scenic promenade, soak up the balmy nightlife and take a catamaran to Magnetic Island.

Day 6: TOWNSVILLE - CAIRNS (346 kms/216 miles) Take the Great Green Way through 12 National Parks and over 20 tropical islands. Drive through Charters Towers, detour to Paluma National Park or explore Tyoto Wetlands near Ingham. Visit Wallaman Falls, Australia’s highest single drop waterfall. Explore Hinchinbrook Island or walk along breathtaking Mission Beach. Visit the Chinese temple and art deco buildings in Innisfail and go white water rafting in Tully Gorge National Park. Discover wetlands and rare plants at Eubenangee Swamp National Park and spectacular waterfalls in Wooroonooran National Park. Your journey ends in the relaxed, international city of Cairns.

Prices from £505 per person

67

Cruise the Whitsundays Barrier Reef Cruise & Sail Enjoy the very best that the Whitsundays has to offer with four, individual and unique adventures and experiences to choose from.

WHITEHAVEN BEACH Find out why Whitehaven Beach is repeatedly voted one of the best beaches in the world. Enjoy swimming, sunbathing and beach activities throughout the day. Sea conditions permitting, visit a rarely visited scenic island with a vibrant reef area to snorkel. Cruise the full length of Whitehaven, across to Hill Inlet. A guided walk leads to the lookout for a picture postcard view.

Includes: A picnic lunch to enjoy at leisure. Afternoon tea, served on the return cruise from Whitehaven Beach.

Full day: Departing and returning to Port of Airlie, Daydream Island and Hamilton Island. A half day option is also available with 1 ½ to 2 hours at the Southern end of Whitehaven Beach. Departs daily.

Prices from £125 per person.

BARRIER REEF ADVENTURES Cruise to the outer Great Barrier Reef, and enjoy a range of activities and facilities at one of two spacious reef pontoons including an underwater viewing chamber, snorkelling and semi-submersible boat rides. Optional activities include scenic helicopter rides, massages and introductory or certified diving. Enjoy undercover seating and tables, sun decks and air-conditioned comfort on the reef vessel.

Includes: Morning and afternoon tea, buffet lunch, snorkelling gear, free wetsuit usage, semi-submersible rides Full day: Departing and returning to Port of Airlie, Daydream Island and Hamilton Island. Departs daily.

Prices from £139 per person.

REEFSLEEP UNDER THE STARS Enjoy snorkelling, swimming, semi-sub rides, underwater observatory and sunbathing on deck by day. At 3.00pm the vessel departs leaving guests to spend the night on ‘Reefworld’ pontoon and enjoy the stunning surroundings.

Watch for turtles surfacing at dusk, to nibble the seaweed around the pontoon. Enjoy the sunset, see the underwater world come to life or take a memorable night dive. Wake up to sunrise and a hearty breakfast. At 11.00am the Great Barrier Reef Adventure day cruise guests arrive and all of the previous days activities resume.

Includes: All the activities of a Great Barrier Reef Adventure.

Overnight accommodation at ‘Reefworld’. Breakfast, 2 morning and afternoon teas, 2 buffet lunches and a superb barbecue dinner.

Two days plus overnight: Departing and returning to Port of Airlie, Daydream Island and Hamilton Island.

Prices from £289 per person.

DAY SAILING TO WHITEHAVEN BEACH A full day excursion exploring Whitehaven Beach and the spectacular Whitsunday Islands National Park on board Camira, one of the world’s fastest commercial sailing catamarans. Explore beaches and bays with snorkelling stops, on the way to Whitehaven Beach, with its white silica sand and clear waters. Camira is licensed to serve beer and wine from 11.00am.

Includes: Morning and afternoon tea, barbecue lunch and all beverages, snorkelling gear and stinger suits.

Full Day: Departing and returning to Port of Airlie, and Daydream Island.

Prices from £109 per person.

68

Australia

Daydream Island Resort & Spa Whitsundays, Queensland Coast Daydream is an award-winning escape located amidst the Whitsunday Islands group, off the north-eastern coast of Queensland. Choose to relax and do nothing, or do everything on this island retreat that offers something for everyone. Daydream can be reached by Cruise Whitsunday ferry services from the mainland or by air from Great Barrier Reef airport and from Proserpine airport.

Each of the 296 comfortable rooms and suites offer views of the tropical waters or rainforest. All are stylishly furnished and wellappointed. Guests are able to indulge in mouth-watering creations in the resorts eight individual food and beverage outlets, including casual, a la carte and buffet restaurants. Enjoy a plethora of land and water based activities (most of which are complimentary) including tennis, gymnasium, catamarans and kayaking as well as activities based around the living reef, home to over 140 species of fish and 83 coral specimens. Alternatively relax in the Spa which offers a range of holistic treatments.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £265 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including breakfast and transfers)

Heron Island Great Barrier Reef, Queensland A place for nature lovers, this natural coral cay lies around 50 miles off the coast of Queensland. The reef, with a myriad of colourful coral and reef fish, is located in the crystal clear aquamarine waters surrounding the island. The resort also offers an array of options for those who like to relax, explore or laze on the islands deserted beaches.

Guest rooms on Heron Island range from the Turtle Room, set amongst the Pisona forest which blankets the island, to the secluded Point Suites, a perfect place to watch the sun set. Many of the resorts accommodations afford views of the sea, some offer direct beach access. All are simply decorated and comfortable and come equipped with a balcony or terrace. Indulge in delectable cuisine at Shearwater restaurant, or enjoy one or two cool drinks in Baillie’s Bar & Pandanus Lounge. This is the perfect spot to relax in comfort after a day spent on the reef. Guests may also enjoy guided walks of the island or indulge in a rejuvenating spa treatment.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £285 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including breakfast and transfers)

69

Qualia Hamilton Island, Whitsundays Enjoy ultra-luxurious living on the edge of the Great Barrier Reef.

Offering sweeping views of the beautiful Whitsunday Islands, Qualia is a spectacular, serene haven where care and attention is given to the smallest detail. Awe-inspiring sunsets, superlative service, exquisite gourmet cuisine, deluxe accommodations and ultimate relaxation abound at this world-class resort.

Accommodations come in three distinct categories, Leeward Pavillion, Windward Pavillion and Beach House. Each is spacious and elegant, decorated in soothing neutral colours with tones of timber, stone and glass. All provide views out over the sea from the private sundecks. Windward Pavilions and Beach House accommodations also offer private plunge pools. A choice of relaxed and informal dining or a delectable fine dining experience is available at Long Pavillion and Pebble Beach, each with its own private bar. Water activities abound with snorkelling, diving, kayaking and sailing available as well as cruises and beach drop-offs to more isolated retreats.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1615 per person (Based on a 5 night stay with Qualia Classic inclusions and return transfers)

Beach Club Hamilton Island, Whitsundays An adult-only oasis, this tranquil, boutique resort sits directly on Catseye Beach, overlooking the Coral Sea. Surrounded by landscaped gardens, all rooms at Beach Club are sea-facing.

The 57 Beach Club rooms are fresh, contemporary and airy in style with an elegant seaside decor and ambience. All come with private terraces, affording ocean views over the Coral Sea. Guests are able to enjoy access to the infinity swimming pool, non-motorised watersports, fitness centre, tennis court and a full service spa. A memorable dining experience awaits at Beach Club Restaurant which serves inspired Australian cuisine at the water’s edge. With its spectacular beachfront location, private restaurant and lounge, child-free ambience and personalised service, Beach Club, Hamilton Island is the ultimate romantic retreat.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1029 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including breakfast and return transfers)

70

Australia

Reef View Hamilton Island, Whitsundays Reef View Hotel, located on spectacular Hamilton Island, part of the beautiful Whitsunday group, is positioned opposite Catseye Beach and within easy reach of many of the island’s restaurants, activities and entertainment facilities.

Guest accommodation consists of extremely large, well-appointed rooms and suites with views from the private and outdoor furnished balconies of the tropical gardens or sparkling Coral Sea. Reef View is the perfect island getaway for a relaxing holiday, lazing by the swimming pool, relaxing on the pristine beach, indulging in spa treatments or making use of the many and varied activities available to guests including the gymnasium, tennis court, paddleboards, catamarans and kayaks. Additionally, Reef View facilities include a restaurant and bar whilst alternative dining options are available at the many restaurants on the island.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £559 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

Palm Bungalows Hamilton Island, Whitsundays Enjoy bright, breezy, coastal-style living at Palm Bungalows, Hamilton Island. The 49 secluded and freestanding bungalows offer the ideal island escape for couples, friends and small families with crisp modern décor and all of the necessary amenities included.

The private balcony allows space to relax in the tranquil surroundings of lush tropical gardens whilst use of the complimentary Island Shuttle allows easy access to all that this beautiful island has to offer. Take advantage of the choice of several swimming pools, restaurants, fitness centre and spa as well as various fine dining or relaxed dining venues. Non-motorised watersports and snorkelling is available from Catseye Beach, just a few minutes stroll from the bungalows.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £569 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

71

Holiday Homes Hamilton Island, Whitsundays Hamilton Island Holiday Homes offer a range of privately owned, self catering properties, accommodating between one and twelve people. The layout, appearance and surroundings of each property varies according to size and location. Ideal for couples, families and groups of friends, the five categories of accommodation ensure a relaxed and carefree holiday.

126 accommodation options range from stylish one-bedroom apartments to five-bedroom waterfront villas. Each of the luxurious options is self-contained and well equipped with full kitchen and launderette facilities. Some of the categories come with a private plunge pool and golf buggy. Guests have access to the hotel swimming pool and non-motorised watersports including catamarans, kayaks and paddleboards as well as the gymnasium, spa, children’s day care centre and various restaurants around the island.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £619 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

Yacht Club Villas Hamilton Island, Whitsundays Larger groups of families and friends will enjoy sharing these luxurious 3 and 4 storey villas. Designed by renowned Australian architect, Walter Barda, the emphasis is on privacy and space.

Each of the 17 spacious villas spans three to four levels, complete with 4 bedrooms and bathrooms, all fully equipped with luxury appliances, a 4 seater golf buggy and private decking from which to enjoy the spectacular views of the Dent Passage and Coral Sea. The villas benefit from a beautiful waterfront location, just a short stroll from the iconic Hamilton Island Yacht Club and are gracefully positioned on the waterfront nearby the 240-berth marina. Guests have access to the various facilities on the island including nonmotorised watersports, gymnasium, spa, children’s club and several restaurants.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1795 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

72

Australia

One&Only Hayman Island Hayman Island, Whitsundays Revel in the beauty and luxury of this enchanting private island, enjoying a prime location close to the northernmost point of the Whitsunday Island archipelago. One&Only Hayman Island lies at the heart of the Great Barrier Reef, surrounded by sparkling blue ocean.

The 159 luxurious rooms and suites are offered in four distinct wing locations and groupings, some of which offer private pools and butler service. All are peaceful sanctuaries, decorated in timelessly elegant, neutral hues. Guests are able to enjoy a myriad of activities in this sublime setting, including croquet, tennis and squash as well as a golf driving range and non-motorised watersports. A full dive and motorised watersports centre is also available to guests.

Children will be well entertained at the KidsOnly and Teens Clubs whilst adults take time out to enjoy pampering sessions in the One&Only Spa. Indulge in delicious pan-Asian, authentic Italian or casual dining with spectacular sea views at each of the property’s four exquisite restaurants where gourmet dishes are expertly created by experienced chefs. Two bars and lounges are on hand to take care of all drinks and refreshments, day or night.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £769 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including breakfast and transfers)

Fitzroy Island Resort Fitzroy Island, North Queensland Fitzroy Island Resort is the only resort on this unspoiled island, the majority of which is National Island Park - this includes mangroves, open woodland, tropical rainforest and pristine coral beaches.

Fitzroy Island is easily accessible, lying just a 45 minute ferry transfer from Cairns. The natural island surroundings here allow guests to appreciate nature and enjoy untouched landscapes in the rainforests, reef and white beaches. The 99 studios, one- and two-bedroom Ocean Suites and Beach Cabins offer a comfortable retreat after a busy day. In addition to walking and hiking trails, guests may also avail themselves of the kayaking, boating and fishing facilities as well as the swimming pool, spa, children’s play room and Dive Centre. The Zephyr restaurant uses fresh local ingredients to create tempting modern Australian dishes, available for breakfast, lunch and dinner. Dining may be enjoyed in an alfresco setting. Casual, café-style snacks and drinks are available at Foxy’s Bar, located on the beachfront.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £155 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including transfers)

73

Orpheus Island Great Barrier Reef, Queensland Located amidst the magical waters of the Great Barrier Reef, Orpheus is a secluded island hideaway housing just 28 guests.

The island stretches across 11 kilometres of immaculate turquoise coastline and is comprised of 1,368 hectares of pristine National Park and the surrounding World Heritage-listed Marine Park. Access is from either Townsville by helicopter or from Cairns.

This exclusive island offers laid-back, luxury accommodation in 14 well-appointed rooms, suites and villas, many of which offer stunning Coral Sea views. There are fantastic snorkelling and diving opportunities here with some of the richest marine environments on the entire reef located in the surrounding waters. Alternatively take in the spectacular sunset with a pre-dinner sunset cruise, go fishing, snorkelling or embark upon a dinghy adventure. The restaurant offers a daily changing menu, full of wholesome, gourmet, fusion cuisine with alfresco-style dining covering breakfast, lunch and dinner. Guests are also able to indulge in a therapeutic spa treatment with rituals which are inspired by traditional Aboriginal techniques and aim to restore balance and wellness.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1270 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including all meals and transfers)

Lizard Island Great Barrier Reef, Queensland Lizard Island is officially a National Park covering 1,013 hectares.

With 24 sandy beaches and a surrounding lagoon it is the most northerly resort on the Great Barrier Reef. It is accessible only from Cairns.

Lizard Island is an exclusive resort, with just 40 sumptuously appointed rooms, suites and villas, including the stunning Pavilion and The Villa, an extravagant, 154 square metre indulgence. Lizard Island offers an unforgettable holiday experience in luxurious surroundings. The perfect place in which to immerse oneself in the atmosphere and enjoy the superb gourmet food, all included within the tariff and served at either the Salt Water restaurant or in a secluded beachside setting. A selection of fine wines, cool drinks and cocktails are there to enjoy at the Driftwood Bar & Wine Cellar.

Watch the spectacular sunset, snorkel or simply relax and delight in the idyllic setting. Take a private dinghy to a deserted beach and enjoy a gourmet picnic hamper or take a self-guided nature walk around this beautiful and unique island, the choice is yours.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1599 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including all meals and transfers)

74

Australia

Shangri-La Hotel The Marina Cairns Pier Point Road, Cairns A well-established property offering a perfect ocean-side location overlooking the Cairns Marlin Marina. With uninterrupted panoramic views of spectacular Trinity Bay and the rainforest-covered coastal mountain ranges as a back drop, all within a stones throw of Cairns town centre, this enviable location is hard to beat.

The 255 guestrooms and suites offer modern amenities and décor with most providing a balcony or terrace with views of Marlin Marina, Trinity Bay, Cairns city, the rainforest gardens or the hotel’s sparkling pool. After a day exploring all that Cairns has to offer, including the nearby Pier Shopping Centre, relax by the swimming pool before enjoying modern Australian cuisine expertly prepared in the North Bar & Kitchen restaurant, overlooking the waterfront. Follow this with a cool drink, boutique beer or evening cocktail at the North Bar. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Novotel Cairns Oasis Resort Lake Street, Cairns Set in lush tropical garden surroundings, this is a relaxed property, contemporary in style and ambience and ideal for a family stopover or a short term stay in Cairns. The location is just 10 minutes drive from Cairns airport, within walking distance of the Esplanade and is perfect for visits to the Great Barrier Reef.

The property features 314 guestrooms and suites. All rooms are bright, fresh and functional with balcony or terrace overlooking the gardens or lagoon-style swimming pool. Guests wishing to take advantage of the in-house dining facilities are able to enjoy French a-la-carte dining in the Mizuna restaurant, or indulge in a cocktail in either the lounge bar or at the open air pool bar. The on-site fitness centre also offers the opportunity to maintain strict fitness routines.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

75

Pullman Cairns International Abbot Street, Cairns The grand architecture of this upscale hotel reflects the area’s colonial past. Located in the Central Business District, just 15 minutes from the airport and offering views over the harbour and hinterland, the property is ideally situated for exploring Cairns and the Great Barrier Reef. The 321 guestrooms are well equipped and spacious with private balconies. The swimming pool, gym and spa provide ample opportunities for relaxation whilst the restaurant offers a-la-carte dining or a famous nightly buffet.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Pacific Hotel Esplanade, Cairns Perfectly situated on Cairns Esplanade, the Pacific Hotel Cairns has a reputation for personalised service and warm hospitality. The 176 spacious, well equipped guestrooms come complete with private balconies, many of which facilitate stunning sunrise and sunset views. A restful stay is assured. Hotel facilities include a swimming pool, a renowned restaurant and complimentary parking. The hotel is also conveniently placed for easy access to Cairns airport and for Barrier Reef day trips from Cairns Marina.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Cairns Harbour Lights Marlin Parade, Cairns Perched on Cairns’ stunning waterfront, just 10 minutes’ drive from the airport, Cairns Harbour Lights offers flexible accommodation for couples, families and groups. The property offers a total of 94 accommodation options ranging from studio hotel rooms to three bedroomed, fully self-contained apartments, all of which come with a private furnished balcony with views of the sea or parkland.

There is an onsite swimming pool and fitness centre as well as an independently operated restaurant offering international cuisine.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £79 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

76

Australia

Kewarra Beach Resort & Spa Kewarra Street, Kewarra Beach Nestled between tropical rainforest and the sea and sheltered by the Great Barrier Reef, Kewarra Beach Resort lies hidden amidst 30 hectares of natural, tropical gardens. The property offers guests the opportunity to retreat to a genuinely quiet and peaceful haven, just minutes from the many shopping outlets, sights and attractions that Palm Cove and Cairns have to offer.

Individual bungalows, in a choice of distinct categories, are set amongst the lush foliage, next to the lagoon, within the rainforest or overlooking the beach. Each is extremely spacious, classically decorated and very well equipped. The rustic ‘ Paperbark’ restaurant and bar provides guests with an innovative and tempting menu which changes daily and which also makes use of fresh local produce and seafood. The spa offers a wide range of treatments and packages designed to pamper, rejuvenate and relax with each session being tailor-made to individual requirements. For special occasions the resorts beachside Nautilus Deck provides a stunning venue. There are two swimming pools for guests convenience as well as access to Championship Golf Courses nearby.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Blue Lagoon Trinity Beach, Cairns Blue Lagoon enjoys an ideal location, just a short walk from the award-winning sands of Trinity Beach. The township’s shops, cafés and restaurants are conveniently located on Trinity Beach Esplanade, just two minutes walk from the property, whilst Cairns is just 20 minutes away.

The self-catering accommodation, nestled by a lagoon, consists of a series of studios and apartments, with up to three bedrooms.

Ideal for couples, families and friends looking to discover all that this exciting area has to offer, all accommodation comes with well equipped kitchenettes, with fridge, benchtop hotplate and microwave. Larger apartments feature indoor and outdoor living areas. The resort features three swimming pools, a tennis court and a gymnasium. Wi-fi is free to guests.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £135 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

77

VUE Apartments Trinity Beach Trinity Beach, Cairns Located on a hilltop overlooking the Trinity Beach Esplanade, the property provides convenient access to the beach and to the restaurants and bars along the seafront. The views over the surroundings from the swimming pool terrace are outstanding.

Trinity Beach offers ideal, protected swimming conditions with nonmotorised watersports available within the waters of the Coral Sea. The property features 35 apartments of between one and four bedrooms. Absolutely ideal for couples, families and groups, each apartment is spacious, equipped with modern amenities and a large furnished balcony or terrace providing stunning sea views.

The penthouse apartments in particular are extremely spacious and offer outstanding views from the surrounding balcony and terrace.

Communal facilities include a superb infinity swimming pool and barbecue facilities. The Trinity Beach Esplanade provides a picture postcard opportunity for walks along the beachfront, taking in the fabulous sea views and idyllic surroundings.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £239 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

The Reef House Williams Esplanade, Palm Cove This alluring property prides itself on offering sophisticated luxury in a peaceful and intimate beachfront setting. Service and standards are important, and more than evident, at this delightful colonial property which reflects an old-world charm.

The 69 studios, rooms, suites and apartments offer serene boutiquestyle living accommodation with balconies overlooking one of the three swimming pools or the beautiful tropical gardens, perfect for just lazing around and for catching the sunset. The 300 year old Melaleuca trees provide a perfect natural canopy under which guests are able to dine on the resorts exquisite signature dishes, expertly prepared using fresh, locally sourced produce. Enjoy a drink or pre-dinner cocktail at the classically elegant Brigadier’s Bar. Or simply relax as trained spa therapists at the Reef House Day Spa provide dedicated rituals for the face and body which incorporate the latest ingredients and techniques.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

78

Australia

Alamanda Palm Cove by Lancemore Veivers Road, Palm Cove Alamanda at Palm Cove is ideally placed for exploring the UNESCO World Heritage Sites of the Great Barrier Reef and the Daintree Rainforest as well as the delights of cosmopolitan Cairns which is only 25 minutes drive away.

Available in options ranging between one and four bedrooms, the 69 spacious and modern apartments combine elegant tropical interiors with the comforts of modern living. All are well equipped and offer designer flourishes and wide balconies with views of the sea, tropical gardens or swimming pool. Indulge in a culinary journey at the beachfront Nu Nu restaurant, which serves award-winning international dishes. Relax and enjoy a refreshing drink at either of the property’s two lounges. For those seeking a little indulgence, the soothing sound of the lapping waves provides the backdrop to the beachfront Alamanda Spa, where rejuvenating and pampering treatments calm the body and soul.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £309 per person (Based on a 3 night stay)

Reef Retreat Harpa Street, Palm Cove Reef Retreat is set amongst groves of majestic paperbark trees, a short walk from the beach and shoreline at Palm Cove. This friendly low-rise resort offers personalised, home-style service and facilities, making for a memorable, relaxing and enjoyable stay.

The Reef Retreat provides 36 studios, apartments and suites, all with spacious private balconies offering views of the pool, the rich tropical gardens and the lush green forested mountains. Situated only 50 metres from the beach, the self-contained apartments, which feature a full kitchenette service, are the perfect base from which to discover the numerous nearby bars, cafés, restaurants and boutique shops as well as a base from which to explore the nearby Daintree Rainforest and the Great Barrier Reef. Guests are also able to take advantage of the onsite barbecue facilities, with a licensed on-site beer and wine outlet readily on hand, or enjoy a dip in the heated swimming pool which is set in the tranquil and peaceful gardens.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £119 per person (Based on a 2 night stay)

79

Paradise on the Beach Williams Esplanade, Palm Cove Situated on the beachfront in the centre of Palm Cove, Paradise on the Beach offers self-contained accommodation, nestled in a lush tropical environment of palm trees and Melaleuca trees.

Available in a choice of categories, each of the 34 studios and apartments is well equipped and provides a furnished balcony or patio overlooking the pool area or the Palm Cove beachfront. All apartments feature full kitchenette facilities whilst studios came with microwave and fridge. The onsite spa offers a range of relaxing treatments which are perfect for a little indulgence after a day spent lazing by the onsite swimming pool, enjoying the beach or exploring the cafés, restaurants and boutique shops of Palm Cove. Barbecue facilities, a guest laundry and wi-fi are available to guests. Cairns, the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest are all within easy reach of Palm Cove.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £99 per person (Based on a 2 night stay)

Pullman Port Douglas Sea Temple Resort & Spa Mitre Street, Port Douglas This gracious hotel is a haven of contemporary luxury, enjoying a prestigious location in the heart of Port Douglas. The property is within walking distance of the popular Port Douglas attraction, Wildlife Habitat.

The 125 generously proportioned studio spa rooms, one-, two- and three-bedroom apartments, swim-out apartments, penthouses, private plunge pool apartments and villas provide modern décor and amenities in a relaxing setting. Facilities include a magnificent 3,000 square metre lagoon pool and a full service spa. Fresh local ingredients are used to create inspiring dishes at the resorts AQUA restaurant whilst the bar is the perfect location for refreshing sundowners. A picturesque 60 minute drive from Cairns airport, Pullman Resort is located on the stunning Four Mile Beach and is also adjacent to an 18-hole professional golf course.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

80

Australia

QT Port Douglas Port Douglas Road, Port Douglas The fashionable QT Port Douglas is situated on the outskirts of the town, just a few minutes from Four Mile Beach and 50 minutes drive from Cairns airport. QT Port Douglas offers the quirky, modern accommodation and chic appointments with which the brand is so readily associated, with all the tropical delights of Port Douglas.

The light and airy resort atmosphere is replicated in the 170 guestrooms and villas which are decorated with designer touches, offering modern amenities along with a private balcony or terrace.

The inviting lagoon-style pool is the perfect place to sip a cooling cocktail following a day spent exploring the area on a bicycle borrowed from the hotel, or after working off some energy at the hotel’s tennis courts and gymnasium. A seasonal outdoor moonlight cinema is a popular feature of the hotel as is the spa and ‘Bazaar’, the onsite restaurant, serving breakfast and dinner and inspired by international street stalls, souks and bodegas.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Peninsula Boutique Esplanade, Port Douglas This boutique adult-only, all-suite property provides the luxury of a hotel with the added self-catering benefits of a private kitchenette.

The hotel overlooks Four Mile Beach with views over the ocean. The town centre is a two-minute walk away.

The 34 suites are well equipped and provide large private balconies where guests are able to enjoy a tranquil cocktail whilst listening to the lapping waves of the Coral Sea. The popular onsite Hi Tide restaurant offers a choice of modern international cuisine and succulent grilled meats, open for breakfast, lunch and dinner.

Situated at the quieter end of cosmopolitan Macrossan Street, just 50 minutes’ drive from Cairns airport, the hotel is set in tropical gardens which surround the multi-tiered swimming pool. Free wi-fi is available throughout the resort. The bars, restaurants and boutique shops of Port Douglas are all close at hand.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £115 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

81

Peppers Beach Club Davidson Street, Port Douglas Enjoying an enviable location, close to the bars and restaurants of central Port Douglas, Peppers Beach Club also provides easy access to the nearby Four Mile Beach and the World Heritage-listed Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest. The elegant open-air design, calming water features and tropical gardens create a relaxed and serene atmosphere.

The stylish accommodation at Peppers Beach Club consists of a selection of spa suites and luxurious one-, two- and three-bedroom suites, some with their own private plunge pools and terraces, including lounge and barbecue facilities for guests own private dining convenience. Alternatively, dine on diverse and innovative Australian dishes carefully prepared at the onsite restaurant, Sublime Bar & Grill. A lagoon style swimming pool, tennis court, gymnasium and hotel bicycles are available for guest’s convenience as well as the tranquil Exclusive Spa. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Coconut Grove Macrossan Street, Port Douglas Coconut Grove is situated in cosmopolitan Macrossan Street, just 140 metres from the magnificent Four-Mile Beach. Views of the rainforest, mountains and blue seas can be enjoyed in privacy.

Choose from 33 glamorous self-contained apartments, exclusive and meticulous in design. Accommodation is available in one, two- and three-bedroom configurations, positioned on three separate levels, some with private pool and spa. These luxurious, contemporary apartments are the epitome of modern living. All come complete with their own outdoor terrace or balcony and with spacious, fully fitted kitchens. There is also an onsite swimming pool complete with 20-metre lap pool, and a communal dining and barbecue area as well as underground parking. The apartments are ideally located for access to all that Port Douglas has to offer including excellent restaurants and bars, boutique shopping, golf courses and the magnificent rainforest.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £205 per person (Based on a 2 night stay)

82

Australia

Thala Beach Nature Reserve Captain Cook Highway, Oak Beach Thala Beach Nature Reserve is located on a private headland, 15 minutes south of Port Douglas just off the main coastal highway linking Cairns and Port Douglas. Nestled between the dramatic rainforest mountains and the beautiful Coral Sea, the eco-friendly resort is set in 145 acres of private grounds.

The bungalows and suites are offered in four individual categories to suit all budgets. They come classically furnished and offer views over the surrounding forest. There are endless opportunities to experience local wildlife and nature in the company of the resort’s rangers and guides, all happy to share their knowledge of ospreys, parrots, lizards and butterflies and the many other types of flora and fauna that thrive here. Meals are served in a stunning natural restaurant with views out over the spectacular forested coastline.

Thala guests are able to just laze by one of the swimming pools or on the private beach, exclusive to the property. The Rejuvenation day spa offers a wide range of treatments including massage.

Alternatively guests can enjoy a game of golf at a nearby course.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Silky Oaks Lodge Daintree National Park Experience wild Australia from a different perspective at Silky Oaks Lodge, a premier luxury lodge situated on the Mossman Gorge River, at the edge of Daintree National Park, just 15 minutes’ drive from Port Douglas. Silky Oaks offers a unique base from which to explore the pristine tropical surroundings.

The rainforest envelops the 40 guest treehouses and suites in a lush, verdant, natural environment. The accommodations are luxuriously cosy with polished wood accents, equipped with private balconies affording spectacular views of the forest and the Mossman river.

Silky Oaks is all about the local environment and there are numerous activities available to guests including river kayaking, mountain biking, fishing, guided nature walks and the indigenous Kuku Yalanji cultural habitats tour, as well as more traditional pastimes and facilities such as yoga, a fitness centre and guest swimming pool. The open sided restaurant serves expertly prepared seasonal produce from its location high amongst the rainforest canopy. There is also the opportunity to relax with the sounds of the rainforest whilst indulging in a rejuvenating spa treatment.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £565 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including transfers and breakfast)

83

Atherton Tablelands & Cairns Highlands Suggested Self-Drive A scenic one hour drive up into the Highlands, to the west of Cairns, lies the Atherton Tableland and Cairns Highlands - Tropical North Queensland’s very own mountain getaway.

Situated between the Bellenden Ker Range and the Great Dividing Range, it is regarded as one of the region’s best kept secrets.

WORLD HERITAGE RAINFOREST The Atherton Tableland in the Cairns Highlands is a blend of some of the best attractions of the tropics, nature and lifestyle at its finest. Some of Australia’s richest agricultural lands and most charming small townships exist amongst the World Heritage listed rainforests, National Parks, mountains, rivers, lakes and waterfalls. Biologists have described it as the ‘greatest celebration of life on earth’. The region is ‘the food bowl’ of the northern tropics, delivering a constant supply of fruit, vegetables and grains to local and export markets.

DAY 3 AND DAY 4 (242 kms/151 miles)

For visitors, the Tablelands present opportunities for bush walking, bird watching, wildlife cruising, hot air ballooning, fishing and white water rafting. Highlights include Millstream Falls, Lake Barrine and Lake Eacham, the ancient Bromfield Swamp near Malanda and the Hypipamee National Park and crater near Herberton.

Depart the Mareeba Wetlands and head south. As you pass through the changing landscape stop off to experience the Mt Uncle distillery at Walkamin, and a pioneer village at Herberton. Heading west, take a dip at Innot Hot Springs arriving late afternoon at the Undara Experience. The next day visit the Undara lava tunnels. A guided walk into the Undara Volcanic National Park is a must, as is the Wildlife at Sunset tour. Overnight at Undara Experience (2 nights).

DAY 1 AND DAY 2 (77 kms/48 miles)

DAY 5 AND DAY 6 (202 kms/126 miles)

Depart Cairns or Port Douglas and take National Route 1 up to the Atherton Tablelands/Cairns Highlands. Visit the Kuranda Markets before continuing west to Mareeba. Visit a coffee estate on the way to the Mareeba Wetlands, a 2,000 hectare reserve known for its prolific bird and wildlife.

Overnight at Jabiru Safari Lodge (2 nights).

Leave Undara and make your way back towards the coast.

The gold of the outback makes way for the green of the rainforest as you approach Rose Gums Wilderness Retreat.

Immerse yourself here in the incredible rainforest landscape of Wooroonooran National Park. From your tree house, enjoy the views of Queensland’s highest mountains or enjoy 9 kilometres of walking trails and a swim at the waterfall.

Overnight at Rose Gums Wilderness Retreat (2 nights).

Accommodation Details in Brief Jabiru Safari Lodge - A unique experience featuring 5 safari style tents, the lodge has been designed around 2,000 hectares of savanna woodland, grassland and freshwater wetlands. Over 200 species of birds alone can be seen here.

The Undara Experience - Made up of comfortable, converted pioneer huts, railway carriages and swag tents. All with private amenities and access to cooking facilities.

Rose Gum Wilderness Retreat - Luxury private pole and timber treehouses featuring spa-baths and fireplaces.

Located in the Cairns Highlands adjoining World Heritage listed Wooroonooran National Park.

Prices from £725 per person

84

Australia

Daintree, Cape Tribulation & Cooktown Day-Fly & 4WD Touring Locally owned and operated return day-fly and 4 wheel-drive tours from Cairns and Port Douglas to Cooktown. Take in history, botany and adventure, World Heritage rainforest and stunning outback in partnership with three highly acclaimed Aboriginal owned and operated tours.

ONE DAY - RETURN FLY - COOKTOWN & RAINBOW SERPENT ABORIGINAL ROCK ART TOUR Make your way to Cairns airport to board the 45 minute flight to Cooktown. Enjoy the vistas as you fly along the coastline between World Heritage rainforest and the Great Barrier Reef. On arrival at 8.00am you will be met by Willie Gordon, a Nugal-warra tribal Elder, and driven to the outskirts of Hope Vale for the Rainbow Serpent Rock Art Tour. You will visit six sites including the Reconciliation Cave and an ancestral Birthing Site. Willie shares the stories behind the art and explains how the paintings speak of the essence of life and the lores of his people, providing an insight into Aboriginal society and spirituality. Return to Cooktown at 1.15pm, and enjoy lunch by the Endeavour River with the afternoon free to explore historic Cooktown. Visit the world-class James Cook Museum, stroll the self guided heritage walk along the main street and river banks. Late this afternoon transfer to Cooktown airport for the return flight to Cairns.

Prices from £410 per person THREE DAY - 4WD - CAPE TRIBULATION - COOKTOWN WANDERER Day 1: DAINTREE - CAPE TRIBULATION Pick up from your hotel, travel north along the scenic route to Mossman, towards the majestic Daintree River. Take a short tea break before an informative one hour river cruise. Learn of Estuarine Crocodiles, mangrove forests and wildlife. Ascend the Alexandra Range for panoramic views of the tropical rainforest merging with the azure Coral Sea. Experience the elevated National Park boardwalk. Descriptions of flora and fauna will be given with ample time for photographs and questions. Search for the elusive and rare southern cassowary and other species within this habitat. A barbecue lunch with freshly prepared salads is served. Hand feed a kangaroo and enjoy a cold drink from the bar. Take the 4WD Bloomfield Track to Emmagen Creek with time for a rainforest stream swim. Seek fish and turtles in the creek, butterflies and exotic birds in the trees and indulge in a feast of tropical fruit, a glass of wine or a cup of Billy Tea. At Cape Tribulation beach there is time to swim or visit the photographers’ platform overlooking the area where the ‘Rainforest meets the Reef’. Transfer to the overnight accommodation at The Daintree Heritage Lodge and Spa. The remainder of the day and evening is at your leisure. (L)

Day 2: BLOOMFIELD TRACK - COOKTOWN Enjoy morning tea before continuing to Cooktown. The 4WD only Bloomfield Track takes you through the heart of this region, over mountain ranges and rivers. Lunch at The Bana Yirriji Art and Cultural Centre at Wujal Wujal located on the banks of the Bloomfield River and a chance to visit and talk with local Indigenous artists. Continuing north visit the quirky Lion’s Den Hotel, one of Queensland’s landmark pubs, built in 1875 of timber and iron. Visit Black Mountain, spoken of in Aboriginal legend. Before Cooktown, ascend Grassy Hill for panoramic views of the Endeavour River, Coral Sea and Cooktown. Cooktown overnight - Sovereign Resort. (BL) Day 3: COOKTOWN A free day to explore Cooktown. Visit the James Cook Museum or explore the banks of the Endeavour River. The unique charm and historic atmosphere of the main street still prevails, remaining much the same as when Captain Cook knew it in 1770. Depart Cooktown in the afternoon on the Mulligan Highway, via cattle stations and the Palmer River Gold mine region. Take a meal break (at own expense) on the return journey as your tour comes to an end. Transfer to your hotel in Port Douglas or Cairns. (BL) What to bring and wear: Hat, sunscreen, water bottle, small overnight bag, maximum 10 kg (no suitcases).

Meals included: Breakfast Day 2 and Morning Tea. Lunch Day 1 and Day 2 Prices from £545 per person

85

Cairns & Port Douglas Day Tours & Excursions HOT AIR BALLOONING Experience the fun of flying in a hot air balloon, high above the Atherton Tablelands. Take off at dawn from Mareeba, an hour from Cairns, for a 30 minute flight over the picturesque landscape. Australia’s largest fleet of hot air balloons and a highly trained crew maximise the enjoyment of the balloon flight. Keep an eye out for kangaroos. Binoculars are available on board to capture sightings of local birdlife. After ballooning, there’s a choice of drop off locations, to another tour, to your hotel or to a local breakfast spot.

Prices from £129 per person

A.J. HACKETT MINJIN SWING

HALF DAY KURANDA SCENIC RAIL & SKYRAIL

The Minjin swing was created to allow up to three people to experience extreme speed and acceleration together. The only one of its type in Australia, it swoops through the jungle from 45 metres down to 1 metre in 3.5 seconds, reaching speeds of up to 120km/h. You’re pulled up 45 metres until you’re lying horizontally above the rainforest. Then all you have to do is pull the self release and you’re on your way.

Skyrail Rainforest Cableway

Prices from £79 per person

You are met by a driver and issued with a Kuranda Boarding Pass, before transferring to Skyrail Rainforest Cableway, Smithfield, where you proceed directly to the boarding line.

No need to queue as the tickets are on the Boarding Pass.

Once aboard, the journey takes you over and through World Heritage protected Rainforest. The experience includes time at Red Peak and Barron Falls stations, both with spectacular lookouts. You may also visit the Rainforest Interpretation Centre. Complimentary guided boardwalk tours are offered throughout the day at Red Peak Station.

Kuranda Village Take time to explore Kuranda village immediately upon arrival.

The Heritage Markets operate 7 days a week and are full of colourful and interesting arts and crafts. You may also visit Birdworld, the Australian Butterfly Sanctuary or Kuranda Koala Gardens, at your own expense.

Kuranda Scenic Rail 10 minutes before the scheduled departure time, board the train and take your seats as the journey winds through hand-hewn tunnels, across bridges and around curves. An opportunity to experience an amazing engineering feat. Upon arrival at Freshwater Station, the coach awaits to transfer you back to your accommodation.

HARTLEY’S CROCODILE ADVENTURES Begin with a pick up from your hotel followed by a scenic drive to Hartley’s Crocodile Adventures. Plenty of free time to explore the park upon arrival, including the unique eco experience of the cruise through ecologically significant Melaleuca wetlands; the domain of the saltwater crocodile.

Explore the rest of the park, with its abundance of wildlife, including water birds, turtles, wallabies and cassowaries.

Witness the notorious head shake and death roll of a huge crocodile at the Crocodile Attack Show. There is also the opportunity to hold a crocodile for a photo. See some of the world’s most venomous snakes at the Snake Show before the return hotel transfer departs at 4.50pm.

Prices from £55 per person

86

Australia

Prices from £95 per person

Lizard Island Ribbon Reefs

Cooktown

Coral Expeditions Great Barrier Reef Cruise

Rachel Carson Reef

Port Douglas Cairns

8 DAY/7 NIGHT CRUISE HIGHLIGHTS: Cairns, Thetford Reef, Hinchinbrook Island, Palm Island Group, Dunk Island, Nathan Reef, Fitzroy Island, Cairns Coral Expeditions have built a reputation on providing a different cruise experience, with unique destinations and shore-rich programmes. Their shallow-draught ships can go where larger ships cannot and long ocean voyages are avoided.

The 7 night Cairns - Palm Island Group - Lizard Island - Cairns cruise offers the ultimate Great Barrier Reef experience.

Rainforest trails, beautiful tropical islands, including Lizard and Dunk, and a guided walk along the rainforest boardwalk on Hinchinbrook Island are all included. Departs Cairns: Fridays at 11:00am and Mondays in the reverse direction.

Thetford Cay Fitzroy Island Sudbury Cay Nathan Reef Dunk Island Hinchinbrook Island Palm Island Group

Day 3: DUNK ISLAND RAINFOREST AND NATHAN REEF Take a rainforest walk on Dunk Island with naturalist guides, look for the electric-blue Ulysses butterfly. Take the afternoon to discover Nathan Reef. Enjoy snorkelling, scuba diving and glass bottom boat tours followed by an interactive marine biology presentation at the on-board display tank.

Day 4: FITZROY ISLAND - CAIRNS

Day 1: CAIRNS AND THETFORD REEF Board the vessel at Cairns’ Trinity Wharf at 10:00am. Cruise Trinity Bay. Thetford Reef snorkelling, glass bottom boat tours, fish feeding display and optional scuba diving. Drinks ashore at Sudbury Cay. Captain’s Welcome Seafood Buffet.

Day 2: HINCHINBROOK CHANNEL AND PALM ISLAND GROUP BEACH BARBECUE Cruise the scenic Hinchinbrook Channel. Possible sightings include crocodiles, dolphins, whales, turtles and dugongs.

Enjoy an interpretive commentary and mangrove tour. Visit the Palm Island Group with guided bushwalk and Aussie beach barbecue meal. Snorkel and dive over the island’s fringing reef with a giant clam garden. Enjoy kayaking and glass bottom boat tours or relax on the sandy beach.

Enjoy bushwalks and hikes with a chance to snorkel over the fringing reef. Try beachcombing on Nudey Beach, partake of resort facilities. Return to Trinity Wharf, with complimentary return transfers to Tjapukai Aboriginal Park for 7 night cruise guests before departing again at 4.00pm. Cruise Trinity Bay and enjoy Captain’s drinks. Take in views of Double Island and the pretty seaside village at Palm Cove followed by Captain’s Seafood Buffet.

Day 5: HISTORIC COOKTOWN AND THE REEF Discover historic Cooktown. Stroll the main street with buildings dating back to the 1870s. Walk to the botanic gardens to see kangaroos and wallabies. Visit James Cook Museum to see original artefacts from his ship ‘Endeavour’.

A chance to snorkel over the reef on a desert island or take a glass bottom boat tour. Optional scuba diving available.

Day 6: LIZARD ISLAND AND THE RIBBON REEFS A morning on Lizard Island. Discover the legend of Mary Watson. Snorkel over giant clam gardens. Take an optional morning hike to Cook’s Look for views over the reef. Enjoy the afternoon at rarely visited Ribbon Reef Number 9. Go snorkelling and scuba diving plus glass bottom boat tours.

Day 7: RIBBON REEFS A full day to discover the Ribbon Reefs - Ribbon Reef number 3 and Rachel Carson Reef. Enjoy snorkelling with optional scuba diving. Take a glass bottom boat tour with the marine biologist followed by a marine biology presentation at the onboard display tank.

Day 8: CAIRNS The cruise concludes at Trinity Wharf, Cairns at 8:00am.

Prices from £1899 per person

87

The Great Barrier Reef from Cairns & Port Douglas Lying between 35 minutes to one and a half hours offshore from the North Queensland towns of Cairns and Port Douglas, the northern reaches of the Great Barrier Reef, one of the natural wonders of the world, are at their most accessible from here. With over 30 boat trips a day servicing the outer and inner reef it can be a daunting task deciding which one to choose.

Assembled here are what we consider to be the best, most innovative and most reliable Great Barrier Reef operators, along with details of their services from both Cairns and Port Douglas.

REEF MAGIC CRUISES

OCEAN FREE & OCEAN FREEDOM

With direct, morning departures from Cairns Marina, on a fast, stable catamaran, Reef Magic Cruises offers access to its own exclusive coral reef location, selected for it’s superior water and coral quality and for the overall diversity of the marine life. The catamarans are never filled to capacity ensuring space, comfort and attentive service. The all-weather Marine World platform caters for all activity levels. Snorkel in the sheltered coral lagoon, go scuba diving (no experience necessary) or join the marine biologist on a guided snorkel safari. For non-swimmers a semi-submersible reef viewer, glass bottom boat or underwater observatory are all included.

Alternatively try a Helmet Dive for a scuba-style experience, or take a spectacular Reef Scenic Helicopter Flight. With 5 hours at the reef there is time to do it all. The platform also offers a spacious sundeck with a reef-based massage therapist.

SAIL TO GREEN ISLAND WITH OCEAN FREE

Prices from £119 per person

A true sailing tour where the engines really do get switched off (wind prevailing). Surveyed to carry 52, Ocean Free limits daily passenger numbers to just 35, ensuring a personalised and memorable experience. The only Cairns sailing tour to offer the Great Barrier Reef and Green Island in one day, with over four and a half hours to enjoy both locations.

Prices from £105 per person CRUISE TO UPOLU REEF & CAY WITH OCEAN FREEDOM A luxury motor boat, providing small-number, personalised tours to the Great Barrier Reef’s Upolu Cay and Upolu Reef.

Departing Cairns at 8.00am and travelling at 23 knots, Ocean Freedom is the first to arrive at Upolu Cay, allowing guests uninterrupted access. Enjoy six hours exploring the two reef destinations. The all inclusive price covers a glass bottom boat, adventure drift snorkel, snorkelling equipment and tuition, wetsuit, seafood lunch, morning and afternoon tea.

Prices from £105 per person

SILVERSWIFT Departing Cairns Marina daily at 8.30am daily, Silverswift is a 29 metre high-speed catamaran, offering an active day of diving and snorkelling on the Great Barrier Reef. Experience coral formations, underwater gardens and spectacular marine life, visiting three different outer reef sites at Flynn, Pellowe, Milln and/or Thetford Reefs. Each site is chosen for visual impact and ecological diversity. First timers can dive in complete confidence with an experienced instructor, enjoying up to 2 dives. Certified divers can enjoy up to 3 dives. All dives are guided to maximise the experience. Enjoy unlimited adventure snorkelling including a guided snorkel tour. There is ample opportunity to relax on-board and enjoy Silverswift’s facilities. Spacious deck areas allow time to enjoy the sunshine or share a refreshing drink from the licensed bar.

Lunch is served in between water-based adventures.

Prices from £129 per person

88

Australia

The Great Barrier Reef from Cairns & Port Douglas WAVEDANCER LOW ISLES CRUISE Low Isles is an uninhabited and unspoilt coral cay set within a protected lagoon of coral gardens about one hour off the Queensland Coast, north east of Port Douglas. Access to this tiny island is strictly limited to ensure preservation of its marine treasures. The coral is rich in colour and life with tropical fish and turtles abundant. The Low Isles are visited by Wavedancer, a 30 metre luxury sailing catamaran owned by the iconic Quicksilver Cruises. Departures are daily at 10.00am from the Reef Marina in Port Douglas. The impressive vessel provides guests with a large deck area and an air-conditioned lounge with a licensed bar. A chance to experience the excitement of sailing and the delights of this Great Barrier Reef island. Enjoy snorkelling, lazing on the beach and viewing the coral from a glass bottom boat.

Join the marine biologist for a guided snorkel tour and island beach walk.

Prices from £115 per person

QUICKSILVER OUTER REEF CRUISE Quicksilver’s friendly crew will take you to the renowned Agincourt Reef, a jewel-like ribbon reef with spectacular coral formations, a myriad of marine life and clear outer reef waters. You’ll cruise in comfort aboard the luxurious wavepiercing catamaran to the exclusive and spacious activity platform, the perfect destination to experience this stunning reef world. Ideal for swimmers and non-swimmers, you can choose to snorkel and dive or stay dry and explore from the semi-submersible and be mesmerised as colourful fish dart and play from the underwater observatory. Learn about this natural wonder with the marine biologists or even take a scenic helicopter flight over the reef’s kaleidoscope for a different perspective.

Prices from £145 per person

POSEIDON OUTER REEF CRUISE Designed for personalised dive and snorkel adventures, Poseidon departs daily from Port Douglas visiting three different and unique reef environments in the marine wilderness of the Agincourt ribbon reefs. An exciting day best suited to confident snorkellers and certified divers, to experience clear outer reef waters with beautiful corals and extensive marine life diversity. Certified divers can enjoy up to three dives while snorkellers can explore shallow lagoons and spectacular drop-offs. With a marine biologist guided snorkel tour and reef interpretation, you’ll be seeing the reef with informed eyes. Poseidon carries a limited number of passengers, ensuring personalised service and attention.

Whether snorkelling or diving, Poseidon offers an ideal setting for adventurers to enjoy a day on the outer Great Barrier Reef.

Prices from £145 per person

89

A glimpse of the Northern Territory A vast region occupying over one-sixth of the Australian landscape, The Northern Territory is a land of two distinct parts, dry and desert-like in the barren Red Centre and lush, moist and tropical in the northern reaches, or Top End. Several internationally recognised National Parks and two World Heritage-listed sights are located in the Northern Territory, attractions as diverse as the landscape and the people who live within it.

Sandwiched between the Western and Eastern MacDonnell Ranges is the township of Alice Springs, the largest settlement in the remote Red Centre. The ‘Alice’ is Australia’s most famous outback town and the gateway to the Red Centre’s many attractions, including the iconic Uluru - Kata Tjuta National Park, an embryonic symbol of indigenous culture and tradition as well as the rugged MacDonnell Ranges themselves. Alice is the centre of outback life in this part of the Territory, ever associated with the Flying Doctor service, the School of the Air, Afghan Cameleers and pioneer explorers.

The Northern Territory’s Top End is well known for its savannah flood plains, rainforests, high stone plateaus and waterfalls. The climate here is tropical monsoon, switching from wet to dry as the seasons change. The capital city, Darwin, stands at the tip of the region, looking out over the Timor Sea, closer to many of its Asian neighbours than to some other Australian cities. With a population of around 120,000, Darwin is a relatively small city by Australian standards, which adds to its tropical charm. It is the ideal base from which to explore the many sights and attractions of the Top End, Kakadu, Litchfield, Arnhemland and Nitmiluk amongst them. Most are either right on the doorstep or within a couple of hours drive of Darwin.

The holiday resort township of Yulara, 440 kilometres or 275 miles south of Alice Springs, provides visitor accommodation ranging from camp grounds to luxury resorts and on-the-doostep access to nearby Uluru - Kata Tjuta National Park. Local indigenous guides accompany guests on guided tours of both Uluru (Ayers Rock) and nearby Kata Tjuta (The Olgas), explaining the myths and legends of the region. The many walking tracks around the base of Uluru/Ayers Rock also allow guests to explore this incredible monolith in their own time.

Kakadu National Park lies around 250 kilometres, or 156 miles, east of Darwin. Divided into seven regions with six individual seasons, Kakadu is one of Australia’s most eco- and bio-diverse lanscapes. The area is famous for its indigenous rock art sights, notably at Ubirr and Nourlangie Rock. During the wet season (January to March) the floodplains teem with wildlife, an incredible sight, popular with visitors. One hour south, Litchfield National Park is another popular destination for day-tourers, notable for its many waterfalls, sandstone escarpments, swimming holes, wildlife and its many walking trails. To the north east lies Arnhemland, a remote, protected region, offering rare insights into ancient and modern indigenous culture.

DARWIN Kakadu Litchfield N.P. N.P. Katherine

Arnhemland Nitmiluk N.P. Mataranka

NORTHERN TERRITORY

Also to the south of Darwin lies the township of Katherine, the ‘place where the outback meets the tropics’. Katherine is home to the majestic Katherine Gorge, also known as ‘Nitmiluk’. It is a lovely place in which to stop off and explore the wider region in general, including the Nitmiluk National Park, Edith Falls and Mataranka Thermal Pools.

Tennant Creek

Alice Springs Uluru/Kata Tjuta N.P.

90

Australia

Lasseters Hotel Barrett Drive, Alice Springs Lasseters is an award-winning hotel set beneath the surrounding crags of the MacDonnell Ranges, alongside the banks of the Todd River, backing on to Alice Springs Golf Course. The property is home to an international standard casino, accessible from the main hotel.

Lasseters offers a range of room types and configurations in a choice of categories, ranging from value-for-money standard rooms through to contemporary premium rooms and suites featuring modern design and amenities. All rooms and suites are tastefully appointed and come with balcony or courtyard. Guests at Lasseters are able to choose from four diverse dining options as well as four well-stocked bars. Cuisine ranges from steaks and contemporary Australian cuisine to gourmet tapas. Drinks can be enjoyed poolside, in the heart of the casino at the Casbah, at the Goat & Bucket bistro, where dishes are paired with craft beers, and at the new Tempo cocktail bar. The property’s convenient location makes it the ideal choice for those wishing to explore the attractions of the Red Centre from a comfortable and highly functional resort hotel.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £45 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Doubletree by Hilton Barrett Drive, Alice Springs The Doubletree is an eco-friendly property enjoying a prime location overlooking the Todd River, close to the centre of Alice Springs. The property lies just off the Stuart Highway, the main road linking Alice Springs with Adelaide to the south and Darwin to the north. Ideal for leisure visitors, the property backs on to the the Alice Springs Golf Club and enjoys splendid views of the MacDonnell Ranges.

All of the property’s modern, stylish and spacious guest rooms and suites offer stunning mountain views. They come complete with balconies, generous work surfaces, luxurious bedding and highspeed internet access. Food and beverage needs are adequately catered for in the hotel’s inviting Deck Eatery & Bar, or the casual bistro-style Springs restaurant. Some of the best fine dining in the area is available at Hanuman, the Doubletree’s signature dining outlet. Guest facilities include a 24-hour fitness centre, two tennis courts and a large outdoor swimming pool overlooking the garden landscape. Additionally there is always the possibility of enjoying a round of golf just next door. Pick up for all local sightseeing tours and excursions is available from the hotel.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

92

Australia

Chifley Alice Springs Resort Stott Terrace, Alice Springs One of Alice Spring’s most popular properties and perfect for guests on a multi-centre travel itinerary, the Chifley is located on the edge of the town, set amidst an area of well-manicured green lawns, within easy walking distance of the town centre. The property enjoys a quiet and peaceful aspect, overlooking the banks of the Todd River and its towering red river gum trees.

The hotel features a selection of 140 spacious guest rooms, of varying types and categories, all bright and well-appointed. The deluxe river gum rooms overlook the Todd River and come with balcony or terrace. A full buffet breakfast, a la carte lunch and dinner service are on offer at the hotel’s Barra on Todd restaurant, with the Barra Bar just next door providing a selection of beers, wines and cocktails. Hotel facilities include free wi-fi, a gymnasium and an outdoor swimming pool. Pick up for all local sightseeing tours and excursions is available from the hotel.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £47 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Alice on Todd Barrett Drive, Alice Springs Alice on Todd is a popular apartment-style hotel, located close to the centre of Alice Springs, overlooking the banks of the River Todd, as the name suggests. The property is set amongst an outdoor environment with tall gum trees and well established lawns and gardens. A clean, comfortable and affordable option for leisure visitors to the town and locale.

Alice on Todd features just 57 fully self-contained studios and apartments, the latter in one- and two-bedroom configurations, perfect for families. All feature fully equipped kitchens, laundry facilities, undercover parking for the self-drive guest and an outdoor barbecue area. The property also comes with a swimming pool for a refreshing dip and a games room. Guests are encouraged to cater for themselves and have the facilities in-house to enable them to do so. The shops, bars and restaurants of downtown Alice Springs are no more than a ten minute walk away. Pick up for all local sightseeing tours and excursions is available from the hotel.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £39 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

93

The Red Centre Day Tours & Excursions THE KANGAROO SANCTUARY Experience a leisurely walk through the bushland of the Kangaroo Sanctuary and meet the friendly residents. The baby kangaroo rescue centre in Alice Springs was opened in 2005 by the owner, Chris ‘Brolga’ Barnes. He went on to build his own wildlife sanctuary from 2009 to 2011. The Sanctuary’s mission is to educate and encourage people to rescue and care for kangaroos. Brolga is building Central Australia’s first wildlife hospital with the help of donations and the receipts from Sanctuary visitors.

Guided tours of the 90 acre wildlife reserve are held on Wednesdays, Thursdays or Fridays and are approximately 2.5 hours in duration - includes transfers to/from Alice Springs.

Prices from £59 per person.

OUTBACK BALLOON TOUR These tours are operated by one of the longest established balloon companies in Australia, with over 30 years of experience. An early morning pick-up from Alice Springs transports you out into the desert in preparation for a 30-minute balloon flight over the Red Centre’s rugged and remote scenery. Take off is timed to coincide with the sunrise. As the balloon ascends, the ground beneath recedes at about 150 metres per minute. Relax as you float over the MacDonnell Ranges, viewing wildlife on the vast spinifex plains. Immediately after the flight light refreshments and morning cocktails are served along with muffins, fresh fruit and cheese.

Duration: 30 minute flight. Allow 4 hours in total.

Departures are daily throughout the year. Warm clothing is recommended during the winter months (May to October).

Prices from £155 per person

MBANTUA GOURMET LUNCH TOUR A morning pick-up from your hotel gets the day underway.

The Mbantua Tour focuses on Bush food, Aboriginal culture and Dreamtime and how this has been adapted since the White Settlement. The tour includes a short walk (2 kilometres at an easy pace), and bush food demonstrations including samplings. Enjoy a delicious lunch with home baked food in a bush barbecue setting including a relaxed and educational chat about Aboriginal culture and art. You will also experience some of the rugged grandeur of the beautiful Western McDonnell Ranges.

An Mbantua Bush Dinner tour is also available in the same location, dining under the stars with daily departures at 4.00pm. Full details are available on request.

Duration: 7 hours Includes: Fully guided tour with Aboriginal guide, National Park entry fees, bush lunch/bush food tasting, transfers.

Prices from £89 per person

94

Australia

The Colour of Red 5 day, 4 night private tour All the sights of the Red Centre, from Ayers Rock to Alice Springs or vice versa, in one self-contained package. A small group touring experience of no more than 20 passengers.

Ochre Pits Standley Chasm Kings Canyon

Uluru/ Ayers Rock

Alice Springs

Henbury Meteorite C.A.

Kata Tjuta/ Curtin Mt Olga Yulara Springs

Mt Ebenezer

Mt Connor Lookout

Ross River

Rainbow Valley Chambers Pillar Erldunda

Day 3:KINGS CANYON - ALICE SPRINGS Start the day with a 6 kilometre (3.7 miles) Kings Canyon sunrise rim walk. For a more relaxed pace, opt for a walk along the canyon creek bed. Afterwards, travel to the Henbury Meteorite Conservation Reserve for a visit. Next stop is Rainbow Valley, famous for its sandstone bluffs and cliff faces, part of the James Range. Continue to Alice Springs. Overnight at Chifley Alice Springs Resort for 2 nights. (BLD) Day 4: WEST MACDONNELL RANGES

Day 1: ULURU (AYERS ROCK) Arrive at Ayers Rock airport and transfer to your hotel. Meet your driver guide and fellow travellers in the afternoon and drive to Uluru - Kata Tjuta National Park. Learn about the traditions of the Anangu people and their ancestors. Travel to Kata Tjuta for a guided walk through Walpa Gorge. The large, dome-like formations at Kata Tjuta have deep cultural significance for the Anangu people. At sunset, relax with sparkling wine and canapés at Uluru. Enjoy an evening meal at Ilkari Restaurant. Overnight at Sails in the Desert Hotel, Ayers Rock Resort. (D)

Experience the geology, land forms and a variety of native flora and fauna in the Western MacDonnell Ranges.

Visit Angkerle (Standley Chasm), a deep red sandstone formation contrasting with the verdant valley floor. Take time for a swim at Ellery Creek Big Hole and to explore the Ochre Pits, used for thousands of years for medicinal and magical purposes. Pay an afternoon visit to the Royal Flying Doctor Service, providing medical assistance to people in remote outback settlements. Enjoy an evening dinner set in the bush, see the colours of the rocks change as the sun sets. Dinner is cooked in a bush oven using Mulga wood adding extra flavour to the three course, traditional bush dinner. Your host shares tips on the cooking style and the Aboriginal bush foods while you dine. (BLD) Day 5: ALICE SPRINGS Take a morning tour of Alice Springs, visiting the Overland Telegraph Station before transferring to Alice Springs airport for your onward flight. (B) Prices from £1559 per person

Day 2: AYERS ROCK - KINGS CANYON Take in sunrise over Kata Tjuta and Uluru from the Kata Tjuta dune viewing area followed by a drive around the ancient monolith with driver commentary. Take a walk around the base of Uluru to see see rock art and visit Mutitjulu Waterhole, once a major water source for the local people and their livestock. Head towards Kings Canyon viewing the impressive Atila (Mt. Conner) tabletop mountain on the way. Stop at Kings Creek Station, the largest exporter of wild camels in Australia. An evening dining experience awaits, ‘Under a Desert Moon’, set in the wilderness beneath a canopy of stars (weather permitting).

Enjoy sparkling wine and canapés followed by a four course meal. Overnight at King’s Canyon Resort. (BD)

95

Desert Gardens Ayers Rock Resort, Uluru The rooms at Desert Gardens are the only ones within the Ayers Rock Resort complex to offer views of Uluru. The property is set within an oasis of native gardens and features welcoming rooms and locally-inspired dining options.

A choice of accommodation is available in a selection of categories, settings and views, ranging from garden to desert. All come with free in-room wi-fi, tea and coffee making facilities, air-conditioning and balcony, patio or verandah. All stays at the resort include a range of free activities, including airport transfers and free use of the shuttle. Breakfast and lunch are served at White Gums restaurant, with an al fresco option. An a la carte, evening menu is available at Arnguli, with an emphasis on local indigenous flavours, signature tasting plates and Wagyu beef, all accommpanied by a selection of fine Australian wines. Light meals, snacks and a range of drinks and refreshments are available at Bunya Bar. Guest facilities include Mingkiri Arts gallery, a large swimming pool as well as access to all Ayers Rock Resort outlets, attractions and dining options.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £109 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Sails in the Desert Ayers Rock Resort, Uluru Sails in the Desert offers a taste of luxury, right in the middle of the desert, just a 5 minute walk from the Uluru lookout. The property is appropriately appointed, with Aboriginal artworks scattered throughout the public areas and guest rooms.

A choice of large and tastefully appointed rooms and suites is offered, all with air-conditioning and movies on demand. Spa rooms come with extended balconies and an open-air spa whilst suites feature separate living areas and multiple balconies. Food and beverage outlets at the resort come in the shape of Ilkari restaurant and Vinoteca, the latter offering a range of fine wines. Drinks are also available during the day at the Piru bar, adjacent to the expansive outdoor, heated and tree-lined swimming pool. The resort Spa by Pullman is on hand with a range of treatments perfect for indulgence and rejuvenation after a busy day.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £145 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

96

Australia

Outback Pioneer Ayers Rock Resort, Uluru Outback Pioneer is the lead-in accommodation at Ayers Rock Resort. It is aimed at the budget-conscious traveller without compromising on standards or service. An ideal place to make friends and get a taste of Australia’s pioneer past. The property offers comfortable, affordable rooms, in the heart of the resort complex, with the experiences of Uluru/Kata Tjuta on the doorstep.

All rooms come with air-conditioning, tea and coffee making facilities and private bathrooms. Guests have access to all of the facilities available within the complex, including swimming pools, the Resort Town Square shopping centre and supermarket for self-caterers, tennis courts and visitor centre. Guests can enjoy a beer in the resorts rustic and friendly bar and cook up some outback specials at the do-it-yourself barbecue. Alternatively, the Bough House restaurant offers an enjoyable and satisfying buffet dinner.

Star rating: ★★★

Prices from £95 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Longitude 131º Uluru - Kata Tjuta Longitude 131° lies amongst the quiet and calm of the desert landscape, in the midst of the Australian outback. The gathering of luxury pavilions is the ideal base from which to explore the World Heritage listed wilderness of Uluru-Kata Tjuta. Discover some of the ancient creation stories of the Anangu, the land’s traditional custodians, encounter the natural icons up close and come face to face with this irresistible land in the company of the lodge’s experienced guides.

In the spirit of the original pioneers, relax after a day’s exploring in a floating tent recreated for the modern traveller. Custom designed furniture offers stylish lounging, whilst the bespoke bed holds centre stage. Unparalleled views of Uluru’s changing lights play out from the end of the bed, or outside from the warmth of a luxury swag unfurled in the cool night air. Enjoy an outback sundowner at the open bar in the Dune House and dine under the stars at Table 131° on cuisine celebrating a fusion of modern and indigenous flavours. Longitude 131° is a place to really feel that the most desirable luxuries of today are infinite time, endless space and the sweet sound of silence.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1679 per person (Based on a 2 night stay including all meals and tours)

97

The Red Centre Day Tours & Excursions ULURU TOUR Explore the most profound and culturally significant monolith in Australia. This is an opportunity to embrace the culture, geology and natural environment of Uluru.

Drive around the base familiarising yourself with the area.

Take a short walk into Mutitjulu Waterhole and visit rock art sites with the guide, learning of Uluru’s significance to the local Anangu people. Continue around the base to take in the Mala walk before moving on to the Talinguru Nyakunytjau viewing area to observe the sunset from a different perspective, overlooking Uluru and Kata Tjuta in the distance.

Includes: A professionally guided 5 hour sunset tour including light refreshments and sparkling wine.

Prices from £39 per person.

KATA TJUTA Enjoy the early morning serenity of this spiritual place as the sunrise brings about a colour change on the red rocks of Kata Tjuta. Learn about this diverse environment whilst walking between the rock walls into Walpa Gorge, hearing how the many domes that make up Kata Tjuta have evolved over millions of years. Take the time to listen to the wind (walpa) far above and take in the scale of the rock walls that surround you. The spirituality of this amazing place embraces all who venture here.

Includes: A professionally guided 5 hour tour and an outback picnic breakfast.

Prices from £69 per person

MOUNT CONNER 4WD TOUR A chance to partake of a quintessential Australian outback experience, enjoying the ambiance of the Red Centre without the crowds. Travel from Ayers Rock Resort to Mt Conner, located 100 kilometres east of Uluru. Explore the extraordinary local environment, dominated by the huge table-top ‘mesa’, in a 4 wheel drive vehicle. Mt Conner is situated on a vast, fully operational and privately owned facility named Curtin Springs Cattle Station. The dams on the property were built for watering the cattle but also prove to be an attraction for the red kangaroos and the vast array of birds and reptiles that live in these habitats. Discover an ancient, inland salt lake and learn about the European history of the region. Enjoy a glass of sparkling wine whilst taking in the changing colours of sunset over the outback scenery. In the evening, a three-course dinner is served at Curtin Springs Station after which you return to Ayers Rock Resort.

Includes: A professionally guided 8 hour 4WD tour, light refreshments including sunset sparkling wine and a threecourse dinner at Curtin Springs Station. Pick up at Curtin Springs is available on request.

Prices from £149 per person

98

Australia

The Red Centre Day Tours & Excursions AYERS ROCK HELICOPTER TOUR An opportunity to enjoy central Australia’s most impressive sights from an aerial perspective during a scenic helicopter tour centred upon the regions most famous landmarks Uluru (Ayers Rock) and Kata Tjuta (the Olgas). Choose a 15 or 30 minute flight, or an extended 36 minute combination flight. Informative commentary is included concerning these sacred Aboriginal rocks and also covers the region’s geology. The tour picks up from and drops off at all Ayers Rock Resort hotels.

Includes: Pick up and drop off from Ayers Rock Resort, flight of your choice plus full commentary.

Prices from £95 per person

CAVE HILL TOUR A chance to visit the remote Pitjantjatjara lands of central Australia for a cultural experience which involves exploring the Aboriginal Songlines, or stories, of the creation ancestors. Travel by 4WD deep into the desert to meet the Anangu hosts, the traditional owners of Cave Hill, at the site of the Seven Sisters Tjukurpa (Creation stories).

The magnificent cave paintings found here are the tour highlight, the most significant in central Australia, illustrating the creation story of the Seven Sisters. Climb to the top of the hill above the cave to take in the view, a 360º panoramic sweep including Uluru and the Musgrave Ranges.

Includes: Professionally guided 9 hour tour, Aboriginal hosts, permits and entry fees, morning tea, picnic lunch.

Prices from £159 per person

VOYAGES SOUND OF SILENCE/TALI WIRU The Sounds of Silence experience begins with canapés and chilled sparkling wine served on a viewing platform overlooking the Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. Join fellow travellers at sunset, enjoying a selection of Australian wine and beer. The bush tucker inspired buffet includes native bush ingredients. Relax whilst the ‘star talker’ decodes the night sky for you, pointing out the Southern Cross, the Milky Way, planets and galaxies, all highly visible.

Includes: canapes and sparkling wine, 3-course bush tucker inspired buffet, didgeridoo performance, guided tour of the night sky, return transfers from your hotel.

‘Tali Wiru’, offers fine dining in the dunes for no more than 20 guests. Enjoy Champagne and canapés at sun set, retiring to the dune summit for a table d’hote four-course dinner, matched with premium Australian wines. After dinner, an Indigenous storyteller tells the stories of ancient cultures.

Includes: A unique outback ‘restaurant’ with views of Uluru, canapes and champagne at sunset, table d’hote 4-course dinner matched with premium wines, stories of Indigenous culture, return hotel transfers to your hotel.

Prices from £119 and £205 per person respectively

99

Oaks Elan Woods Street, Darwin Located in the compact Darwin CBD, the Oaks offers contemporary hotel and apartment accommodation with resort-style leisure facilities. Rooms have modern décor and are well appointed with quality finishes. The hotel is just minutes from the Darwin Waterfront Precinct and the city’s dining, entertainment and shopping hub, including Smith Street Mall.

Oaks Elan offers both rooms and apartments. The rooms are well appointed and feature tea and coffee making facilities and wi-fi access. One-bedroom apartments offer kitchenettes whilst the two-bedroomed versions sport full kitchens. All apartments provide laundry facilities. Rising over 27 floors, the Oaks ensures commanding views over the tropical city, Darwin Harbour and Frances Bay. Leisure facilities include an outdoor lap pool, well equipped gym and a café/bar on the ground floor. Given the property’s convenient location, many other options are just a few steps away. The Oaks offers a perfect base for exploring the tropical Top End. Litchfield is just 90 minutes away with the Kakadu National Park accessible in around 2 hours.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Vibe Hotel Darwin Waterfront Kitchener Drive, Darwin Positioned amongst the entertainment and dining hub of Darwin’s seafront promenade, The Vibe is surrounded by great shopping, pubs and nightclubs and some of the best restaurants and cafés in the Northern Territory.

All guest rooms are decorated in a fresh contemporary style and harbour view upgrades are available in order to enhance your stay.

Guests may take advantage of the hotels many leisure options.

Take a dip in the invigorating wave pool, or relax at the more sedate spa and Jacuzzi pool. There is also a fully equipped gym to enable guests to keep up their fitness regimes. A café and bar are located on site for any immediate food or beverage needs, however the prime location of the Vibe is perfectly suited for a leisurely stroll along Darwin’s promenade for a multitude of impressive attractions and eateries. Darwin’s CBD is just 10 minutes away.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

100

Australia

Doubletree by Hilton Darwin The Esplanade, Darwin The Doubletree overlooks the Darwin Esplanade with views out over the harbour and the ocean. The property is located next to the Darwin Entertainment Centre within walking distance of central Darwin, its many dining and leisure options including Smith Street Mall for gift and souvenir shopping.

All of the spacious, bright and stylish guest rooms and suites come with thoughtful appointments and amenities, including floor-toceiling windows, Juliette balconies, work areas and wi-fi access.

Deluxe rooms, located on the upper levels, come with impressive views of the harbour. The resort’s poolside restaurant is open for breakfast, lunch and dinner, serving innovative Australian cuisine in a relaxed setting, including al fresco dining on the terrace. A full range of drinks are available from the bar. Guests are also able to take advantage of the hotels swimming pool, set within tropical surroundings or work out in the 24-hour fitness centre, located in the adjacent sister property, Doubletree by Hilton Espanade.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Mantra on the Esplanade The Esplanade, Darwin The Mantra is a modern, multi-story hotel located on the Esplanade, overlooking Darwin Harbour and within walking distance of the downtown area and Mitchell Street, Darwin’s popular restaurant precinct.

All rooms, self contained apartments and suites are presented in keeping with Darwin’s tropical style and ambience. They all come with either city or harbour view and feature modern and contemporary decor. The apartments, in one- to three-bedroom configurations, also come with a full kitchenette and laundry facility. Free wi-fi is available in all rooms. All food and beverage requirements are catered for at Finz Restaurant & Bar, a relaxed and friendly establishment specialising in local seafood with a modern and creative Australian menu. Inside and al fresco seating is available. The property also offers an internet lounge, an outdoor swimming pool, day spa and hot tub facility.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

101

The Top End Day Tours & Excursions ARNHEM LAND DAY TOUR Pick up from Darwin for a unique day tour to Arnhem Land where a traditional Aboriginal guide introduces you to examples of rock art on Injalak Hill (Long Tom Dreaming), with some of the best rock art examples in Australia.

The view from the top of the hill is stunning, looking out across the floodplains and around the escarpment. At the Injalak Art and Craft Centre there is an opportunity to browse or purchase goods from this non-profit Aboriginal organisation. There is also time to watch the traditional Aboriginal people painting and to see the women weaving pandanus baskets.

Includes: A professionally guided full day tour with lunch and return hotel transfers.

Prices from £339 per person.

INDIGENOUS LITCHFIELD TOUR Travel by back roads to the Finniss River (it can be inaccessible during wet season. Travel instead by main road through Batchelor). Make a riverside stop to discover the resources available here, used by local people for thousands of years. Learn about termites and primary herbivores and how the indigenous people make use of them. During the dry season visit the Bamboo Creek Tin Mine at Marchinbar, during the wet season stop at Tolmer Falls. Visit Woolaning Springs, a patch of rainforest by a clear stream (it can be inaccessible during the wet season).

Enjoy a freshly cooked lunch of barramundi, crocodile and kangaroo. Visit iconic Wangi Falls, a popular dry season swimming spot, or take a walk around and over the falls.

View Florence Falls from a plateau-top lookout. Swimmers can access the stone-walled gorge and plunge pool. Return to your hotel at 4.30pm in time for sunset.

Includes: Full day guided small group tour with lunch (seasonal variances in site visits may occur).

Prices from £149 per person

TIWI CULTURAL EXPERIENCE Travel by ferry or air to Bathurst Island. On arrival meet a local guide at the nearby Nguiu community. Take tea with Tiwi ladies, viewing local arts and crafts, followed by dancing and smoking ceremonies to bless visitors. Visit the museum with dreamtime depictions and early mission displays. Tour the Tiwi arts and crafts cooperative to see artists at work. Stop at the lookout to view the local Tiwi burial site and learn of local rituals and customs. For ferry passengers lunch can be purchased back on board. For air passengers, a picnic lunch is included at the local waterhole.

Includes: Return air or ferry transport from Darwin, all guided sightseeing and entrance fees.

Prices from £165 per person

102

Australia

The Top End Day Tours & Excursions WILDLANDS WETLANDS SAFARI Travel 90 kilometres (56 miles) southeast of Darwin to Corroboree Billabong, routing via Humpty Doo and the Adelaide River floodplain. Take a cruise on Corroboree Billabong in the Mary River Wetlands system. A natural wonderland and home to the world’s largest concentration of saltwater crocodiles, many of which can be seen basking on the banks. The area is also home to a myriad of birdlife and colourful flora including vast swathes of lotus flowers and lily pads. Look out for the jabiru, sea eagles soaring overhead, heron, ibis, brolga and magpie geese.

Includes: Mary River Wetlands Cruise, experienced Driver Guide, comprehensive commentary, travel in an airconditioned vehicle.

Prices from £75 per person

KATHERINE GORGE CRUISE & EDITH FALLS After an early start from Darwin taking the Stuart Highway south to the Nitmiluk National Park. Stop at the Adelaide River War Cemetery with time to explore. Head into Nitmiluk National Park, spanning more than 292,000 hectares, with rugged landscapes, waterfalls and rich flora and fauna.

No matter what the season, Leliyn (Edith Falls) always has refreshing water to enjoy. Take a swim in the waterhole.

Aboriginal rock art can be seen at sites throughout the park.

Lunch is served in the Nitmiluk Visitor Centre with time to browse afterwards. The highlight is the two hour Katherine Gorge cruise. A network of thirteen gorges, home to rapids and falls, freshwater crocodiles, colourful bird life and some of the Northern Territory’s most dramatic scenery.

Includes: Buffet lunch, experienced driver guide, comprehensive commentary, travel in an air-conditioned vehicle.

Prices from £145 per person

KAKADU NATIONAL PARK EXPLORER Leave early to travel the Stuart Highway, turning onto the Arnhem Highway, via the Marrakai Plains. Covering over 19,800 square kilometres, Kakadu is the largest National Park in Australia. Mangrove fringed coastal areas, expansive flood plains, lowland hills, open woodland and forest habitat provide the ultimate in diversity. Kakadu is home to hundreds of animals, birds, insects and plants, with rock art sites dating back 50,000 years. Cruise on the Yellow Water Billabong, home to saltwater crocodiles and colourful birdlife. After lunch in Cooinda visit the Warradjan Aboriginal Cultural Centre.

Explore Nourlangie rock art site. A walk around the base with the driver guide provides an opportunity to see many different examples of ancient rock art painting.

Includes: Buffet lunch, experienced driver guide, comprehensive commentary, travel in an air-conditioned vehicle.

Prices from £145 per person

103

Melville Island Bathurst Island

Kakadu’s Ancient Secrets 5 day, 4 night private tour Visit Kakadu National Park, Nitmiluk National Park and Litchfield National Park, all together in one self-contained small group tour of the Northern Territory’s wild and colourful Top End.

Darwin

Mary River N.P.

Jabiru

Arnhemland

Cooinda

Litchfield N.P.

Katherine

Kakadu N.P. Nitmiluk N.P.

Day 1: DARWIN - LITCHFIELD - MARY RIVER Meet your driver guide and board the luxury 4WD vehicle for your Top End journey. Cross the Finniss River to Litchfield National Park. Enjoy a cooling swim at tumbling Florence Falls and visit Wangi Falls, surrounded by tropical monsoon rainforest and important in Aboriginal custom. Travel overland via the unsealed Marrakai Track (seasonally accessible), through cattle stations and back country to the Mary River region. Late afternoon arrive at Wildman Wilderness Lodge, the definition of ‘outback luxury’. Enjoy a beverage at sunset before dinner. Overnight at Wildman Wilderness Lodge, Mary River. (LD) Day 2: MARY RIVER - KAKADU Head to Corroboree Billabong for a guided wildlife cruise to see a myriad of different bird species and estuarine crocodiles. Next stop is Kakadu, an Australian icon. Visit Bowali Visitors Centre before check-in at the hotel. Time to relax, take a swim or explore before joining the driver guide for a sun set walk at Ubirr rock art site. See ancient rock art and panoramic views over the surrounding wetlands and escarpments from Nadab lookout. After sunset return to your hotel for dinner. Overnight at Mercure Kakadu Crocodile Hotel, Jabiru. (BLD)

Day 3: KAKADU - KATHERINE GORGE Visit Nourlangie’s fascinating Aboriginal rock art. Hear a detailed interpretation of the art and culture as you explore outdoor ‘galleries’. Later take a scenic gravel track journey to Gunlom Falls. Time for a hike to the top and a splash in the natural plunge pool with views over the National Park.

Continue through Katherine to Nitmiluk National Park and check in at Cicada Lodge, surrounded by nature. Overnight at Cicada Lodge, Nitmiluk National Park, Katherine. (BLD) Day 4: KATHERINE A morning welcome to the sounds of the didgeridoo. Learn the art of rarrk painting using a special brush made from a reed called Julk. Journey to Mataranka for a swim in the natural spring fed thermal pool, bubbling up at a constant 34 degrees. Relax on an evening three course dinner cruise along the Katherine River and its gorges. Look out for wildlife and learn of the history and culture of the local Jawoyn people. Overnight at Cicada Lodge, Nitmiluk National Park, Katherine. (BLD) Day 5: KATHERINE - DARWIN An opportunity to take a canoe for a paddle on the river (seasonal) before travelling north along the Stuart Highway stopping at Edith Falls for a swim. Continue to Adelaide River War Cemetery. The journey concludes in Darwin. (B L) Prices from £1855 per person

104

Australia

Davidson’s Arnhemland Safari Lodge, Mt Borradaile Open for 8 months of the year, between March and October, a stay at Davidson’s Arnhemland Safari Lodge at Mount Borradaile allows visitors privileged access to over 700 square kilometres of pristine wilderness in northwest Arnhemland.

Guests normally stay at the lodge for 3 or 4 days, enough time to see and enjoy the magnificent surroundings, eco-systems, wildlife and rock art.

DAVIDSON’S ARNHEMLAND LODGE

A significant section of the property is a registered sacred site. Davidson’s Arnhemland Safari Lodge has permission from the traditional owners to take guests through these areas, an experience unique in Australia.

The landscape is one of rugged escarpments fringed by billabongs. A unique eco-system rich with wildlife, bush food and medicine plants. The area has been occupied by Aboriginal people for over 50,000 years.

During the stay at the lodge, guests are able to spend their days, with the help of the lodge guides and staff, exploring the many different places of interest that exist within half an hours drive from the property, including all of the following:• Rock shelters with rock art spanning thousands of years, providing insights into the aboriginal way of life.

• The savannah woodlands, laden with bush tucker.

• Barramundi fishing in Cooper Creek.

• Swimming in the natural swimming hole or relaxing poolside at the lodge.

• Exploring the catacombs with signs of recent occupation, interesting artefacts and ancient mortuary sites.

• Spending an afternoon on the billabong observing the wildlife that inhabits the water course.

• Walking up the escarpments discovering stone arrangements and art-filled occupation sites.

The first guest experience is pre-planned and involves a short walk to see the famous Rainbow Serpent, learn about local rock art, geology and bush tucker. Each day is then planned out according to each guests specific interests.

The lodge blends into the surrounding bush, with ensuite and deluxe cabins built in accordance with the Top End climate. The main common area has a friendly atmosphere, with communal dining, full bar facilities and lounge area with library. The lodge has an extensive wine cellar and a large range of beers, soft drinks and spirits for purchase. Guests are not permiited to take their own alcohol into the lodge due to territorial restrictions imposed. The lodge features an outdoor pool with decking. The natural swimming hole in the escarpment is also safe for swimming year round.

Power is generated on site and restrictions apply to usage of irons and hairdryers. Fresh water is spring-sourced and plentiful. Ensuite cabins feature queen or twin single beds, and are basic but comfortable. Deluxe ensuites come with a lounge setting, tea and coffee facilities and complimentary laundry. Free wi-fi is available in the main common area.

Rates include accommodation, touring, meals and permits.

Seasonality: Wet Season - March and April. Wildflowers and lots of water. Humidity can reach 70%. Pleasant mornings, afternoon rains relieving humidity.

Run-off Season - April and May. Good fishing. Full rivers.

Storms and humidity easing.

Dry Season - June to September. Cool evenings and warm days. Humidity 30%. Prolific wildlife.

Build-up Season - Mid-September to November. Rising temperatures. Humidity at 80% by November. Hot and sticky with electrical storms.

The lodge is accessible from Darwin and Jabiru by air in and out (March to October), by road (4WD - May to October) or by a combination of both (fly in/drive out - May to October).

Prices are provided, based on individual requirements, at the time of enquiry.

105

A glimpse of Western Australia ‘WA’ is Australia’s largest state, covering 2,252,500 square kilometres with a population of around 2.5 million people. Its territory ranges from the tropics in the north to the temperate zones of the south, from coastal in the west through to arid, dry desert terrain in the interior.

The capital, Perth, is home to around 2 million people, the most densely populated area in the state. Perth is renowned for its outdoor lifestyle, benefiting from a warm, dry, and occasionally hot, Mediterranean-type climate with over 300 days of sunshine a year. The city is home to some of the finest beaches in Australia, to the stunning Swan River and to the impressive Kings Park. It is also notable for its splendid colonial architecture, bustling markets, music, theatre, visual arts, vibrant streetlife and culture. Nearby Fremantle enjoys a coastal maritime heritage, sheltered parks and a sophisticated café culture.

The southwest is the home of Margaret River, the regional centre for fine wine production and gastronomy as well as being a holiday centre in its own right, with lush forests and vibrant coastline. Bunbury, Busselton and Dunsborough lie to the north of the region, notable for the bottlenose dolphins of Koombana Bay, the longest wooden jetty in the southern hemisphere and the Cape Naturaliste lighthouse respectively. To the south and southeast lie the towns of Pemberton, which lies on the edge of the towering karri, jarrah, marri and tingle forests, and Albany, famous for its historic ANZAC connections.

To the east of Perth, accessible by rail and road, are the outback townships of Coolgardie and Kalgoorlie-Boulder, at the heart of the historic Goldfields region. The area is well worth the trip from Perth and and an overnight or two, with some splendid colonial architecture and fascinating historical sites from the goldrush times of the late 1890s.

By contrast, the far northwest of the state consists of a remote, sun scorched terrain, made up of the stunning wilderness areas of the Pilbara and Kimberley regions with a pristine, tropical coastline, such as the idyllic Cable Beach at Broome. The strange looking Bungle Bungle ranges in the Purnululu National Park, the horizontal waterfalls at the Buccaneer Archipelago, north of Derby, the Gibb River Road, Mitchell Falls and the deep chasms and freshwater pools of the Karijini Gorge are amongst the areas many unique and captivating attractions.

On the West Coast lies Coral Bay and Exmouth, gateway to the Ningaloo Marine Park with its visiting whale sharks.

The Coral Coast harbours Shark Bay Marine Park and Monkey Mia, home of the famous dolphins which visit daily.

Further south is the Numbung National Park, a popular day trip destination from Perth, with its eerie, limestone pinnacles, spread out like an ancient long-lost city amongst the surrounding dunes. Beautiful, seasonal wildflower areas can be found further inland around the settlements of Danadragan, Coorow, Three Springs and Mullewa.

Kununurra Broome

Derby The Kimberley

Port Hedland Exmouth

The Pilbara

Ningaloo Marine Park Carnarvon WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Monkey Mia

Geraldton The Goldfields Pinnacles

Coolgardie

Kalgoorlie-Boulder

PERTH Mandurah Margaret River

Bunbury

Pemberton

106

Australia

Albany

Esperance

The Richardson Richardson Street, Perth This luxury boutique hotel offers the highest levels of quality and service to discerning guests. The Richardson is within walking distance of the CBD, Kings Park and Botanical Garden and the cosmopolitan suburb of Subiaco.

All of the generous rooms and suites, amongst the largest in Perth, offer a minimum of 50 square metres of floor space, along with balconies, iPod docks and complimentary wi-fi. The hotel follows an holistic approach to design, creating a structure that is both grand and outstanding, yet conservative and pragmatic. A full range of guest amenities are present, including day spa, lap pool, sauna and gym. The Residents Lounge, where original Australian artwork hangs on the oak panelled walls, is a popular guest retreat. The casual Conservatory restaurant offers breakfast, lunch and dinner in a relaxed setting, whilst the acclaimed and more formal Opus restaurant provides the glamour of fine dining. Inventive menus of French origins are served with an invigorating twist of Australian flair and passion. The cocktail bar also serves light bites to compliment the bars drinks offerings.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £109 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Pan Pacific Adelaide Terrace, Perth With views out over the picturesque Swan River, the Pan Pacific is also just a short stroll from Perth’s commercial and cultural heart.

This large hotel offers every convenience that you would come to expect from this upscale chain.

The 486 rooms and suites provide a choice of accommodation in a variety of categories. Deluxe rooms come with city views whilst the Premier rooms are located on the top floor of the hotel with city and Swan River views. The outdoor pool is a popular spot in which to relax and enjoy Perth’s temperate climate. A selection of two restaurants and a lobby lounge offer all day dining with a seasonal buffet, enticing a la carte options and a range of signature dishes and pre and post dinner cocktails and refreshments. For those enjoying a weekend stay, an acclaimed high tea is served in Origins restaurant. Light meals and tapas are also served in the Lobby Lounge. The Fitness Centre is available to guests 24 hours a day.

The Pan Pacific is a great base from which to explore the many delights of Perth.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

108

Australia

Como The Treasury Cathedral Avenue, Perth This charming hotel is housed in Perth’s 140 year old State Buildings, forming part of the Cathedral Square development. The property is part of one of the most significant heritage districts in the state. The elegant conversion retains many of the original high ceilings, cornicing and balconies.

The property offers 48 contemporary rooms and suites featuring grand posture king size beds, handcrafted European furnishings and oversized windows. Bathrooms feature free-standing tubs and walkin showers, with amenities from the exclusive COMO Shambhala range. The rooftop setting of Wildflower restaurant provides guests with a birds eye view of the city whilst enjoying fine Australian dining.

Post, located on the ground floor, offers a more casual dining and bar experience whilst still maintaining its lofty relatives high standards. Holistic therapies are available at the Shambhala Spa, which is also complemented by a gym and 20 metre indoor pool. A wonderful combination of history and modern chic make this cutting edge design haven a truly unique property.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £165 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

The Terrace St George’s Terrace, Perth Housed within the Heritage listed St George’s House, built in 1892, The Terrace is a charming 15 room boutique hotel, forming a backdrop along a stunning sun dappled terrace. From its setting in the West End of the CBD the hotel is well located for exploring the city. The Bell Tower and Kings Park are within a 15 minute walk.

The all-suite accommodation features oversized bathrooms and original motifs that reflect the period. Old World mahogany and oak furnishing, alongside more modern, state-of-the-art appointments, cement the marriage between antique and modern, including black marble bathrooms with luxury amenities. A bar and restaurant are on site to keep you fully refreshed. Free wi-fi is also available throughout the hotel. The in-house restaurant caters for all food and beverage needs, for breakfast, lunch and dinner. There are several seating options ranging from casual dining at the bar to more formal or al fresco arrangements.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

109

The Esplanade Marine Terrace, Fremantle The property enjoys an enviable location overlooking the Esplanade Park, close to the marina and nearby outdoor, ocean-side food and beverage outlets. The Esplanade occupies an attractive colonialstyle building dating back to the 1850s, complete with surrounding verandahs and terraces. Fremantles many bohemian cafés and restaurants are just a short walk away.

A selection of spacious and well-appointed rooms and suites are available in a choice of categories. Many feature outdoor balconies, overlooking either the gardens or the swimming pool or the adjacent park. Higher category executive rooms and suites feature a spa within the private bathroom. High-speed wi-fi is offered free of charge. For guest convenience the property offers a choice of restaurants, the Atrium Garden and the Harbour Master, the Marine Lounge Bar and the historic Ball & Chain pub, all offering dinner, al fresco lunch buffets, tapas and bar snacks along with a wide range of local wines, craft beers and spirits. For guest relaxation the Esplanade also offers a swimming pool, a sauna and day spa and a fully equipped gymnasium.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Hougoumont Hotel Bannister Street, Fremantle This quirky, cosy hotel is named after the last ship to transport convicts to Australia. Whilst firmly on dry land, the hotel tips its cap to its maritime namesake. The Hougoumont is located in the popular ‘Cappuccino Strip’ area of Freemantle. A plethora of bars, restaurants and cafés are available right on the doorstep. Bathers beach is a mere 10 minute’s walk away.

Superior Cabins are the lead in room type, compact but comfortable the ensuite rooms feature 32” flat screen TVs, luxury bedding and Nespesso machines. For more floor space you may opt for Staterooms, larger than their counterparts but with similar appointments. The hotel does not have a restaurant of its own, but offers a charge back service from The Attic Café or Benny’s Bar & Café, both within 100 metres of the front door. A local gymnasium offers complimentary access to all Hougoumont guests.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

110

Australia

Seashells Scarborough Beach The Espalnade, Scarborough This self-contained apartment-style property is located only 20 minutes from Perth, opposite Scarborough Beach. A great place to enjoy the surf and beach or relax in the sun. Seashells is just a short stroll away from Scarborough’s friendly beachfront restaurants, shops, cafés and bars. The property is close to Fremantle and to Hillary’s Boat Harbour, providing ferry access to Rottnest Island.

The property’s tastefully decorated two- or three-bedroom selfcontained apartments offer full ocean views in most categories, along with a well-appointed kitchen, laundry, spacious lounge and dining area, private balconies or courtyards. Some apartments also feature a spa bath. A weekly housekeeping service is included and is available daily on request. Guest amenities include two swimming pools (one heated), each furnished with comfortable sun loungers, an entertaining area and barbecue. A complimentary sauna and undercover parking are also available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Sunmoon West Coast Highway, Scarborough Sunmoon is an attractive, locally owned and operated boutiquestyle property in a quiet suburban setting, located 20 minutes west of Perth. Scarborough Beach, local shops, restaurants and bars are within 100 metres of the property.

Sunmoon offers a range of rooms and apartments, most of which come with a balcony and all of which are serviced daily. The apartment accommodations, in studio and split-level two-bedroom configurations, also come with a fully equipped kitchenette, ideal for self-catering. In-room guest amenities include full ensuite bathrooms, free in-house movies and tea and coffee making facilities. The Sunmoon restaurant and bar caters for guests food and beverage needs, with al fresco dining available during the summer months and room service an alternative option. The property also features a large, outdoor swimming pool, a wellequipped gymnasium and secure undercover parking.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £39 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

111

Perth Day Tours & Excursions RIVER CRUISE & VINEYARD TOUR Start with a morning departure from Perth, sailing through the picturesque upper reaches of the Swan River, enjoying cheese and biscuits and morning tea along the way. A riverside pickup by air-conditioned coach follows, with visits to some of the Swan Valleys finest boutique wineries, complete with wine tastings. Enjoy a vineyard platter lunch and a glass of wine at the very popular Sittella Wines or at the rustic Edgecombe Wines. Both venues offer exceptional fare along with a gallery of local produce and crafts to browse through. At the end of the day relax with a beer, tea or coffee at one of the boutique breweries in the Swan Valley and enjoy handmade chocolates and truffles at the Chocolate Company.

Departs: Daily 9.45am returning at 5.00pm Prices from £109 per person.

PINNACLES DAY TOUR This Pinnacles Day Tour from Perth takes you into the Pinnacles Desert in the Nambung National Park. The area contains many thousands of limestone pillars, jutting out of the sand dunes, resembling an ancient ruin. In geological terms the Pinnacles are a modern phenomenon, formed as recently as three and a half million years ago, and appearing as they are today between two million and twenty thousand years ago. Enjoy a great day out combining the Pinnacles with other amazing natural landscapes such as the Lake Thetis Stromatolites. Encounter pristine white sand dunes, spectacular coastal vistas, valleys with masses of grass trees and see kangaroos in their natural environment.

Includes: Picnic morning tea, entry to Nambung National Park and lunch at nearby Cervantes.

Prices from £155 per person

DISCOVER ROTTNEST ISLAND With daily departures from Perth’s Barrack Street jetty or from Fremantle’s Victoria Quay, this is the perfect way to see as much of Rottnest Island as possible in one day.

Explore the beauty and tranquillity of Rottnest from the comfort and relaxation of an air-conditioned coach. The 90 minute road trip visits some of Rottnest’s most spectacular locations with opportunities to experience the diverse flora, fauna, history and culture along with insightful commentary from the knowledgeable crew. The tour stops at key vantage points around the island, with the possibility to hop off and on the coach, take in some of Rottnest’s most spectacular views and maybe meet one or two of the native marsupials, known as quokkas.

Duration: 6 to 8 hours Includes: Rottnest Island admission fee, return transfers, Swan River cruise with commentary for Perth departures only, 90 minute Island coach tour Prices from £109 per person 112

Australia

Perth Day Tours & Excursions EAT, DRINK & WALK PERTH The original Perth small bar tour, established in 2008. Walk a little, eat a little and drink a little. Discover the small and intimate venues in the city, its new nightlife and cultural scene. Over the course of the evening, in a small group, you will visit 3 different small bars, spending about 45 minutes in each venue. Upon arrival, you will be greeted with some grazing food or a drink, depending on the venue.

Between stops you will be guided through sections of the city and discover thriving street art, intriguing spaces, developing an understanding of what has transformed the vibrant city centre. Starting at the Perth Town Hall, the traditional centre of town, and finishing in the King Street precinct, the tour lasts 3 hours and explores the city centre, and its various nooks and crannies in a fun, relaxed and sophisticated manner.

Prices from £35 per person

ROCKINGHAM DOLPHIN ENCOUNTER Just 40 minutes south of Perth, an opportunity to swim with wild dolphins in the waters of Rockingham Bay and neighbouring Shoalwater Islands Marine Park. Spend a magical day swimming with these intelligent and playful creatures in their natural environment, joining the morning dolphin swim tour from Rockingham jetty. Tours operate daily from September to early June and last anything from three to six hours, depending on dolphin activity and sightings. A light lunch and refreshments are included. After a short drive south join a 45-minute wildlife cruise to explore neighbouring Shoalwater Islands Marine Park, home to Western Australia’s largest colony of little penguins, rare Australian sea lions and seabirds.

Prices from £135 per person

MARGARET RIVER DAY TOUR A well organised day tour from Perth taking in the untamed natural beauty of the Margaret River region, its fine wine and delicious food. Stop at Busselton Jetty to see the longest wood-piled jetty in the Southern Hemisphere, taking a walk on the two kilometres long structure stretching out into Geographe Bay. Visit Canal Rocks to see the scenic coastline, spot passing dolphins in the Indian Ocean or seals sunning themselves on the rocks. Continue south along picturesque Caves Road renowned for its premier wines and scenic countryside. Take a short tour of Margaret River township before visiting Watershed Premium Wines for lunch.

The restaurant presents expansive views over the vineyards with excellent food to match. Take in the views at Surfers Point, one of the most renowned surf breaks in the country.

Includes: Full day guided tour, morning tea/coffee, entry to Busselton Jetty, lunch at Watershed Premimum Wines with a complimentary glass of wine.

Prices from £179 per person respectively

113

Cape Lodge Caves Road, Yallingup, Margaret River Cape Lodge is a stunning boutique hotel and restaurant, set within its own vineyard, in the heart of Margaret River’s wine country. The region is one of the most picturesque in Western Australia, with a rugged coastline, majestic native forests and some of the finest vineyards in Australia. Cape Lodge offers just 22 rooms and suites in various garden and lakeside settings along with a private residence for eight people located in its own three acres of grounds. The awardwinning Cape Lodge Restaurant offers fine, innovative seasonal cuisine along with a full range of Margaret River’s finest wines.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £115 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Pullman Bunker Bay Resort Bunker Bay Road, Naturaliste, Margaret River This award-winning resort hotel is located close to Dunsborough in the north of the Margaret River wine region. The property is located on the beachfront, within landscaped garden surroundings, overlooking Bunker Bay. Accommodation consists of 150 luxuriously appointed and spacious bungalow-style villas in studio, one- and two-bedroom categories. Each villa features lake or garden views, an outdoor courtyard or deck, boardwalk access to the beach and a kitchen or kitchenette. A choice of dining is available at the Other Side of the Moon or signature cuisine at Tapestry.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Seashells Mandurah Dolphin Drive, Mandurah Seashells lies an hour south of Perth enjoying a beachfront setting overlooking the Indian Ocean at Comet Bay. The property offers selfcontained one- to three-bedroom apartments and luxury villas, with panoramic ocean, park or marina views. All feature well appointed kitchens, laundry, spacious dining areas and private balconies or decks. Mandurah is an aquatic playground with an abundance of water based activities available, ranging from boating to dolphin watching. A wide selection of cafés, restaurants and shops are within easy reach at the adjacent Mandurah Ocean Marina.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

114

Australia

Perth

York Hyden

Mandurah Wave Rock

Bunbury

South West Self-Drive The Great Southwest Loop

Ravensthorpe

Busselton Margaret Nannup River Pemberton Stirling Range Mount Frankland N.P. Augusta D’Entrecasteaux N.P.

Fitzgerald River N.P.

Hopetoun

Esperance

N.P.

Denmark

Walpole

Albany

This self-drive itinerary takes you through one of Australia’s most fascinating landscapes. A unique and visually stunning region comprising Margaret River wineries and attractions, the Karri forests of the southwest, historical coastal towns and picturesque National Parks.

11 DAY/10 NIGHT - SOUTH WEST LOOP HIGHLIGHTS: Busselton, Margaret River, Pemberton, Albany, Hopetoun, Esperance, Wave Rock, Kulin Day 1-3: PERTH - BUSSELTON - MARGARET RIVER (277 kms/173 miles) Leave Perth, heading south through coastal Bunbury and Busselton, to the Margaret River region. Base yourself here for three nights exploring the wineries, gastronomy, coastal scenery, beaches, caves and local townships. Suggested overnight at Cape Lodge (3 nights) or camper park.

Day 4: MARGARET RIVER - PEMBERTON (143 kms/89 miles) Leave Margaret River and head south for Pemberton, home to the giant Karri forests and an emerging wine producing area. Take time to visit the Warren National Park. Suggested overnight at Karri Valley Resort or camper park.

Day 5-6: PEMBERTON - ALBANY (239 kms/149 miles) Depart Pemberton and head south via the Shannon, D’entrecasteaux and Walpole-Nornalup National Parks. Be sure to take the Tree Top Walk through the Karri forest near Walpole. Explore picturesque Denmark before arriving in Albany, spending 2 nights here. On the second day explore Albany and its many natural coastline attractions. Suggested overnight at Comfort Inn, Albany or camper park.

Day 7: ALBANY - HOPETOUN (352 kms/220 miles) Travel from Albany via the Porongurup and Stirling National Parks to the coastal town of Hopetoun, located close to the scenic Fitzgerald River National Park. Suggested overnight at the Hopetoun Hotel and Chalet Village or camper park.

Day 8-9: HOPETOUN - ESPERANCE (193 kms/120 miles) Enter the Fitzgerald River National Park and drive along the scenic coastal roads with wonderful interpretive sites. Travel east to the lovely town of Esperance, located on the Bay of Islands. Spend the next two nights here and make the 40 minute drive to Cape Le Grand National Park with kangaroos on Australia’s whitest beach at Lucky Bay. Call in and visit Esperance stonehenge on the way. Suggested overnight at Comfort Inn Bay of Isles or camper park.

Day 10: ESPERANCE - WAVE ROCK (HYDEN) (382 kms/238 miles) Depart Esperance and head north to Hyden and the amazing 3 billion year old Wave Rock. Take the opportunity to visit other attractions in the area such as Mulka’s Cave with ancient Aboriginal hand stencil art. Suggested overnight at Wave Rock Motel or camper park.

Day 11: WAVE ROCK (HYDEN) - KULIN - PERTH (391 kms/244 miles) Depart Wave Rock and head to Kulin via The Tin Horse Highway with its quaint horse-based figures placed alongside the farmers fences along the way. From here head to the historic town of York in the Darling Ranges. Wander around its streets with the option of an overnight stay before returning to Perth.

Prices are calculated at the time of enquiry, subject to routing, seasonality, mode of transportation and specific accommodation requirements.

115

Pinnacles to Monkey Mia 3 day, 2 night private tour Witness a mystical desert moonscape, get up close and personal with wild but friendly dolphins and visit stunning gorges ready for exploration. This tour provides an opportunity to enjoy some of Western Australia’s unique natural treasures.

Day 1: PERTH - MONKEY MIA Journey north via the ‘lobster fishing’ town of Port Denison with a stop for lunch by the water’s edge. Continue north across the Greenough Flats, better known for unusual ‘leaning trees’, following this travel via Geraldton and Northampton to the World heritage listed area of Shark Bay. The area became Western Australia’s first World Heritage listed region in 1991. It is one of two World Heritage areas within WA and one of only 16 Australia wide. Explore the bay’s amazing natural features and extensive marine life. The overnight accommodation is located at the Monkey Mia Beach where the dolphins come in. Overnight at Monkey Mia Dolphin Resort, Monkey Mia (or similar). (LD) Day 2: MONKEY MIA - KALBARRI Your accommodation is located right at the dolphin interaction beach where you can spend extra time at the water’s edge this morning and encounter a visit by the famous Monkey Mia Dolphins. As they are wild, dolphin appearances can’t be guaranteed but coming in at regular times through the day to interact with people has been a ritual for many years.

This afternoon visit the town of Denham for lunch and then travel on to the incredible Shell Beach and the Hamelin Pool Stromatolites. This amazing 60 kilometre long stretch of snowwhite beach is made up of billions of tiny coquina bivalve shells, one of only two beaches like it in the world. The Hamelin Pool stromatolites the are oldest and largest living fossils on earth. Stromatolites are considered ‘living fossils’, part of the Earth’s evolutionary history. Following this is a stop at the Kalbarri National Park. Explore stunning scenery, red-rock gorges, spectacular coastal cliffs, bird life, native animals and wildflowers (in season) in this protected park. Here we also visit one of this area’s most spectacular red river gorges – Hawks Head. Overnight at Kalbarri Edge Resort, Kalbarri (or similar).

(BLD) Day 3: KALBARRI - PERTH Homeward bound, enjoy sightseeing along the Kalbarri coastal gorges, breaking for lunch at the rock lobster fishing village of Cervantes. The last stop for the day will be the mystical Pinnacle Desert, an amazing moon-like landscape, made up of thousands of limestone pillars up to four metres tall, rising out of yellow quartz sand. Here you will have the opportunity to stroll among these magnificent limestone spires and take photographs before continuing back to Perth. (BL) Prices from £699 per person

116

Australia

Kimberley Discovery 10 day, 9 night private tour A comprehensive tour of the Kimberley region in the northeastern extremes of Western Australia.

An adventurers delight, this private tour covers everything that characterises the Kimberley.

Day 1: BROOME - DERBY Take a tour of Broome before travelling to Derby visiting the 1,500 year old Boab Prison Tree. Afternoon visit to Mowanjum Aboriginal Art and Culture Centre. Onwards to Derby Wharf to see the 11 metre tides, a popular place to watch the sunset, a daily ritual since 1885. Overnight at the Spinifex Hotel Derby. (L) Day 2: DERBY - WINDJANA GORGE - TUNNEL CREEK - MT ELIZABETH STATION Start the Gibb River Road trip, visiting Windjana Gorge, 30 to 100 metres high and over 100 metres wide. Later visit Tunnel Creek, a 750 metre tunnel made of limestone, all that remains of an ancient reef system, the oldest cave system in Western Australia. Cross the King Leopold Ranges visiting Adcock Gorge for a swim and Galvan Gorge for rock art. Continue to Mount Elizabeth Station for the overnight stay. (BLD) Day 3: MT ELIZABETH STATION - DRYSDALE RIVER STATION Explore working station life and see Wandjina and Bradshaw/ Gwion Gwion rock art. Leave the Gibb River Road and head north to Drysdale River Station to overnight. Enjoy a swim on the way visiting Munurru, King Edward River rock art galleries.

Overnight at Drysdale River Station Homestead. (BLD) Day 4: PRINCE REGENT & MITCHELL PLATEAU FLIGHT A morning flight over the Prince Regent Nature Reserve. Follow the Prince Regent River, King Cascades, St George Basin, Mt Trafalgar, Prince Frederick Harbour, the Hunter River, Donkins Hill Falls and the spectacular Mitchell Falls. Return to the Gibb River Road and head to Home Valley Station at the base of the Cockburn Range. Overnight at Home Valley Station. (BL) Day 5: PENTECOST RIVER AND COCKBURN RANGE - EL QUESTRO WILDERNESS PARK Cross the Pentecost River and travel through El Questro Wilderness Park, a spectacular landscape, dotted with Boab trees and gorges. Traverse the gorges and take a dip in Zebedee Springs prior to arrival at Emma Gorge Resort. Time to take the challenging Emma Gorge walk prior to dinner under the evening sky. Overnight at Emma Gorge, El Questro. (BL) Day 6: EL QUESTRO - ORD RIVER CRUISE - KUNUNURRA Travel the retaining wall of Lake Argyle for a cruise on the Ord River to Kununurra, beneath huge gorge walls. Spot some of the region’s wildlife including crocodiles and abundant birdlife.

Overnight at Country Club Kununurra (B)

Day 7: KUNUNURRA - BUNGLE BUNGLE Travel into Purnululu National Park, a vast wilderness region.

Take the 4WD Spring Creek Track and hike to Echidna Chasm, a natural cleft in the rock with 100-metre high walls. Evening arrival at the Bungle Bungle Wilderness Lodge for a 2 night stay. Overnight Bungle Bungle Wilderness Lodge in Safari Tents with ensuite facilities. (BLD) Day 8: BUNGLE BUNGLE, PURNULULU NATIONAL PARK A full day visit to the famous Bungle Bungle domes, a unique landscape of orange and black striped ‘beehive’ rocks, undiscovered until the early 1980’s. Take a short walk into Cathedral Gorge, a natural amphitheatre with time later to take an optional helicopter flight at an additional cost. Overnight Bungle Bungle Wilderness Lodge in Safari Tents with ensuite facilities. (BLD) Day 9: BUNGLE BUNGLE - HALLS CREEK - GEIKIE GORGE CRUISE - FITZROY CROSSING Explore Echidna Chasm with its Livistonia Palm trees. Visit the China Wall, a sub-vertical quartz rock protruding six metres off the ground. Drive the original causeway crossing into Old Town, where gold was discovered in 1885. Cruise the Fitzroy River through Geikie Gorge, looking out for sawfish, stingrays and freshwater crocodiles. Overnight at Fitzroy Crossing. (BL) Day 10: FITZROY CROSSING - BROOME Visit Mangkaja Arts Resource Agency Aboriginal Corporation, a place for people to study and paint personal stories, bush trips and histories. Drive to Broome arriving late afternoon.

Includes: Meals as listed, all accommodation, National Park entry fees, all tours and excursions as mentioned.

Guaranteed private tour with 2 to 4 passengers by prior arrangement.

Prices available at the time of enquiry

117

King George Falls

Mitchell River Hunter River Montgomery Reef

True North Kimberley Cruise

Prince Regent River

Wyndham

Horizontal Falls KIMBERLEY Broome

7 DAY/6 NIGHT CRUISE True North allows discerning adventurers to experience wilderness in surroundings more akin to one of the world’s most exclusive hotels.

Welcoming just 36 guests, the crew uniquely chaperones your every experience ensuring a renowned reputation for attention to detail.

Day 1: BROOME - EMBARKATION Join the True North for your first nights stay on board in the pearling port of Broome. Embarkation is at 5.00pm. Time for a cocktail with your fellow adventurers before departing at around 6.30pm. Dinner is served shortly after leaving port for the overnight cruise to Yampi Sound.

Day 2: HORIZONTAL FALLS - LEADLINE CREEK Enjoy breakfast in the Kimberley passing Cockatoo and Koolan Islands on the way to the Horizontal Falls. Take a tender ride through the swirling tide before boarding the airconditioned helicopter for an aerial view of the falls. Leadline Creek is the next stop and an opportunity to ‘land a barra’.

Back on board your first day will be coming to an end but with time to enjoy dinner during the cruise to Doubtful Bay. Day 3: SALE RIVER - MONTGOMERY REEF Explore the Sale River. Fish the mouth for barramundi before joining naturalists and adventurers alike on a classic river expedition. Enjoy a swim in a billabong before returning to True North. Enjoy lunch during the cruise to Montgomery Reef, a unique eco-system where 140 square miles of coral reef rises out of the ocean with water cascading from the reef on the falling tide. A helicopter flight over the reef follows.

Day 3: PRINCE REGENT RIVER Enter the majestic Prince Regent River, taking the True North right under the falls at King’s Cascade. This is followed by a trip on the tender, a hike on land and an opportunity to swim in yet another billabong. A helicopter flight follows as the first adventurers return to True North.

Day 4: HUNTER RIVER - JACKSON FALLS Today visit the Hunter River, with stunning red cliffs set behind rainforest and mangroves. A great spot and setting for fishing, mud crabbing, bird watching and exploring. Enjoy a hike to the hidden Jackson Falls followed by a helicopter flight. Time for a sunset drink on Naturaliste Island before dinner and an overnight cruise to Vansittart Bay. Day 5: EAGLE FALLS Today a visit to see the ‘Bradshaws’, some of the oldest art known to man. Take a heli-picnic at Eagle Falls, enjoying a sumptuous picnic lunch amidst breathtaking scenery. The tenders will also explore local beaches and creeks. Overnight cruise to Koolama Bay. Day 6: KING GEORGE RIVER - GEORGE FALLS Today enter The King George river. At high-tide cross the sand bars at the mouth sailing upstream to the King George Falls. Anchor at the base of the Twin Falls with the opportunity to climb or take the helicopter to the top of the falls. Learn about the bombing of a state-ship during WWII, taking a stroll at Tranquil Bay before continuing to the frontier port of Wyndham.

DAY 7: WYNDHAM - DISEMBARKATION A courtesy coach will arrive at around 8.00am for a transfer to Kununurra and the completion of this True North experience.

Includes: All meals and shore excursions as specified, shipshore transfers, light refreshments and snacks.

Not included: Helicopter excursions, bar expenses.

Prices from £7035 per person

118

Australia

Darwin

Bigge Island

Careening Bay

Coral Expeditions Broome to Darwin or v.v.

Lacepede Islands

Vansittart Bay

Mitchell Falls Prince Regent River Raft Point

King George River NORTHERN TERRITORY

Horizontal Falls WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Broome

11 DAY/10 NIGHT CRUISE The Kimberley is a land steeped in ancient culture and legend. Travel ashore to see the world’s oldest known indigenous art form, the mysterious Bradshaw (Gwion Gwion) paintings and soak up the history of early explorers such as Phillip Parker King who first charted this coastline almost 200 years ago. Experience the heartland of Australia’s northernmost unspoilt outback.

Day 1: DEPART BROOME Board the ship at 4.30pm for a 6.00pm departure. Meet with fellow travellers and Coral Expeditions’ crew, enjoy the Captain’s welcome drinks. Take to the sundeck as you cruise north towards Cape Leveque.

Day 2: LACEPEDE ISLANDS Explore Pender Bay and visit the Lacepede Islands, weather and tides permitting, low islands of coarse sand and coral rubble atop a platform reef. An important bird area supporting up to 18,000 breeding pairs of Brown Boobies and Roseate Terns. Board the Zodiacs and explore the island’s lagoon, with marine birdlife including Australian Pelicans, frigate birds, egrets, gulls and terns. The islands are Western Australia’s most significant breeding grounds for the Green Turtle.

Day 3: HORIZONTAL FALLS & BUCCANEER ARCHIPELAGO Travel ashore to Hidden Island for a walk on Silica Beach.

Cruise the Buccaneer Archipelago with over 800 islands. In Talbot Bay visit the unique Horizontal Falls. Board a zodiac to experience the force when the 12 metre tides turn, forcing millions of litres of water through the gaps between the cliffs.

Day 4: RUBY FALLS & RAFT POINT Cruise through Kuri Bay, home of the south sea pearl industry.

Travel ashore to visit a secluded Aboriginal rock art gallery to view Wandjina art and the well-preserved Bradshaw Paintings (Gwion Gwion). Explore Red Cone Creek and enjoy a leisurely swim at Ruby Falls.

Day 5: DOUBTFUL BAY & MONTGOMERY REEF Cruise Doubtful Bay to see Montgomery Reef rise from the ocean as the tide ebbs. Experience the phenomenon up close from a zodiac, witnessing turtles, manta rays and reef sharks.

Day 6: PRINCE REGENT RIVER & KING CASCADES Cruise the Prince Regent River by Xplorer to King Cascades, splashing over terraced rock formations. Enjoy a picnic lunch at Camp Creek, and a cooling dip in the freshwater pools.

Day 7: CAREENING BAY & BIGGE ISLAND Explore Careening Bay. Visit the site of a boab tree bearing the inscription ‘HMC Mermaid – 1820’, clearly visible after almost 200 years. Discover the rock art gallery on Bigge Island with examples of both Wandjina and Bradshaw art.

Learn of the art forms and the myths from the dreamtime that inspired them.

Day 8: HATHAWAY’S HIDEAWAY AND MITCHELL FALLS Anchor in Winyalken Bay. Travel ashore aboard Xplorer to explore the maze of caves known as Hathaway’s Hideaway.

Take an optional scenic heli-flight for close up views of the four-tiered Mitchell Falls (additional expense). Enjoy an evening Aussie Beach barbecue.

Day 9: VANSITTART BAY DC3 AND JAR ISLAND Take a walk across salt flats to see the wreckage of a US Air Force DC3 which crash landed during World War II. Visit Jar Island and view a rock art gallery with examples of the mysterious Bradshaw Paintings (Gwion Gwion), dating back 20,000 years.

Day 10: KING GEORGE RIVER AND FALLS Visit Tranquil Bay for beach walking and exploration followed by the mighty King George River. Board Xplorer and explore scenic gorges and take a zodiac to the base of magnificent King George Falls, towering 80 metres above the river below.

Day 11: DARWIN The journey concludes in Darwin at 8:00am.

Includes: All meals and shore excursions as specified, light refreshments and snacks, post cruise transfers to Darwin.

Prices from £1945 per person

119

New Zealand

A glimpse of New Zealand Comprised of two main islands and several smaller ones, New Zealand is located just over 2,000 kilometres (1,300 miles) to the southeast of Australia on the western edge of the Pacific Ocean. No other country in the world is able to offer such a magnificent range of scenic contrasts within such a compact landmass.

New Zealand stretches 1,600 kilometres from north to south, it’s two main islands both providing an indefinable range of stunning visual experiences.

New Zealand is a small country, with a modest population of just 4.5 million people including over 600,000 Maoris, who originally arrived from the islands of Polynesia thousands of years ago. Originally discovered by the Dutch navigator, Abel Tasman, it was first charted by the English explorer and navigator, Captain James Cook. The country was formally annexed by Great Britain in 1840 with the signing of the Treaty of Waitangi, in the Bay of Islands.

Auckland, affectionately known as the ‘City of Sails’, is the largest city in New Zealand with a population of 1.4 million.

The city straddles a narrow isthmus between the Pacific Ocean and the Tasman Sea. The Pacific waters flow into the Waitemata, one of the most beautiful harbours in the world, and a playground for the many Aucklanders who own boats.

To the north lie the beautiful Bay of Islands. The irregular coastline here extends over 800 kilometres (500 miles), encompassing 150 islands. The main settlements are Paihia, Waitangi and Russell.

To the south lies Rotorua. The region is a centre of extensive thermal activity. The curative properties of the waters led to the development of the area as a resort and health spa. Whakarewarewa is the main thermal attraction in the area, with Geysers playing at regular intervals. Rotorua is a population centre for many of New Zealand’s native Maori people, with a replica pre-European Maori village and the The Maori Arts and Crafts Institute located here.

New Zealand’s Central North Island consists of several distinct areas and regions, including Waitomo, Taupo, the Coromandel and Hawkes Bay, each with its own character and appeal. The region is ideal for the self-drive enthusiast with numerous natural attractions and recreational opportunities available within a relatively compact area.

122

New Zealand

Wellington is New Zealands capital city and seat of Government. It is an attractive city, with many of the old wooden inner city houses and colonial buildings still present amongst the concrete and glass modernity.

The Marlborough Sound provides a maze of waterways amid 42,000 hectares of mainly scenic and recreational reserve. Picton is the gateway to the region and a base for fishing excursions and tramping. Marlborough is known for its wine-production, with some of world’s finest sauvignon blanc originating from here. Nearby Nelson has the most sunshine hours of any district in New Zealand. The area boasts extensive forests along with facilities for fishing, hunting, rafting and hiking in two National Parks.

Christchurch has suffered much of late due to seismic activity, the buildings of the historic city centre having undergone severe structural damage, amongst them the lovely Anglican cathedral which now lies in semi-ruin. The city is in a state of regeneration and much of its charm has been retained, notably along the banks of the Avon River.

Located on the shores of Lake Wakatipu, Queenstown is one of New Zealand’s most popular year-round holiday destinations. Steeped in the history of the gold mining era, its narrow, central streets retain much of their colonial charm and appeal.

New Zealand’s West Coast is a rugged landscape, containing glaciers, ice tipped mountains, dark secluded lakes, the tempestuous Tasman coastline and large areas of virgin forest. Mt Cook, the highest mountain in New Zealand at 3,754 metres (12,316 feet), is located here. It is a major attraction for tourists, mountaineers and skiers.

Located in the extreme southwest, Fiordland is one of the world’s largest National Parks. With 500 kilometres of walkways it is often referred to as the ‘walking capital of the world’. It’s most popular attractions include Milford Sound and Doubtful Sound whilst it’s lakes and rivers offer excellent fishing for brown and rainbow trout, drawing anglers from all over the world.

Te Anau is located on the lake of the same name, the South Island’s largest. The town is the starting point for the famous Milford Track walk. To the south, Dunedin city retains an old world charm. Gold, extracted from rivers in the rugged back country, brought wealth to the city’s Scottish founders, reflected in it’s elegant churches and public buildings.

New Zealand’s climate is oceanic, temperate with no close land mass to modify it. Lying in the westerly wind belt with alternating patterns moving steadily eastwards, New Zealand’s weather follows a steady 6 - 10 day cycle. New Zealand enjoys long sunshine hours, 7-8 hours in summer and 4-5 hours in winter. The climate is warm from October to April and cooler between June and August, more so in the southern part of the South Island. The north tends to be sub-tropical and the south temperate. Temperature ranges are small by continental standards - around 10°C variation between winter and summer, with the exception of Otago in the central South Island, where there are extremes approaching those of a continental climate.

Bay of Islands

Paihia

The Coromandel

AUCKLAND Hamilton

Rotorua

NORTH ISLAND

Gisborne Taupo Mt Tongariro.

Palmerston North Abel Tasman N.P

SOUTH ISLAND

Greymouth

Franz Josef Glacier Fox Glacier

Nelson

NEW

Mt Cook

Queenstown Te Anau Dunedin Invercargill

STEWART ISLAND

ZEALAND

Arthur’s Pass

Milford Sound Doubtful Sound

Wellington Picton

Christchurch Akaroa

Hastings/Napier

Getting Around New Zealand Car, Camper & Ferry CAR HIRE & CAMPERVAN HIRE Due to it’s compact size, New Zealand lends itself ideally to self-drive exploration, whether on a regional scale or on a more nationwide basis.

In fact self-drive is amongst the most popular means of travel and exploration for visitors to New Zealand, whether for the first time or otherwise.

With its small population, its light traffic and wellmaintained and scenic roads and highways, New Zealand is a drivers delight.

Driving in New Zealand will be familiar to most UK and Irish drivers. New Zealanders drive on the left, as do we, and traffic signals and road conditions are much the same as here, but with much lower volumes of traffic. Distances between the main towns and cities can necessitate a slightly longer drive time in some cases. A degree of prior planning is required, with confirmation of any overnight arrangements having been booked and secured well in advance of travel. New Zealand is enjoying something of a tourist boom at present and advance preparation and early booking is essential in order to avoid disappointment. All things considered, car and campervan hire provides a safe, familiar way to experience New Zealand at a leisurely pace.

A selection of suggested self-drive itineraries, with details of routes involved, are offered opposite. For motorhome travellers the vehicle is your home, offering complete flexibility.

For those choosing car-hire, as already stated, advance planning and securement is required. Our team are on hand to assist you in securing the right vehicle to suit your needs and to provide full assistance in itinerary planning and in booking Camperpark facilities and all of your accommodation needs.

AVIS NEW ZEALAND Our preferred car hire partner is AVIS New Zealand, AVIS serve customers at 35 locations throughout the country, including at all airports and metropolitan/local market facilities. We recommend cars within the Intermediate to Full-Size groups (C, D and E). All vehicles in the fleet are smoke-free and customers can choose from a wide range of late-model cars from a variety of manufacturers, including Ford, Holden, Hyundai and Toyota. All come with automatic transmission, air-conditioning, power-steering and central locking, accommodating 4 to 5 passengers. Avis New Zealand also offers global positioning system (GPS) navigation devices, child safety seats and vehicle damage cover options.

We offer fully inclusive rates for vehicle hire. Full details are available on request or at the time of enquiry.

MAUI MOTORHOMES Our preferred Motorhome partner is MAUI New Zealand, one of the most respected rental providers in the country, with a modern fleet of vehicles, all of specialist manufacture, built on a quality European Mercedes or VW chassis and guaranteed less than 2.5 years old. Maui depots are located in Auckland, Chistchurch and Queenstown and are open between 8.00am and 4.30pm, seven days a week. We recommend ‘Ultima Plus’, ‘Beach’ and ‘River’ branded motorhomes, accommodating between 2 and 6 persons respectively.

Vehicles feature automatic transmission, air-conditioning, heating, fridge, gas stove, microwave, toilet, shower and DVD player with flat screen.

We offer Maui inclusive rates. Full details are available on request or at the time of enquiry.

THE INTERISLANDER FERRY This scenic journey across the Cook Straits, between Wellington and Picton and v.v., connects the North and South Islands. The three hour cruise is a scenic delight, particularly the beautiful Marlborough Sounds, with its many bays and coves.

Prices are available on request or at the time of enquiry.

124

New Zealand

Getting Around New Zealand Self-Drive and Rail SUGGESTED SELF-DRIVE ROUTINGS Almost all of the itinerary routings taken by the major coach tour operators can be followed on a self-drive itinerary with the added benefit of having more time to spend at the destinations of your choice. Several regional routes stand out and these can be enjoyed independently of one another or combined, along with other services, to form a larger, more comprehensive jouney. The suggested routings are indicated and cross-referenced on the map below.

1) NORTH ISLAND HIGHLIGHTS - 12 to 14 Days:Auckland - Coromandel - Rotorua - Lake Taupo - Tongariro National Park - Napier/Hawkes Bay - Martinborough Wellington.

2) COROMANDEL & THE NORTHERN LAKES - 7 to 9 Days:Auckland - Coromandel - Rotorua - Lake Taupo - Tongariro National Park - Waitomo - Auckland.

3) BAY OF ISLANDS - 5 to 7 days:Auckland - Omapere - Karikari Peninsula - Paihia/Waitomo/ Russell - Auckland 4) SOUTH ISLAND HIGHLIGHTS - 12 to 14 days:Picton/Blenheim - Kaikoura - Hanmer Springs - Christchurch/ Akaroa - Fox Glacier - Queenstown - Te Anau - Dunedin Lake Tekapo - Christchurch.

5) CENTRAL SOUTH ISLAND - 12 to 14 days:Christchurch - Mount Cook - Wanaka - Queenstown - Lake Tekapo - Christchurch.

Karikari Omapere

3

Paihia

3

Coromandel

AUCKLAND Auckland

2

1 2

Waitomo

Rotorua Taupo

2

Tongariro 1 Wellington

Napier/ Hawkes Bay

1

Martinborough Picton Hanmer 4 Springs Kaikoura Mount Cook

4

Fox Glacier

4 4

Queenstown

5

4

4

Christchurch/ Akaroa

Lake Tekapo

Wanaka

4

Te Anau

4 5

5

Dunedin

KIWI RAIL The rail network in New Zealand is relatively small but three scenic railway jouneys exist, passing through some of the country’s most spectacular scenery. They are all easily combinable with other modes of transport - self-drive, air and coach.

The service and journey details are as follows:TRANZALPINE This service travels between Christchurch and Greymouth, traversing the Southern Alps. The train makes its way through the spectacular Canterbury Plains, via the deep gorges and valleys of the Waimakariri river, up to Arthur’s Pass before its descent into Greymouth on the Tasman Sea coast. All carriages feature panoramic windows, on board licensed cafés, audio commentary and open-air viewing.

COASTAL PACIFIC This train journey covers the dramatic coastline between Christchurch and Picton, with the Kaikoura ranges to one side and the Pacific Ocean to the other. The train travels through wine growing regions, crossing the broad rivers and rich Canterbury farmland. The service operates throughout the summer, from April to October, connecting with the InterIslander ferry service to and from Wellington and Picton and with regional scenic flight services.

NORTHERN EXPLORER A scenic journey through the heart of the North Island, the Northern Explorer travels through farmland and bush, past country towns and via rocky coastlines, and through the Tongariro National Park with its three volcanic peaks. The service departs Auckland and Wellington on alternate days and features panoramic windows, an on board café, openair viewing and at-seat commentary.

Prices and full details for all services are available on request or at the time of enquiry.

125

Bay of Islands Paihia

The Coramandel

AUCKLAND

Rotorua Taupo

Touring with AAT Kings The Long White Cloud 22 day, 21 night tour

Tongariro N.P.

Picton

Arthur’s Kaikoura Pass Franz Josef Glacier Mt Cook

This self-contained, intimate, small group tour covers all of New Zealand’s most popular visitor attractions, staying in luxurious boutique retreats, lodges and resorts, with great cuisine to match.

Milford Sound

Christchurch

Queenstown Te Anau

Stewart Island

Day 1: CHRISTCHURCH

Day 12: CHRISTCHURCH - WELLINGTON

Arrive in Christchurch. Transfer to the hotel. Relax or explore before an evening dinner and drink with the Travel Director.

Overnight at The George Hotel. (D)

Visit Kaikoura with an optional whale-watching flight. See fur seals at Ohau Point enroute to Picton. Cruise Queen Charlotte Sound crossing the Cook Strait to Wellington with a sightseeing tour. Overnight at the Museum Hotel. (BD)

Day 2: CHRISTCHURCH - PUNAKAIKI Take the TranzAlpine train across the Canterbury Plains, re-join the coach at Arthur’s Pass and travel to Punakaiki. Dinner at the hotel. Overnight Punakaiki Resort. (BD).

Day 3: PUNAKAIKI - FRANZ JOSEF Visit Hokitika to see greenstone (jade) jewellery. Visit the rainforest Treetop Walkway. Guided tour to Glacier lookout.

Dinner at the hotel. Overnight Te Waonui Forest Retreat. (BD) Day 4: FRANZ JOSEF - QUEENSTOWN Optional scenic flight here. Travel over Haast Pass via Lakes Wanaka and Hawea to Makarora for lunch. Visit Arrowtown and tour Queenstown. Overnight Millbrook Resort. (BD) Day 5 & 6: QUEENSTOWN Free time to explore Queenstown and surroundings. Overnight Millbrook Resort (BD) Day 7: QUEENSTOWN - MILFORD SOUND Travel to Te Anau, Fiordland National Park and Mirror Lake.

Kayak in the fiord on the way to Milford Sound. Cruise and dinner on Milford Sound. Overnight on Milford Mariner. (BD) Day 8: MILFORD SOUND - STEWART ISLAND On-board activities before travel to Invercargill. Cruise to Stewart Island from Bluff. Overnight at Bay Motel. (B) Day 9: STEWART ISLAND

Day 13: WELLINGTON Free time to explore Wellington and surroundings. Overnight at the Museum Art Hotel. (B) Day 14: WELLINGTON - TAUPO Travel to Tongariro National Park/Mt. Ruapehu. Visit Taupo and the lake shore. View Huka Falls passing Wairakei Geothermal Power Station. Overnight at Hilton Lake Taupo. (BD) Day 15: TAUPO - ROTORUA Explore Taupo township then on to Rotorua for a Maori show and Hangi dinner. Overnight at Regent of Rotorua. (BD) Day 16: ROTORUA Visit the Agrodome, Rainbow Springs and Whakarewarewa Maori Village. Overnight at Regent of Rotorua. (B) Day 17: ROTORUA - COROMANDEL Visit the Waitomo Caves Eco Glow Worm experience followed by lunch then on to the Coromandel. Overnight at Grand Mercure Puka Park Resort. (BLD) Day 18: COROMANDEL AUCKLAND Travel to Auckland for a city tour. Rest of the day at leisure.

Overnight at Sofitel Auckland Viaduct. (B) Day 19: AUCKLAND - BAY OF ISLANDS Travel to Waipoua to see the 2,000 year old Kauri tree with a local tour. Overnight at Copthorne Resort, Bay of Islands. (BD)

Village and Bays tour and lunch cruise on Paterson Inlet. Stop at Ulva Island wildlife sanctuary. Overnight at Bay Motel on Stewart Island. (BL)

Day 20: BAY OF ISLANDS

Day 10: STEWART ISLAND - MOUNT COOK

Day 21: BAY OF ISLANDS - AUCKLAND

Ferry to mainland and travel via Lindis Pass into MacKenzie high country, via Lake Pukaki to Mt. Cook. Enjoy dinner with mountain view. Overnight at The Hermitage Hotel. (BD)

See the ‘Hole in the Rock’, Cape Brett and Paihia. Dinner in Auckland. Overnight at Sofitel Auckland Viaduct. (BD)

Day 11: MOUNT COOK - CHRISTCHURCH Visit Lake Tekapo with a stop at the Church of the Good Shepherd. Enjoy barbecue lunch before heading to Christchurch. Overnight at the The George. (BL)

126

Wellington

Punakaiki

New Zealand

Ferry to Russell for a guided tour. The rest of the day is at leisure. Overnight at Copthorne Resort, Bay of Islands. (B)

Day 22: AUCKLAND - END OF TOUR Transfer to Auckland airport for your onward flight. (B) Includes: Tour guide, accommodation, transport, airport transfers, meals and excursions as specified.

Prices from £5595 per person based on twin share.

Hotel DeBrett High Street, Auckland Nestled in downtown Auckland, the De Brett’s landmark building has been re-imagined as a 25 room boutique hotel. Each room and suite is individually designed with eclectic furniture and New Zealand art and photography offering a chic modern style with some Art Deco influence. The hotel benefits from 2 bars; enjoy a cocktail at the Art Deco Housebar, or enjoy al fresco refreshment at the Cornerbar.

The menu of the signature kitchen restaurant follows the seasons, sourcing ingredients from local farms.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £125 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Sofitel Auckland Viaduct Viaduct Harbour Avenue, Auckland At the Sofitel you will be surrounded by restaurants, bars and cafes in the newly established Viaduct Basin Entertainment area.

There are two on site eateries, one restaurant and one café which can adequately provide for your culinary needsand these are complemented by the house bar. All of the lavish rooms feature floor to ceiling windows and Juliet Balconies, offering a variety of different views. A spa is on hand for pampering as well as the 20 metre pool along with sauna, steam room and gym.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Sky City Grand Skycity, Auckland Sky City offers 312 contemporary rooms and suites, with views across the city or harbour awaiting you in this centrally located hotel after a long day exploring the city. Eat at one of the 3 in house restaurants or saunter across to the Skycity entertainment complex, literally on your doorstep with dozens of alternatives. Relax in the spa or heated lap pool. Work out in the fitness centre. Or just watch the world go past from this modern hotel.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £79 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

128

New Zealand

Rydges Kingston & Federal Streets, Auckland A convenient and comfortable base from which to explore the city, Rydges offers 267 rooms and suites, just a stone’s throw away from the action. The hotel describes itself as a blend of London sophistication, Sydney cool & New York style, topped with warm Kiwi hospitality. The modern rooms are simply furnished, upgrade options afford city or harbour views. The restaurant offers breakfast and lunch as well as speciality steaks for dinner, alongside its lounge bar.

Alternatively grab a coffee and croissant to take away at Barista’s on the corner.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Crowne Plaza Albert Street, Auckland All the amenities you would expect from this renowned international chain are available at the Auckland Crowne Plaza. The property offers well-appointed modern rooms, with an Executive Club option providing access to the Club Lounge, which serves continental breakfast, evening drinks and canapes. Deluxe rooms are on higher floors with great city views. There is a fully equipped gym which is open 24 hours. The onsite restaurant and bar is open for breakfast, lunch and dinner. The hotel is just a short walk from the shopping thoroughfare of Queens Street making this hotel a perfect city base.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £55 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Pullman Auckland Waterloo Quadrant, Auckland The Pullman offers stylish modern accommodation, its rooms feature views to the harbour, city and surrounding parks. You will be centrally located, just a 5 minute walk to Queen Street and only 15 minutes to the harbour. Guests can enjoy the hotel’s 25 metre heated pool whilst a day spa and fitness centre are also available for pampering or a workout. Larger groups or families can be comfortably accommodated in the hotel’s spacious two or three bedroom apartments, offering flexible space and bedding configurations. The hotel also benefits from an onsite restaurant and bar.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

129

Auckland Hauraki Gulf Day Tours WAIHEKE ISLAND Just a 40 minute ferry ride from downtown Auckland you can find yourself a lifetime away from the city. Waiheke Island is home to a dazzling mix of beautiful beaches, bohemian artists, award winning vineyards, olive groves and restaurants. A variety of tours are available on this charming island, many of them showcasing the fine wining and dining options on hand.

Prices from £89 per person including tour.

TIRITIRI MATANGI This wildlife sanctuary and bird lover’s paradise is located just 75 minutes (via Gulf Harbour) from Auckland. The island is a protected haven for native and endangered species alike. From arrival to departure you will find yourself serenaded by birdsong. The guided walks are a must for most visitors, however you can always discover the 150 year old lighthouse and beaches at your leisure.

Prices from £45 per person

DEVONPORT Discover one of Auckland’s oldest suburbs, just across Auckland’s harbour. Enjoy the picturesque Victorian villas, pretty beaches and stylish boutiques and shops. You can climb to the top of a volcanic cone at Mount Victoria for a splendid view across the city and bay. Spend the day discovering Devonport’s splendid cafés and art galleries, many of which are located along Victoria Street.

Prices from £9 per person (ferry only)

RANGITOTO Explore this wonderful volcanic experience, a mere 25 minutes from Auckland Harbour. This 600 year old volcano offers a unique landscape of rugged lava crops, lush native bush and sandy coves. Strolling to the summit takes about an hour at easy pace, whilst lookouts en route provide stunning views. There are also options for signposted diversions to lava caves throughout the walk.

Prices from £45 per person

130

New Zealand

Auckland Day Tours & Excursions AUCKLAND CITY HIGHLIGHTS Take in the highlights of this vibrant city of sails on this half day tour. Travel through the city centre and across the Harbour Bridge and enjoy the views of the Hauraki Gulf and city skyline. Visit the Viaduct Harbour and the shopper’s paradise of Queen Street before continuing to the Domain.

Next up is Parnell Village for a tea stop and before the tour concludes in the city centre with a scenic drive along the waterfront above Mission Bay. Prices from £39 per person

AUCKLAND SEA PLANES Auckland Sea Planes are your bird’s eye ticket to the Hauraki Gulf, Pacific Ocean and Tasman Sea, all from the convenient hub of Wynyard Wharf Auckland Harbour.

Choose from a variety of tours, durations and budgets to find your perfect sea plane experience. Soar just 200 metres above Rangitoto’s volcanic crater or venture further afield to the black sand of Piha on the Tasman Sea - the choice of unforgettable experience is all yours.

Prices from £119 per person

HOBBITON TOUR Travel south through the rich ‘Shire’ farmland of the Waikato region. On arrival in Hobbiton you will see 44 hobbit holes, the Mill and double arch bridge and the party tree. Take a photo at the gate to Bilbo’s house, ‘Bag End’, looking out over the whole set to the hills in the distance. The tour concludes with a visit to the Green Dragon Inn where you will enjoy a refreshment. After the tour a delicious lunch fit for a Hobbit is included before heading back to Auckland.

Prices from £45 per person

WAITOMO CAVES Hidden beneath Waikato’s undulating pastures lie the awe-inspiring Waitomo Cave systems. Explore the stunning subterranean scenery, including majestic caverns, limestone shafts, stalactites and stalagmites. Then gaze at the myriad of glow-worms in the cave grotto, glide beneath in a boat, to experience an underground galaxy of tiny living lights.

Prices from £195 per person

131

The Sanctuary Opua Opua, Bay of Islands This intimate 4 bedroom lodge is perched upon Opua Hill in the Bay Of Islands. Guest rooms feature king size beds, flat screen TV and private balconies with extensive views. Meals are served at the Lodge’s restaurant, or choose to sip a glass of wine by the infinity pool.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £135 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Eagles Nest Russell, Bay of Islands Here 5 stunningly crafted villas, ranging from one to four bedrooms, offer the utmost in luxury accommodation, set within a 75 acre estate.

Allow one of the resident chefs to design a menu of your choice and prepare it in your villa, whilst you take in the magnificent costal views.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £369 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Scenic Hotel Bay of Islands Paihia, Bay of Islands A short walk from the centre of Paihia, the Scenic hotel features a variety of well-appointed rooms. The hotel benefits from an outdoor pool and communal terrace. The restaurant and bar is on hand for breakfast and dinner.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £45 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Copthorne Waitangi Waitangi, Bay of Islands This 180 room upscale resort, featuring 60 acres of gardens, is set within the Waitangi National Trust Reserve. A lagoon style pool, restaurant, bar and tennis courts are available on site. You can cycle into town or hop on the hotel’s shuttle.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £39 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

132

New Zealand

Flagstaff Lodge Russell, Bay of Islands Located in Russell, just a 5 minute ferry from Paihia, this wonderful boutique lodge offers 4 individually crafted guestrooms. They feature king or twin beds, luxury bathrooms and your very own veranda - the beautiful views of the bay are complimentary. Free wi-fi, flat screen TV, DVD, mini bar and iPod dock all come as standard.

The Pohutukawa room celebrates romance and uses touches of colour from the red Pohutukawa flower. The Strand room recognises the arrival of the British. The Pacific room tips its hat to Polynesian heritage whilst The Sunset room glories in the rich colours of the Russell twilight. Breakfast is served in the Lodge and you can enjoy pre-dinner drinks with your hosts before venturing onto a variety of local restaurants which are available within a pleasant 5 minute waterfront walk. The Lodge benefits from a day spa offering a wide variety of pampering packages to rejuvenate body and soul alike.

Guests have access to a relaxing courtyard area, leading to a pair of private outdoor baths, perfect for star-gazing and drinking bubbles!

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £125 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Kauri Cliffs Lodge Matauri Bay, Bay of Islands Located within 6,000 acres near Matauri Bay, The Lodge at Kauri Cliffs affords spectacular 180 degree views of the Pacific Ocean.

Enjoy exquisite Pacific Rim cuisine prepared by talented chefs whilst taking in stunning panoramic views of Cape Brett and the offshore Cavalli Islands from the verandas, lounge, card and dining rooms.

Offering 22 guest suites and a two bedroom Owner’s Cottage, every suite features its own private porch, bedroom with sitting area and open fireplace, walk-in-wardrobe and ensuite. The cottages are nestled in a native forest overlooking the golf course and the Pacific Ocean. You can go fishing from the shore or play a round on the world-class golf course. You may choose to indulge in a therapeutic treatment at the full service luxury spa featuring floor to ceiling views as well as an outside treatment area. Alternatively you can just laze in the hot tub, pool or sauna. Kauri Cliffs is under 4 hours drive from Auckland or just a few minutes from Keri Keri airport (45 minute flight from Auckland). For that extra touch of luxury you can take a scenic costal helicopter, touching down on the hotel’s very own helipad.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £539 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

133

Bay of Islands Day Tours & Excursions DISCOVER CAPE REINGA Travel to the North of New Zealand, where the Pacific and Tasman seas collide, on this full day tour from Paihia. Visit Cape Reinga and take a photo opportunity at the iconic lighthouse, drive along the sand of Ninety Mile Beach and try your hand at sand-boarding on the nearby dunes.

Alternatively just relax and enjoy the stunning costal views.

Prices from £89 per person.

HOLE IN THE ROCK CRUISE Board the Dolphin Seeker catamaran in Paihia and sail out into the ocean. The large outdoor viewing deck is perfect for spotting bottlenose dolphins and whales as you glide past the islands in the Bay. Cruise past Cape Brett Lighthouse en route to the Hole in the Rock and marvel at the sheer towering walls rising above you.

Prices from £59 per person

RUSSELL PASSENGER FERRY COMBO Experience the full Bay of Islands experience with this combo. Take a cruise from Paihia into New Zealand’s warmest waters and go swimming with dolphins in their natural environment. Then take a trip into New Zealand’s Far North and visit Cape Reinga, the northernmost point in the country. In Maori legend, this is the place where spirits depart for the underworld. Along the way, drive along the sands of Ninety Mile Beach, see ancient kauri trees and surf down giant sand dunes on a boogie board. Your combo also includes a ferry ride between Paihia and Russell allowing you to also explore this historic township.

Prices from £79 per person

CAPE REINGA FLY & DRIVE Enjoy views of Cape Reinga from both the sky and the ground on this best of both worlds tour. After a 45 minute scenic flight from Paihia past Ninety Mile Beach, touch down and board an air-conditioned mini-bus for a land tour including the Cape Reinga Lighthouse and the giant dunes of Te Paki. Your homeward flight to the Bay of Islands lasts an hour flying over Great Exhibition Bay and Parengarenga Harbour.

Prices from £259 per person

HOLE IN THE ROCK BY HELICOPTER Experience the Hole in the Rock up close and on foot. Your helicopter flight from Paihia will land on a specially built platform on the top of the island. Here you can choose from a short photo opportunity or to be hosted by a local Maori guide on an extended trip. He will share the island’s unique history and cultural significance with you before your return to the mainland.

Prices from £245 per person

134

New Zealand

The Coromandel Day Tours & Excursions FULLERS COROMANDEL After a 2 hour cruise from downtown Auckland you will find yourself a world away in the Coromandel Peninsula.

Coromandel’s unique character and laid back lifestyle offers something for everyone, whether you’re on a day trip or visiting longer. There is always plenty to do, you can check out the stunning beaches perfectly suited for swimming and picnics, or cycle through the beautiful landscape and walking trails which also abound. However long you stay, you are sure to enjoy the relaxed ambience in this less travelled corner of New Zealand.

Prices from £65 per person including excursions

HAHEI CATHEDRAL BOAT TOUR The Hahei Explorer is an hour long tour taking you into the coastal islands of the Coromandel marine reserve, reefs, massive sea caves and bays, including the world famous Cathedral Cove. The magnificence of this natural volcanic scenery is legendary and the approach by sea, combined with an insightful yet relaxed commentary, further enhances the experience. You will also have ample opportunity to spot a variety of sea life, with regular sightings of dolphins, seals and blue penguins. Seating only ten passengers, this personalised tour caters for all age groups.

Prices from £55 per person

KIWI DUNDEE’S COROMANDEL IN 5 DAYS An opportunity to take an extended tour to appreciate the best that the Coromandel has to offer.

Day 1: Tour picturesque farmland, travel the seabird coast.

Visit the old gold mine town of Thames, dating from the 1800’s. Walk through a stand of giant kauri trees. Continue north, turning inland. Arrive at Coromandel township, with many old buildings. Gold was discovered by here in 1852.

Overnight in Coromandel for two nights.

Day 2: Take a ride on Driving Creek Railway to a view point of Coromandel town and beyond. Enjoy lunch in town.

Explore the area and take a drive up to Colville.

Day 3: Travel to the east coast through rainforest and dairy land. Follow the coastline to Hot Water Beach and Cathedral Cove for gentle walks. Overnight locally for two nights.

Day 4: Visit Kiwi Dundee’s conservation estate, with native trees and plants to help bring back the native birds. Enjoy a walk up the Puketui Valley learning of the flora, fauna, history and culture of the valley. See glowworms in an old gold cave. Visit a bird sanctuary on an east coast beach.

Day 5: Tour south visiting the old gold town of Waihi. Enjoy a walk in the spectacular gorge with interesting history, old swing bridges and trails. After a delightful lunch the tour comes to an end.

Prices from £2479 per person

135

Solitaire Lodge Ronald Road, Rotorua Ten suites of discreet luxury feature panoramic views of the lake, lagoon or volcano through grand picture windows, vistas which are certain to captivate. The subtle designs bring the outside in, allowing you to relax and unwind in this unspoilt, tranquil setting.

Renowned for its fine dining, the Lodge provides contemporary New Zealand cuisine, with many of the ingredients coming from its own kitchen garden. Choose to utilise the dining room or opt for the more intimate experience of an in-suite dinner. On site facilities include motorised dinghies, kayaking and lake swimming from the lodge jetty and lakeshore, or why not take the 15 minute private launch excursion across the lake to the Thermal Springs?

Great cycling and walking trails are also on hand, keen anglers can indulge their passion for trout fishing on the lake and world ranked championship golf courses are also situated nearby. Alternatively you may opt for an in-room spa treatment. Located just 30 minutes from the thriving centre of Rotorua, allow yourself to be seduced by serenity in this stunning lodge.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £415 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

Koura Lodge Kawaha Point, Rotorua This boutique property resides on the shores of Lake Rotorua, 5 minutes from the town centre and 20 minutes from the airport. The lodge forms a perfect base from which to explore the sights and sounds of this wonderful area.

Accommodation consists of 10 rooms and suites. All feature hardwood verandas providing 180 degree lake views. Rooms are tastefully decorated, with locally made bathroom amenities. All feature TVs, DVDs and complimentary wi-fi, 100% cotton bed linen and pure New Zealand wool duvets. Next to your room you will find a shared kitchenette, with a microwave, small fridge and tea and coffee making facilities. After breakfast on your veranda or the lake edge dining room, take advantage of the open air spa and sauna.

The outside high pressure hot shower has established itself as a firm guest favourite. Go canoeing or fishing on the lake and for the more energetic, tennis courts are available. Scenic flights can also be arranged from the lodge jetty, after a short walk from your room you could find yourself flying over the craters of a dormant volcano.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £149 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

136

New Zealand

Black Swan Lakeside Boutique Hotel & Spa Kawaha Point, Rotorua Located directly on the lakeside in Rotorua, the fully refurbished Black Swan offers sophisticated and contemporary accommodation with an emphasis on personalised, lodge style service. The property is set in one acre of grounds, with rose gardens, sweeping lawns, a secret grotto, heli-pad and a private beach.

The Black Swan’s 8 luxurious rooms are all beautifully appointed, with views out over the lake and gardens. The property’s modern, signature styling echoes the look and feel of an English manor house. All rooms come with king or twin beds, with two rooms able to sleep up to three or four guests. The hotel’s lovely, upstairs dining room serves breakfast and dinner, with seating overlooking the lake or set within the main dining area. The emphasis is on contemporary Pacific fusion cuisine. Guest facilities include an outdoor solar heated swimming pool, sauna, onsite day spa, croquet and petanque.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £219 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Regent of Rotorua Pukaki Street, Rotorua Located in the heart of town, within walking distance of the wide variety of local bars, shops and cafés on ‘Eat Street’, the Regent is one of Rotorua’s newest design hotels. This bohemian property is sure to satisfy the design conscious traveller looking for an extra touch of glamour.

You may choose from an array of rooms and suites, with two bedroom options available for families. Style is key in all of the rooms - chic furniture, iPod docks, flat screen TVs and monsoon rain showers adorn all of them, with the added luxury of soaker baths in the majority of the suites. The Regent features its own restaurant and wine bar, serving contemporary Pacific fusion food, as well as sharing platters and tapas. Classic French sofas and trendy cocktail seating add to the cool of the bar area, where exotic cocktails are waiting to be sipped. A thermal heated mineral pool can help to ease away any aches and pains, whilst outside there is a heated pool with a selection of sun loungers. A mini gym is also available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

137

White Island Day Tours & Excursions Brooding just 49 kilometres from the shore of North Island you will find yourself at one of the planets most accessible live volcanoes. The majority of the crater sits well below sea level affording easy access by foot, so no climbing or mountaineering is required here.

White Island is home to some of New Zealand’s most impressive geothermal activity. Visitors can get up close to roaring steam vents, bubbling pits of mud, hot volcanic streams and a lake of steaming acid. The volcanic tints of yellow and orange from the abundant sulphur make it a photographer’s paradise. We are pleased to be able to offer two different style tours to this fascinating destination.

FRONTIER HELICOPTERS TOUR Prepare to have one of the most amazing experiences of your life. Enjoy a 20 minute scenic flight to and from the island, circle the volcano for a majestic panorama, then touchdown for an hours guided tour in and around the crater itself, where you can stand on the very edge and peer into its hazy depths. Also included is a visit to the abandoned sulphur factory, once a hive of mining activity on the Island.

Prices from £395 per person

PEEJAY WHITE ISLAND TOUR Hop aboard the Luxury ‘Peejay’ cruiser for this 5-6 hour aquatic volcanic adventure. Enjoy a leisurely cruise as White Island looms ever closer on the horizon. On arrival take a 1.5 hour guided tour of the volcano. Explore the inner crater and listen to a fascinating talk on the geology of the island, as well as the now abandoned attempts to mine sulphur.

Once back on board, there may be time for a quick swim, followed by a picnic lunch whist viewing the outer walls of the island, home to rich red Pohutukawa Forests and a local gannet colony. The homeward journey offers an opportunity to view dolphins, whales and other marine life, subject to season.

Prices from £119 per person

138

New Zealand

Rotorua Day Tours & Excursions TE PUIA Te Puia is New Zealand’s living Maori cultural centre, located just 5 minutes from downtown Rotorua. Situated in the Whakarewarewa Geothermal Valley, Te Puia’s 60 hectare site is home to the New Zealand Maori Arts and Crafts Institute, a live kiwi enclosure, the world-famous Pohutu Geyser and more than 500 natural geothermal wonders. Choose from a number of great experiences during your visit including: • The Geothermal Valley where you may marvel at mud pools, hot pools and geysers. The Pohutu Geyser is one of the most reliable on earth, erupting up to 20 times a day, to heights of thirty metres. Try your hand at cooking like a local, volcanic style, discover the ancient Maori cooking pool and see how food is steamed or boiled in special flax baskets.

• Visit the kiwi bird enclosure and conservation project, where you can view these normally shy nocturnal creatures.

Nature enthusiasts can also take a nature walk to view local flora and fauna, or visit the Puarenga Stream to see Sulphur patterned water flow past trout and wildfowl.

• Learn about the Te Arawa Maori tribe, famous for their great voyaging canoes used in the migrations that first settled in Aotearoa. Visit a traditional Marae, which is traditionally a sacred or communal place, in this case it’s a meeting house, decorated with wood carving. There is also an opportunity to view a model pre-European Maori village recreation.

• Become versed in Maori arts and crafts and visit the onsite schools, covering weaving, wood, bone and stone carving. The Maori had no written language until the 19th Century and they used carvings to record and preserve their history, ornate carvings were seen as a sign of prestige.

Flax weaving has a long standing heritage, producing prized cloaks and functional items such as baskets and floor mats. See jewellery and decorative items created from pounamu, a local New Zealand greenstone.

Prices from £25 per person

139

Rotorua Day Tours & Excursions MOUNT TARAWERA SCENIC FLIGHT Departing from a Rotorua lakefront pier, experience the thrill of a floatplane take off before climbing above Mokoia Island, a hidden lake district and the Volcanic Peaks of Mount Tarawera. Above Tarawera, views of cavernous craters reveal the power of what was the largest eruption in New Zealand’s living memory. The 1886 eruption devastated the local area including the famous Pink and White Terraces once claimed as the eighth wonder of the world. Included in the flight are stunning Lake District and aerial views of the Waimangu thermal valley, its vibrant Inferno Crater and Frying Pan Lake. Returning to Rotorua your descent takes you past the Whakarewarewa thermal reserve and over the city before landing on Lake Rotorua.

Prices from £129 per person.

MULTI-DAY ADVENTURES Multi-Day Adventures provide a unique blend of nature, Maori culture and true outdoor adventure with local travel and personlised itineraries suited to individual needs. Select from one of their pre-designed quality itineraries (details available on request), or quite simply tell them what you want to do on your holiday through ‘The Land of the Long White Cloud’ and they will fully tailor-make and design your ideal guided trip choosing activities that would be best suited to your travel needs. Sample highlights include white water rafting, mountain biking, kayaking, hiking and rock climbing. Individual day or multi-day packages can be accommodated.

Prices from £255 per person

RAINBOW SPRINGS Rainbow Springs is a one stop shop for the best of New Zealand’s wildlife, set amongst the native trees and forests of Rotorua, offering a fun and educational experience.

A number of close encounters are available, including a chance to meet a water dragon or a blue-tongue lizard, alternatively a number of exotic bird introductions may be more to your liking. The daily bird shows are very popular, with colourful and sometimes noisy parrots strutting their stuff and generally showing off. Conservation is also a key factor for the park with over 1500 kiwi birds having been hatched since their kiwi project began back in 1995.

Prices from £25 per person

140

New Zealand

Huka Lodge Huka Falls Road, Taupo The impressive guest list tells you a lot about this hotel, a brief survey of the establishment will quickly show why the likes of Bill Gates, Sir Edmund Hillary and Diana Ross have chosen to visit this stunning lodge. Sophisticated and stylish, every detail is checked and double checked to ensure that your stay on the bank of the Waikato River is second to none. Exquisite suites open onto the river, whilst two self-contained cottages are able to cater for larger groups or families. Country breakfasts and delicious 5 course dinners are served in the main lodge building.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £975 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

Acacia Cliffs Acacia Bay, Auckland Perched upon a cliffside, this 4 suite boutique hotel offers tremendous vistas across Lake Taupo. The 3 lake view suites sport a private deck with breath-taking views, whilst the garden suite has a private courtyard, perfect for soaking up the afternoon sun. Set in two hectares of landscaped grounds, you can relax and hear the call of the local Tui birds. For those wishing to venture further afield, the hotel provides complimentary use of mountain bikes.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £199 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Tongariro Lodge Grace Road, Turangi, Lake Taupo Set within 22 acres of grounds, the Tongariro Lodge is much more than just a fisherman’s retreat. From its stylish one-bedroom chalets, all with terrace, right up to the five-bedroom villas, all guests are made to feel immediately at home, with a luxurious yet cosy atmosphere. The lodge features a restaurant specialising in traditional New Zealand fare and delightful game. The rustic lounges with their inviting sofas and open fires are a perfect place in which to relax and swop tales of the ‘one that got away’.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £305 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

141

Hilton Lake Taupo Napier Road, Taupo This modern resort-styled Hilton offers a flexible range of accommodation from standard rooms to 3 bedroom suites, all backed by the Hilton brand and standards.

The lead in king rooms all offer the modern facilities that you would expect, with valley views, whilst upgrade options are available for lake views or to the 125 year old Heritage Wing where larger suites offer generous living space. Meals are served in the hotel’s elegant restaurant, with an emphasis on quality ingredients. Welcoming open fires and fine leather furnishings greet you in the winter months, whilst al fresco dining on sweeping balconies are a popular summertime choice. There is a fitness room with sauna and steam rooms, floodlit tennis courts, outdoor heated pool and thermally heated spa pool. Mountain bike hire can also be arranged for those wishing to explore further afield. Of course you can just relax and soak up the spectacular views across Lake Taupo and on to Tongariro National Park. The hotel offers secured self-parking and is just a few minutes from the town centre.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Millennium Hotel & Resort Lake Terrace, Waipahihi, Taupo Located directly on the shores of New Zealand’s largest lake, the Millennium offers uninterrupted views of the lake and the surrounding mountains. Lake View rooms are recommended or for extra indulgence the Junior Suites provide fabulous views of the lake, mountain and the town, as well as offering their own separate living area.

A heated pool, private grotto plunge pool, sauna, tennis court and gym are all available onsite. The restaurant, right at the water’s edge, provides a casual experience which leans heavily towards New Zealand’s local produce. In the summertime you can take advantage of outside seating options. The town centre is just a short drive away with a variety of bars and restaurants on show, however life in Taupo really does revolve around the lake. The shorefront location is ideal for enjoying all that the area has to offer, including the nearby Tongariro crossing and Mount Ruapehu.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

142

New Zealand

Lake Taupo Day Tours & Excursions CHRIS JOLLY OUTDOORS Chis Jolly is one of Lake Taupo’s premier outdoor operators. This family owned and run company has helped to promote the outdoor beauty of the Lake Taupo region for over 35 years. Choose from a variety of experiences including biking and hiking. There are also a number of popular fly fishing and private fishing charter options available. For a more relaxing alternative you can always sit back and relax on one of the Chris Jolly scenic cruises that ply the waters of the beautiful Lake Taupo.

Prices from £29 per person

NZ RIVER JET NZ River Jet offer a wide and exciting range of experiences on New Zealand’s longest river, the Waikato. Jet boats skim across the surface of the water and are far more agile than their propeller driven counterparts - enjoy adrenaline inducing 360 degree spins as you dart across the Waikato.

Tours are available in a variety of shapes and sizes, from a 35 minute ‘scenic blast’ to a 5 hour geothermal trip, offering a guaranteed eruption at the Lady Knox Geyser, an hour of high octane boating and a visit to the Orakei Korako Thermal Reserve.

Prices from £55 per person

THE TONGARIRO CROSSING With unrivalled experience in the region, Adrift Outdoor Guided Adventures are your passport to this volcanic wilderness. The Tongariro National Park has World Heritage status and is dominated by three active volcanoes, Mt Tongariro, Mt Ruapehu and Mt Ngauruhoe. The Tongariro Alpine crossing is a classic full day walk and at just over 19 kilometres it takes around 7-8 hours to complete. A basic level of fitness is required, however there is no need for any special training. The 4 hour tour is also an excellent option for those short of time or for those put off by the more comprehensive full day trek. This can be taken as either a morning or afternoon excursion throughout the summer.

Prices from £145 per person

143

The Crown Waghorne Street, Ahuriri, Napier Overlooking the waterfront, in the Ahuriri suburb of Napier, this elegant hotel offers a charming combination of classic opulence and modern design. The refurbished 1932 Art Deco building now sports 42 guestrooms and suites. Split across the original building and the newer adjacent contemporary wing, accommodation ranges from studios to two- and three-bedroom apartments. A gym, restaurant and bar are all onsite, whilst many other dining options are available just a short stroll along the pretty waterfront.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Mangapapa Napier Road, Havelock North Surrounded by landscaped gardens and orchards, Mangapapa boasts 12 magnificent secluded rooms and suites, just 10 minute’s drive from Hastings. The Homestead was built in 1885 and has been lovingly converted to a colonial boutique hotel. Features include a seasonal outdoor pool and tennis court, gym and spa with sauna. Foodies will love the restaurant with its ‘paddock to plate’ philosophy, where creative dishes are created from locally sourced ingredients. Mangapapa is one of the finest hidden gems in the Hawkes Bay area.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

The Manse State Highway, Maraekakaho The Manse is an enticing 2 bedroom luxury lodge in Hawkes Bay, which, in spite of its size, still manages to offer a pool, gym, library and communal sitting room. Built in 1910 for the local vicar, it has been fully modernised to allow you as much or little activity as you wish. This charming exclusive country retreat affords dramatic views across the Heretaunga Plains. The owners will be on hand to assist guests in tailor-making activities, experiences and menus to suit each individual’s requirements.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £155 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

144

New Zealand

The Farm at Cape Kidnappers Clifton Road, Te Awanga 6,000 acres of prime pasture serve as the backdrop for the 180 degree ocean views afforded from the Lodge. 22 guest suites and a four-bedroom cottage prove to be a luxurious retreat from the many activities on hand. There is an 18 hole golf course, a restaurant with wine cellar and tasting room and an infinity pool with hot tub. Alternatively find a cosy nook in the lounge, next to an open fireplace. Falling within the Relais & Chateaux brand, this property is designed to exceed expectations.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £539 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

McHardy Lodge Hospital Hill, Napier The delightful McHardy Lodge sports six individual rooms and suites, all with their own distinct character. Opt for the rich opulence of the Venice suite, or perhaps the crisp clean elegance of the aptly titled Chablis room would be more to your taste? Relaxation is not confined to your suite, laze by the pool or on the veranda taking in the view, maybe partake in a game of billiards, or immerse yourself in the library. If you can tear yourself away, you will be perfectly positioned to explore Art Deco Napier or numerous local wineries.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £95 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Breckenridge Lodge Breckenridge Lane, Napier A must stop for the gastronome, the 5 course degustation dinner menus are integral to the experience, using locally sourced produce, washed down with New Zealand wines. Guests can enrol in one of the cooking courses which typically involves the preparation of a 3 course gourmet dinner, with accompanying wine. The property features just 5 luxurious rooms, a private guest lounge and a dining room, affording stunning views across the vineyard. The lodge’s two acres of kitchen garden are worthy of exploration.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £179 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

145

Napier & Hawkes Bay Day Tours & Excursions ART DECO TRUST WALKS The Art Deco Trust has been promoting Napier’s rich architectural heritage for over 30 years. In February 1931 Napier was levelled by an earthquake and a subsequent fire. Like a Phoenix it rose out of the flames with a fascinating concentration of rich Art Deco buildings along with the then popular Spanish Mission and Stripped Classical styles. A private guided walk is the perfect way to maximise your time here, your private guide will tailor make an experience that suits your interest and pace, making this a unique, informative and thoroughly enjoyable experience.

Prices from £15 per person.

HAWKES BAY WINE & FOOD TOUR Long Island Tours are based in Hawkes Bay and are proud to showcase the best of the region through carefully crafted tours and handpicked local characters. This is a chance to join them on this gastronomic odyssey. Visit some of the fine wineries in the area and taste their award winning produce. Talk with the local personalities who are so passionate about crafting world class wines. Hawkes Bay attracts innovative epicurean food producers who come to taste, touch and smell the myriad of tantalising products that this stunning location has to offer.

Prices from £179 per person

GRAND TOUR OF HAWKES BAY Feel like a local after this encompassing tour of the bay.

Start off in Art Deco Napier, follow Marine Parade through the undulating scenery, stopping for honey tasting or a visit to one of the alternative artisan producers. Marvel at the 360 degree view from Te Mata peak before enjoying a 2 course lunch at Hawke’s Bay winery restaurant. Post lunch you travel on to Hastings with a stop at a boutique chocolatier.

Enjoy the grand surroundings of the historic Mission Estate, New Zealand’s oldest winery, before returning to Napier.

Prices from £119 per person

146

New Zealand

InterContinental Wellington Grey Street, Wellington Set on the Wellington harbour front, the Inter-Continental is within walking distance of many popular attractions. 232 modern rooms and suites are available with executive rooms offering access to the luxurious Club Lounge. All the services and facilities associated with InterContinental are on site including spa, gym and pool. The lobby bar has an urbane atmosphere, perfect for a drink whilst the 2 onsite restaurants complement each other by serving up a variety of different fares. The InterContinental is a superb central base from which to discover New Zealand’s compact and vibrant capital.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £79 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Rydges Wellington Featherstone Street, Wellington With a splendid downtown location, which gives rise to city or harbour views, Rydges is conveniently placed to ensure everything is at hand. The modern airy rooms all feature kitchenettes with microwaves, flat screen TV’s and IPod docks. Upgrade options include rooms with balconies and suites. Highly ranked amongst Wellington restaurants, start your day with a buffet breakfast at Portlanders and return for delicious steaks and grills at night, or enjoy some liquid refreshment at the bar. The hotel also benefits from a lap pool, spa, sauna and cardio room.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £59 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Museum Art Hotel Cable Street, Wellington Chic, eclectic, quirky are all appropriate in describing this cutting edge design hotel. Reside in opulent splendour in one of the 63 rooms or suites, each one carefully crafted with flare and panache.

The design concept flows through to the restaurant and bar, offering a wide selection of libations, high teas, degustation menus and fine dining. Guest facilities include a fully equipped fitness centre featuring a gymnasium, lap pool, day spa and sauna.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

147

Wellington Day Tours & Excursions WELLINGTON CITY & COASTLINE Discover the best of the worlds ‘Coolest Little Capital’. Start with a drive through Courtney Place and Oriental Bay en route to Mt Victoria for a panoramic city view. Continue with a tour of the Parliament and Old St Pauls Cathedral. After lunch tour the Weta Workshop, before heading to the wild Southern Coast marine reserve. Finally head back into the city for a tour of Te Papa, New Zealand’s National Museum.

Prices from £99 per person.

MARTINBOROUGH WINE TOUR Benefiting from New Zealand’s rich volcanic past, the alluvial soils of this region are producing some fantastic new wines. Visit a selection of wineries and learn about the amazing history of this fascinating part of the country. After a relaxing morning, your guide will select from the many wineries and cafés dotted around for a sumptuous lunch.

Enjoy some time browsing the boutique shops full of artisan cheeses and olive oils which are also made in the region.

Prices from £219 per person

ZEALANDIA TOUR Located 10 minutes from central Wellington, Zealandia is an eco-attraction and groundbreaking nature lover’s paradise and a sanctuary by the city. See some of New Zealand’s rarest birds, reptiles and insects living wild in their natural environment, including hihi, tuatara, saddleback and (at night) little spotted kiwi. Indoors, New Zealand’s incredible natural history and world-renowned conservation movement are brought to life in a state-of-the-art exhibition.

Prices from £9 per person

WETA WORKSHOPS TOUR The Weta Cave Workshop Tour is a movie based visitor experience in the heart of Miramar, Wellington. A 45 minute guided tour starts and finishes in the famous Weta Cave and provides a unique behind-the-scenes glimpse into the workings of Weta Workshop. Your tour includes the story of the creative process as told by crew members, using the props, models and weapons they helped to create.

Prices from £39 per person

WALKING GOURMET TOUR This culinary experience includes a delicious, light, two course tasting lunch with matched New Zealand wines at a top Wellington restaurant. Over a relaxed walking gourmet tour around Wellington, your personal guide will introduce you to new and favourite flavours. Tour content can vary seasonally; visit a boutique coffee roaster, gourmet food stores and a unique contemporary chocolatier.

Prices from £169 per person

148

New Zealand

Chateau Marlborough High Street, Blenheim Just 30 minutes from the Picton ferry terminal, the Chateau Marlborough is a perfect gateway to the charming wine region, the Marlborough Sounds and Blenheim. The property overlooks Seymour Square Gardens offering luxurious accommodation. It is located within a 2 minute walk of Blenheim’s town centre.

The hotel offers 81 beautifully appointed rooms, ranging from twobedroom penthouses to studios. Each features a kitchenette or kitchen, flat screen TVs and wi-fi. èA restaurant and bar are located on site serving breakfast and dinner, al fresco dining is also available in season. Health and fitness requirements can be accommodated with a fully equipped fitness centre featuring cardio and free weights.

A day spa offers a range of treatments and in room massages and therapies can also be arranged. Alternatively you can take up residence alongside the outdoor pool, sipping an ice cold drink from the bar. Should you have to keep an eye on any work commitments whilst away, there is also a business centre.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Bell Tower at Dog Point Brookby Road, Omaka Valley The Bell Tower, situated on the estate of Dog Point Vineyards and Winery, boasts understated casual luxury complete with spectacular vistas across the Richmond Range and Wairau Plains.

Guests are provided with a choice of stay in either the main Bell Tower accommodation or in the adjacent self-contained French Barn. The latter is a light filled and spacious Gallic inspired cottage, built from recycled materials and furnished to invite comfort and warmth. Separate to the main house, The French Barn is perfect for honeymooners or families as it offers complete privacy as well as various bedding options. Guests staying in the main house can choose from 2 attractive privately located rooms, each with a kitchenette, picturesque views and secluded courtyard. The open plan living areas in the main building consist of three adjoining rooms, each with French doors which offer commanding views to the West or access to a sheltered, walled courtyard, beautifully planted and perfect for relaxing. Whilst essentially a luxury bed and breakfast establishment, dinner by prior arrangement can also be arranged.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £149 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

149

Bay of Many Coves Bay of Many Coves, Marlborough Access to this property is only possible via a scenic 30 minute ferry ride, providing the resort with a wonderful air of seclusion. Choose from the one-, two- or three-bedroomed apartments, all bathed in natural light and featuring their own private decks. The contemporary décor utilises warm wooden interiors to mirror the untouched native setting that sweeps down to the quiet bay below.

Whilst it may prove difficult to tear yourself away from your balcony vista, the resort offers many motivating reasons to do so. Onsite you can choose to explore the bay in a kayak, take a stroll through the private bush, perfect for bird spotting, visit the glow worm cave, or just laze by the beach. A day spa is also in situ for some extra pampering. Fishing charters and sailing can also be arranged. The property offers a choice of dining outlets with three eateries to hand, one formal restaurant, one casual and a café. Take the opportunity to compliment your meal with a glass of one of the Marlborough regions famous wines from the well-stocked cellar.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £139 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Raetihi Lodge Kenepuru Road, Raetihi Set in a private bay, surrounded by verdant bush and just a stone’s throw from the shores of Kenepuru Sound, this intimate lodge accommodates a maximum of 30 guests across its 14 rooms. The Seaview rooms feature a private deck with a spectacular outlook.

Raetihi’s Restaurant offers fabulous views over the water. Breakfast, lunch and dinner are served here. The restaurant offers quality meals using fresh local produce accompanied by fine New Zealand wines. Relax in front of the fire in the comfortable lounge and bar area, or enjoy complimentary use of kayaks, mountain bikes, paddle boards and fishing rods during your stay. Alternatively take a scenic hike along one of the many local tracks. Guests have a choice of two arrival experiences; take the scenic drive all the way around the shoreline, or park the car and catch the ‘Miss Raetihi Lodge’ boat across the glistening waters. Either way your efforts will be well rewarded at this charming lodge.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

150

New Zealand

Rutherford Nelson Nile Street West, Nelson Centrally located in Nelson’s Trafalgar square, within easy walking distance of the city’s main streets, the Rutherford is a modern 113 room hotel offering a great value for money stay in artistic Nelson.

Rooms and suites are available, both decorated in a contemporary style and interconnecting options are available for families. The hotel features an outdoor seasonal pool, as well as a health centre complete with gym and sauna. Two restaurants, a café and bar are located on site, covering your culinary needs, with many other options available nearby. The Rutherford is conveniently located for cycling and exploring the sandy beaches, blue seas and mountains of the surrounding area. A number of art galleries are also in the vicinity. Nelson is one of the sunniest cities in New Zealand and a great place to stop and enjoy all that this lovely region has to offer.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

The Resurgence Riwaka Valley Road, Motueka This luxury eco-lodge is set within 50 acres of native bush, on the edge of two National Parks, making it a paradise for lovers of the great outdoors. There are over 5 kilometres of walking and cycling tracks in the grounds with complimentary use of mountain bikes.

A plethora of native birds will serenade you on the one-hour walk to ‘the resurgence’, a site from which the hotel takes it’s name and where the Riwaka River exits the cave riddled marble of Takaka Hill.

After a hard day, relax by the salt water pool or take a dip in the hot tub. A gymnasium and yoga area are also available. Healthy appetites are rewarded at The Resurgence with it’s farm-to-table approach to cuisine, with many of the ingredients being grown on site. Local wine is of course on hand. Choose to stay in the main building or one of the bush lodges or chalets dotted around the grounds. This is an ideal stopover for any nature lover.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £209 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

151

Marlbrough & Nelson Day Tours & Excursions MARLBOROUGH ICONS TOUR Indulge in Marlborough Sauvignon Blanc, fresh local seafood and the magnificent Marlborough Sounds with this full-day tour. A wine tour in the morning is followed by a delicious waterfront lunch, then a relaxing cruise in the afternoon, accompanied by fresh local seafood and Sauvignon Blanc as you cruise the stunning Marlborough Sounds. This tour operates throughout the summer and lasts between 7 and 8 hours.

Prices from £120 per person.

SEAFOOD ODYSSEA CRUISE Relax and enjoy the striking Marlborough Sounds with the exclusive Seafood Odyssea Cruise, featuring Regal salmon, Cloudy Bay clams and Greenshell mussels with Marlborough Sauvignon Blanc for the definitive wine and food match. View the natural beauty of the Queen Charlotte Sound while cruising aboard a luxury launch departing from Picton. Cruise near a Marlborough salmon farm, learn about aquaculture in the Marlborough Sounds and take in the picturesque scenery.

Prices from £115 per person

WILSONS ABEL TASMAN TOURS Wilsons offer a fantastic variety of trips and tours in the beautiful Abel Tasman National Park. This family owned and run business can tailor experiences from a 2 hour walk to a 5 day hiking trip. Sea kayaking to seal colonies, scenic cruises and gourmet picnics are also on the menu, or why not combine the options to create a truly memorable day in the great New Zealand outdoors?

Prices from £89 per person

SOUNDS, SALMON AND SONGBIRDS TOUR Head out from Picton to the Kaipupu Point Sounds Wildlife Sanctuary. Hear about the work this organisation does to protect a range of native wildlife and birds and take a guided walk around the picturesque reserve. Cruise to New Zealand King Salmon’s Ruakaka salmon farm at Queen Charlotte Sound and the Tory Channel. Hear about what makes king salmon so special, how they are farmed, what they eat and their life cycle. Sample delicious local Regal salmon, accompanied by a Mud House Wine tasting.

Prices from £35 per person

152

New Zealand

Hapuku Lodge & Tree Houses Station Road, Kaikoura Nestled between the Kaikoura mountains and Pacific Ocean, this unique hotel is 12 kilometres from Kaikoura. The well-appointed Tree Houses are positioned 10 metres above the ground amidst the canopy of the native Manuka grove. Each offers a spectacular view of the dramatic mountains and surf drenched Pacific coastline.

For those preferring more terrestrial living, accommodation is also available in the main lodge. In both cases the rooms are designed to complement their natural environment. Breakfast and dinner are served in the mountain view dining room.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £335 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Waves on the Esplanade The Esplanade, Kaikoura These two-bedroom, two-bathroom apartments offer fantastic luxury waterfront accommodation, ideal for families and self-drive clients. Each apartment boasts stunning views across the sea and mountains and comes with a full kitchen opening to a spacious dining and living area. Large glass doors open out onto a large private balcony. The apartments are within close walking distance of Kaikoura’s town centre and its amenities. On site you can partake of café-style food or fine dining options at the restaurant.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £79 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

The White Morph The Esplanade, Kaikoura A 10 minute walk from the quaint village of Kaikoura lies The White Morph which offers commanding views of the Ocean and the Mountains. Set on the esplanade, the 31 studios and apartments feature kitchenettes or full kitchens and larger two-bedroomed options are available for families. The White Morph offers a warm welcome in this charming seaside town, famed for it’s whale watching trips out into the clear waters of the Pacific.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

153

Kaikoura Day Tours & Excursions WHALE WATCH KAIKOURA Famed as the whale watching capital of New Zealand, Kaikoura offers the optimal chance to see these resplendent mammals due to the year round residency of giant sperm whales. As you cruise out into the ocean, keep your eyes peeled for pods of dusky dolphins, fur seals and albatross. Subject to the season you may spot migrating humpback whales, orcas, blue and southern right whales.

Whatever the season, Whale Watch will do their very best to optimise your experience. Their modern catamarans have been specifically designed for whale watching, with ecological low noise engines. The main passenger cabin is enclosed and large outside decks offer great viewing and photo opportunities. Spacious air-conditioned interiors are fitted with comfortable seating and passenger numbers for each tour are kept well below the vessel carrying capacity to ensure your tour experience remains a personal one.

Prices from £89 per person.

WINGS OVER WHALES FLIGHT Wings Over Whales Kaikoura provide whale watching flights, scenic air tours and private aircraft charters. Their professional and experienced team deliver a friendly flying experience, passengers are able to enjoy their own window seat and their high-winged aircraft allow you to have an unobstructed view of Kaikoura’s marine wildlife and majestic scenery. Whale watching by airplane offers a unique perspective and the opportunity to view whales and dolphins in their natural environment. Learn more about Kaikoura’s resident sperm whales and other marine mammal species during a 15 minute pre-flight information and safety briefing. Whales and dolphins are orbited at a height of 150 metres giving passengers the opportunity to clearly see and photograph these incredible creatures.

Prices from £109 per person

154

New Zealand

The George Park Terrace, Christchurch One of Christchurch’s finest luxury boutique hotels, the multi-award winning property has an established history of welcoming discerning guests to the region. Impeccable service in an intimate ambience is pre-requisite at The George, the only Christchurch hotel with a oneto-one staff to guest ratio.

The hotel offers 53 stylish and contemporary rooms and suites, all featuring a range of modern amenities and conveniences. Situated overlooking Hagley Park and the Avon River, The George is in the heart of the arts precinct, steps away from the city centre. Two restaurants are located on site with seasonal al fresco dining on the terrace available. Guests have access to 24 hour room service, a private garden and a library. Complimentary mountain bikes are on hand to explore the city and if you still have energy to burn, then free entrance to a nearby gym is also on offer.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £109 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Otahuna Lodge Rhodes Road, Christchurch Victorian elegance abounds in this charming boutique property.

Lying at the heart of a 19th century estate, Otahuna Lodge seamlessly blends past and present. Period woodwork, stained glass windows and working fireplaces sit side-by-side with a host of modern comforts and a rich collection of contemporary New Zealand art. Outside, Otahuna, meaning ‘little hill’ in the Maori language, offers striking views over the Canterbury Plains and the Banks Peninsula.

The property sits within a rich pasture, with an ancient volcano as a backdrop. The glorious gardens are a showcase of Victorian gardening expertise. Guests may take the opportunity to play croquet on the lawn, stroll through the woodlands or wander in the formal Dutch Gardens. In springtime over one million daffodils will arise from their winter slumber to roll out a welcoming yellow carpet.

The 7 refined suites are no less inviting, all individually decorated and furnished. Deep soaking bathtubs, separate showers and superking beds with fine custom-made linens, recreate the sense of an English country gentlemen’s retreat.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £395 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

155

Akaroa Day Tours & Excursions CHRISTCHURCH CITY TOUR Hop aboard a classic 1960’s London Open Top Double Decker bus for a fun and informative tour of Christchurch.

Learn about Christchurch’s fascinating history, from the pioneering days through to modern day times, and learn how Christchurch is recovering from the devastating 2011 earthquake which has now become a major event in New Zealand’s history. On the tour you will see areas affected by the earthquakes and learn about the exciting rebuild that is now taking place in Christchurch. You will enjoy incredible viewing from the top deck while being entertained and informed by the live commentary from local guides. View all of Christchurch city centre, the most iconic buildings and landmarks as well as all the major new building projects.

Prices from £39 per person.

BLACK CAT CRUISE AKAROA The 20 metre Black Cat catamaran is purposefully designed for viewing the wonders of Akaroa Harbour. Two decks offer unimpeded viewing and ample covered seating. The cruise is packed with highlights including New Zealand’s rare native dolphin, the Hector, penguins and other sea birds.

As Akaroa Harbour was a live volcano millions of years ago, there are many spectacular ancient lava flows to be seen.

One cliff has a sheer 500-foot face and a fascinating history, while Nikau Palm Gully is the southernmost limit for tropical palm trees. Visit Scenery Nook, an amazing pink, purple and red volcanic amphitheatre. This two hour cruise departs daily, subject to weather conditions.

Prices from £45 per person

ALPINE SAFARI TOUR Three exciting adventures all in one day, the Alpine Safari tour is an all-inclusive full-day tour from Christchurch which includes a scenic four-wheel-drive adventure, a thrilling jet boat ride, a short nature walk, a Kiwi style barbecue lunch and a return journey from Arthur’s pass to Christchurch on the world-famous Tranz Alpine Train. This 10 hour immersive experience encompasses some of the best highlights in the region, if however you are short of time, a half day tour offering the jet boat and a 4WD experience, but without the Tranz Alpine train and Arthurs Pass, is also available.

Prices from £245 per person

156

New Zealand

Mount Cook Hermitage Hotel & Excursions From an intrepid journey through glacial valleys to a mouth-watering culinary dining adventure, The Hermitage Hotel is the perfect base from which to discover why this region has endeared itself to Kiwi adventure seekers for so long.

Set in Mount Cook National Park, this modern, lodge-style hotel offers bright rooms with satellite TV, mini fridges and wi-fi (at a fee), plus tea and coffee making facilities.

Some rooms feature scenic balconies, higher category rooms come with Nespresso machines and sofas.

Separate A-frame chalets have kitchenettes and dining areas. Room service is available. Amenities include an a la carte restaurant, a cozy lounge bar and a laid-back buffet restaurant with floor-to-ceiling windows. There is also a cafe/bar with a terrace. Parking is free. A large part of the hotel’s appeal is the many day trips, activities and excursions available, including the following: • The Sir Edmund Hilary Centre - This tribute to one of New Zealand’s most famous sons offers a 126 seater cinema, featuring 2D, 3D and a planetarium, showcasing the region and Sir Edmund. In the foyer there is a museum giving insight into the history of the region and the great mountaineer himself.

• Glacier Boat Cruises - An amazing encounter with New Zealand’s largest glacier, the Tasman Glacier. Explore and learn about the ever-changing glacial landscape as you journey across the terminal lake in custom-built MAC Boats with your experienced guides.

• Tasman Valley 4x4 - A unique adventure with magnificent views of the Tasman Glacier and its gigantic moraine walls.

A short walk to a vantage point overlooking the Tasman Glacier and Terminal Lake provides one of the most spectacular photographic opportunities in the National Park.

• Mount Cook guided walks - Experience breath-taking views of of New Zealand’s highest and most enthralling peaks. A knowledgeable and enthusiastic guide tells you all about the unique flora and fauna of the region and the local history as you trek through this amazing landscape.

• Mount Cook Heli-Hike - Landing at 1,200 metres above sea level with up to 2 hours in the mountains, this is a guided interpretative trek on the ‘white ice’. The terrain is an amazing landscape of fluted ice, tunnels, moulins and sinuous winding streamlets.

Mount Cook scenic flights - Fly the length of the Tasman Glacier to view spectacular scenery and majestic mountains that seem almost close enough to touch. Land on the glacier and absorb the tranquillity of this pristine alpine environment.

Hotel prices from £55 per person per night.

Excursion prices available on request.

157

Te Waonui Forest Retreat Wallace Street, Franz Josef This stunning, lodge-style hotel is surrounded by native rainforest on New Zealand’s beautiful west coast. Nestled between the mountains and the sea with a World Heritage glacier just minutes away, this exclusive retreat offers a somewhat different experience. All of the 100 rooms feature a courtyard or balcony, offering maximum potential to commune with nature. This theme is carried on to the restaurant offering al fresco dining in verdant surroundings. A day spa, café and bar are also available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £149 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Main Raod, Franz Josef Located at the edge of the Westland World Heritage Park, this modern, relaxed and welcoming hotel takes pride of place in the quaint village of Franz Josef. It lies less than 20 minutes from the stunning Franz Josef glacier and offers two restaurants and a bar plus hot tubs to soak away the aches of the day. The Scenic is perfect for a night’s stopover or as a base from which to explore and discover the surrounding region. Complimentary parking and wi-fi are also included.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Distinction Te Weheka Main Road, Fox Glaciers Just minutes from the scenic beauty of the Fox Glacier, this boutique alpine hotel offers modern spacious rooms, all with a lounge area and balconies overlooking the lush countryside. Guests have access to a cosy lounge area, with fireplace and a library, Wi-fi is complimentary to keep you connected. The on-site breakfast restaurant will ensure that you are fully fuelled and ready to explore this beautiful glacial region.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

158

New Zealand

Fox & Franz Josef Glaciers Day Tours & Excursions FOX GLACIER HELI-HIKE CLIMBING This day long experience introduces the adventurous to the exhilarating sport of ice climbing on the spectacular ice walls in the upper part of the Fox Glacier. Your professional guide will tailor the day to offer variety and challenge to the novice and expert alike. Before heading to the ice you will be equipped with specialised mountaineering boots, crampons, ice axes and technical gear. During your thrilling helicopter transfer to the ice, you will enjoy breath-taking views of the majestic Fox Glacier and surrounds. The maximum guide to customer ratio is 1:4 ensuring that you receive close personal attention. There are many steep walls to challenge you and you will quickly master basic cramponing and ice axe techniques. The adrenaline will start to flow as you challenge yourself with longer and steeper pitches.

Prices from £275 per person

FRANZ JOSEF HELI-HIKE Franz Josef Glacier features ice pinnacles as high as multi-story buildings, deep crevasses and stunning, pristine blue ice. It’s all on show and the most dynamic glacier in New Zealand is accessible to you via one of the most exhilarating experiences in the world. First, witness the majesty of the beautiful ice formation from the air as your helicopter takes to the skies above the glacier. Then descend onto the glacier itself and set foot on the ice.

Your Heli-hike guide will then lead you through some of the most stunning ice formations, immersing you in the world of the Franz Josef Glacier. Your professional guide will lead you into the most spectacular icefall terrain that is usually seen only by experienced mountaineers. With an excellent safety record, rigid assessments and using exclusive quality equipment, your safety and enjoyment is assured.

Prices from £275 per person

159

Peppers Blue Water Resort State Highway 8, Lake Tekapo Located within sight of Lake Tekapo and the surrounding Southern Alps, Peppers Blue Water is ideally situated for exploring this beautiful part of the world. Tekapo is Maori for ‘night sleeping place’, so it seems fitting that the rooms and villas, inspired by the palette of the natural landscape, are designed to ensure full relaxation and recovery after a day of exploration. One-, two- and three-bedroom villas are available alongside rooms and suites. Breakfast and dinner is served in the onsite restaurant with views across the lake.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £65 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Lake Tekapo Lodge Aorangi Crescent, Lake Tekapo This charming 4 bedroomed boutique lodge sits above the village of Tekapo and affords grand vistas of the lake and mountains beyond.

A central guest lounge offers a warming fire, library and tea and coffee facilities, whilst breakfast is served in the adjacent dining room, along with dinner by prior arrangement, next to a roaring open fire in cooler months. Run by the owners who live onsite, make this your home from home and enjoy some warm Kiwi hospitality.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Three Rivers Lodge Lochinver Avenue, Lake Tekapo The Three Rivers Lodge is a modern, purpose built property located on the Southern Banks of Lake Tekapo, 1.5 kilometres from Tekapo village. Floor-to-ceiling windows provide picturesque views of the lake and neighbouring mountains. Choose between comfortable rooms or two-bedroom apartments with full kitchens. Guests may take advantage of the location for walks around the shore and for stargazing during the summer. In the winter the lodge is just 30 minutes away from the ski slopes.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

160

New Zealand

Edgewater Resort Sargood Drive, Wanaka As the name suggests, you will be as close as possible to Lake Wanaka here. Choose from a range of modern rooms or suites, or apartments which offer kitchenettes. Each is decorated in a contemporary style and features a balcony or patio. Facilities include a day spa, spa pools and sauna as well as all-weather tennis courts.

The onsite restaurant offers lake views alongside its tasty dishes, washed down with a glass of New Zealand wine.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £69 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Wanaka Springs Warren Street, Wanaka Wanaka Springs features 8 beautifully appointed guest rooms, each with a private deck or courtyard, in the chic little town of Wanaka.

This delightful bed and breakfast retreat is well located, with the town centre being just 5 minute’s walk away. Just make sure that you have allocated enough time to relax in the garden hot tub and avail yourself of pre-dinner drinks with your hosts and other guests in the lounge, before venturing into town. Come summer or winter, this boutique lodge is sure to delight.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £89 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

Tin Tub Luxury Lodge Peak View Ridge, Wanaka Perched high on a ridge overlooking the sleepy town of Wanaka, the Tin Tub affords breath-taking views across the lake to the mountains beyond. This petite lodge features just 5 rooms, 3 of which are luxury villas, with their coveted outdoor baths, perfect for a soak under the stars after a long day. The Tin Tub also offers a pool, gym, sauna and tennis court. Enjoy a leisurely alpine breakfast before heading out for another day of adventure.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £195 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

161

Wanaka Day Tours & Excursions WANAKA NATURE ENCOUNTER Begin your day with a cruise on the pristine waters of Lake Wanaka to Mou Waho Island Nature Reserve. A guided walk to the spectacular summit reveals the island’s secret, a lake on top of an island! Enjoy ‘high tea’ in the company of rare native birds, including weka, wood pigeon and bellbird.

After lunch, discover the secrets of Wanaka’s high country with a leisurely 4WD tour of a local sheep station.

Prices from £275 per person.

MISTY MOUNTAINS HELI-HIKE Travel in the footsteps of Frodo and his band on this guided tour over Tolkien’s Misty Mountains. Land on glaciated Fog Peak and admire the panorama of the Southern Alps, from here you view three of the film trilogies locations. Descend with 2 hours of guided walks along the ridge line, revealing rock pillars, canyons and cliffs.

Prices from £469 per person

LAKE WANAKA CRUISE & NATURE WALK Cruise to the remote and magical Mou Waho Island nature reserve, which is predator–free and home to the rare flightless Buff Weka (extinct on the mainland since 1920).

A one hour return guided bush walk is included, which takes you up to reveal the island’s photogenic lake. Or you can just sit back, relax and enjoy the birdlife at the beach and shelter at the island base with your own morning or afternoon tea.

Prices from £135 per person

WANAKA BOUTIQUE WINE TOUR Discover some of Wanaka and Central Otago’s wonderful vineyards and scenery, while meeting some of the numerous characters that produce these delicious, award winning wines. Here you’ll get personally aquainted with the vineyard owners and wine makers. This Boutique Wine Tour includes tastings at 4 vineyards, a gourmet food and wine match and a knowledgeable friendly guide.

Prices from £119 per person

162

New Zealand

Blanket Bay Glenorchy Paradise Road, Glenorchy This stunning Alpine-located, stone clad lodge is a haven of peace and relaxation, set on the placid shores of Lake Wakatipu. The 12 beautiful rooms and suites feature a mountainous stone and wood theme, whilst the massive picture windows frame the outstanding vistas beyond.

After breakfast choose one of the many activities available to you, complimentary mountain bikes and kayaks are at hand to explore the lake. Fly fishing, horse riding and tee times at a championship golf course can all be organised locally. Fantastic rugged hiking nearby is also a popular option and for the more adventurous jet boating and white water rafting are available nearby. After a hard day’s activity you will relish your return to the lodge. Enjoy a treatment in the day spa, burn off any excess energy in the gym, or just relax in the steam room and Jacuzzi. Maybe the games room would be more to your taste. Of course you can always just unwind in the ‘Great Room’ at the heart of the lodge, where vast couches and antique furniture await. Award winning cuisine is served in the dining room, or weather permitting, on the patio overlooking the lake.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £329 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

Azur Lodge Sunshine Bay, Queenstown Tucked into the hillside with panoramic views overlooking Lake Wakatipu and the mountain ranges beyond, yet only a 10 minute drive from the centre of Queenstown, the Azur Lodge offers private villas in a wonderfully secluded area of Sunshine Bay. The 9 identical villas feature open plan living, incorporating a lounge, dining area and private sun deck, along with all the usual features you would expect from a modern hotel. The signature bathtubs have been set into an opening bay window, to give you the feeling of being outdoors, so soak away and enjoy the stunning landscape.

Breakfast can be taken in the main lodge or served in your room and the same concept applies to dinner. In-villa sundowners, followed by a romantic candlelight dinner are a popular way to round off the day. With Queenstown so close at hand you won’t find yourself short of entertainment and adrenaline sports abound, but the choice is yours. Take a visit to a local winery with an opportunity to sample the notable pinot noir, or maybe take a relaxing cruise on the lake.

The clear mountain skies are perfect for stargazing, either in an organised small group, or from the privacy of your private deck.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £395 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

163

Millbrook Resort Malaghans Road, Arrowtown The outstanding Millbrook Resort is located just 20 minutes from Queenstown. Luxury accommodations, ranging from beautifully appointed studios to stand alone four-bedroom houses, are set within a 500 acre country club, with rolling hills and gentle streams.

There is a 27 hole championship golf course, framed against the aptly titled Remarkables Mountain Range, an award winning day spa with ten treatment rooms and a team of highly skilled therapists.

An indoor pool, fully equipped gym, outdoor hot tubs and sauna are also on site. Four exceptional restaurants, serving a variety of dishes in both casual and formal settings will ensure that your appetite is abated. Millbrook Resort really does offer something for everyone, from solo travellers to small groups, honeymooners or those celebrating a special anniversary. The resort also provides regular shuttle transfers to the adjacent village of Arrowtown and on to Queenstown. A fantastic destination in its own right, or as a base to explore this wonderful region, the Millbrook is sure to delight.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £105 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Matakauri Lodge Glenorchy-Queenstown Road, Queenstown Matakauri is an alpine lakeside lodge, hugging the shores of Lake Wakatipu, less than 10 minutes from Queenstown. Luxurious suites open out onto a private terrace or patio. In the winter you can close the doors and curl up by a warming fireplace. All of the suites offer views across the lake and onto the Remarkables Mountain range.

Facilities include a luxury day spa, outdoor heated infinity swimming pool with spa pool and a fully equipped fitness centre. The lodge’s stylish shared lounge areas feature open fireplaces, the perfect place to swap travellers’ tales with other guests or lose yourself in a good book. However the therapeutic effect of the panoramas may be all that you need. Dining is a key part of the Matakauri experience. The a la carte menu changes daily, but will always showcase local seasonal produce. Your choice is not only what to eat, but also where to dine. Whilst the dining room may seem to be the obvious choice, the library, the Remarkables Patio or in room dining are also available to enhance your experience.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £465 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

164

New Zealand

The Rees Hotel & Apartments Frankton Road, Queenstown Named after William Gilbert Rees, the pioneer and Queenstown’s first settler, the Rees is a sophisticated lake shore property located a 5 minute drive or 30 minute walk from the town centre. A variety of tastefully decorated, spacious rooms and suites are available, all with balconies with views of the lake and mountains. Facilities include fine and casual dining, an award winning wine cellar, gym and day spa, library and courtesy shuttle. The hotel does not feature a pool, although it is possible to swim in the lake from the private wharf or beach.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Hotel St Moritz Brunswick Street, Queenstown Designed in the style of a European alpine lodge in a prime hillside location, the St Moritz offers understated luxury with hushed tones of style and glamour. Flexible accommodation ranging from rooms to suites and one- or two-bedroom apartments are all immaculately appointed with modern essentials, yet maintain a sense of timeless warmth. Leisure facilities include a restaurant and bar, gym and sauna and an outdoor garden hot tub. All that Queenstown has to offer is within walking distance of this central property.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Sofitel Queenstown Duke Street, Queenstown Located in the heart of the city, this luxury hotel offers all the creature comforts which have become synonymous with the international Sofitel brand. 82 rooms and suites feature within this luxury hotel. A fitness centre is on site, alongside the acclaimed day spa, featuring Hammam and Turkish steam room. The hotel benefits from an onsite restaurant and a relaxing bar area, with its own distinctive cocktail menu. A mere 5 minute walk from the Skyline Gondola and 15 minutes from the Queenstown Gardens, the Sofitel is a perfect downtown base.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £85 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

165

Fiordland & Te Anau Day Tours & Excursions TSS EARNSLAW DAYTIME CRUISE A cruise on Lake Wakatipu aboard an iconic steamship is one of the best ways to experience Queenstown’s famed scenic beauty. The leisurely 90 minute cruise across the lake showcases some of Queenstown’s spectacular alpine scenery while offering you plenty of time to explore a piece of Queenstown’s living history, the 100 year old TSS Earnslaw. You can visit the engine room and see its giant steam engines at work, view the collection of historical photos in the museum and check out the bridge.

Prices from £35 per person.

WALTER PEAK GOURMET DINNER Steeped in Queenstown’s pioneering history, your experience starts with a cruise across the lake in the TSS Earnslaw. Then disembark at Walter Peak High Country Farm, one of the first farms set up in the region. Here, you’ll enjoy a gourmet barbeque dinner which your chef will prepare in front of you. On the magical night-time cruise home, you can enjoy the camaraderie of a sing-a-long with the ship’s pianist or breathe in the fresh night air on the moonlit decks as you watch the lights of Queenstown draw ever nearer.

Prices from £75 per person

NOMAD FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE Travel off-road in a high performance 4WD vehicle with a maximum of 6 people on each trip. Journey beyond the crowds and visit remote Lord of The Rings film locations. Continue onwards and learn about the heart of Queenstown’s goldmining heritage. With endless stories and knowledge to share, your tour guide will offer a personalised narrative to accompany the vistas.

Prices from £165 per person

DART RIVER WILDERNESS JET An exhilarating and spectacular journey deep into the heart of the renowned Mt Aspiring National Park, one of the most stunning locations for jet boating in New Zealand. You’ll take in the awe inspiring beauty of the local landscape as you power your way along the waters of the Dart River.

Prices from £135 per person

SHOTOVER JET Shotover Jet operates on an exclusive area of the Shotover River and is the only company permitted to operate within its spectacular canyons, carved out over the ages by a vast volume of fast flowing water. The very grandeur of this spectacular environment adds to the excitement and exclusivity of the Shotover Jet experience.

Prices from £79 per person

166

New Zealand

Distinction Te Anau Lakefront Drive, Te Anau Nestled on the Southern shores of Lake Te Anau, the Distinction features modern chic accommodation overlooking the Fiordland ranges. The hotel offers an outdoor heated pool, spa pool and sauna, whilst gym facilities are available at a sister hotel a short stroll away. There’s a bar and restaurant with lake views, accommodation comes in various options including 2 bedroom villas, perfect for families. Lake view rooms are available at a small supplement.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £49 per person (Based on a 1 night stay)

Fiordland Lodge Te Anau Te Anau-Milford Highway, Te Anau This quiet, rural location, set upon rolling grasslands, offering commanding views across the lake, has to be one of Fiordland’s most idyllic hotel settings. The Fiordland Lodge offers discerning travellers a rustic combination of style and comfort. Wood, stone and glass combine to create an architectural compliment to the vastness of the Fiordland National Park. The high ceilings and real fire in the lounge promote a cosy ambience, the rooms are no less inviting, with muted natural tones and huge picture windows.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £249 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including dinner and breakfast)

Te Anau Lodge Howden Street, Te Anau A converted 1930’s convent provides the unusual base for this charming bed and breakfast hotel. The 9 individual bedrooms, all with ecclesiastical names, have been lovingly decorated, providing luxury accommodation in the most beautiful surroundings. The same attention has been provided to the communal areas, where polished wooden floors, comfortable couches and an open fire await. Take breakfast in the ‘chapel’, where home baked muffins are served, before heading out into the stunning beauty of the Fiordlands.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £75 per person (Based on a 1 night stay including breakfast)

167

Fiordland & Te Anau Cruising & Day Tours MILFORD WANDERER OVERNIGHT CRUISE This overnight adventure includes a full length cruise of Milford Sound and access to part of the Milford Track for an exclusive guided walk. As the shadows deepen the Milford Wanderer will return under sail (weather permitting) to Harrison Cove for the night. Enjoy a three-course meal in the cozy saloon, order drinks from the fully licensed bar and relax. The next morning, fuel up for the day with a hearty breakfast before heading back to land.

Prices from £169 per person.

DOUBTFUL SOUND OVERNIGHT CRUISE Escape to the peace and tranquility of Doubtful Sound on a magical overnight cruise. Designed along the lines of a traditional scow, the Fiordland Navigator blends old world charm with modern comforts that include spacious viewing decks, a dining saloon, a fully licensed bar and an observation lounge. Cruise through some of the fiords stunning scenery, stopping at sheltered coves before enjoying a 3 course dinner and a peaceful night.

Prices from £245 per person

STEWART ISLAND PATERSON INLET CRUISE This cruise will showcase stunning scenery with hidden coves and unspoilt beaches. You’ll hear fascinating stories of early Maori history and European settlement from your guide. Paterson Inlet is home to the renowned wildlife sanctuary Ulva Island. Stop here for a 45 minute guided walk. The island is home to the weka (a native woodhen), bush robins, rare saddlebacks and yellowheads amongst other species. A regular highlight is to encounter an inquisitive weka on the beach.

Prices from £59 per person

TE ANAU GLOW WORM CAVES Your trip to the Te Anau Glowworm Caves begins with a cruise to the western shores of Lake Te Anau aboard a purpose-built cruise vessel. When inside the caves, your friendly guide will point out the highlights and share their knowledge of the caves and their history with you. Deep inside the caves, beyond the roar of the water, you will be taken by small boat into a silent hidden grotto inhabited by thousands of glowworms, unique to New Zealand. In the subterranean darkness they produce a glittering display that is nothing short of extraordinary.

Prices from £49 per person

168

New Zealand

Fiordland & Te Anau Day Tours & Excursions TE ANAU FISHJET Relax as you drift down the mighty Waiau River, fishing for the high numbers of rainbow and brown trout that Fiordland is famous for. Enjoy the thrill of speeding back up the river in the purpose-built jet boat, alongside stunning Fiordland National Park. Experiences include either morning or afternoon tea with home baking or a delicious barbeque lunch on the riverside with locally sourced produce. Walks along part of the Kepler track, one of New Zealand’s great walks are also a popular inclusion.

Prices from £359 per person

HOLLYFORD TRACK Explore undisturbed and inspiring scenery that has remained largely untouched for thousands of years. From snow-capped mountains, ancient native rainforest, pristine rivers and lakes to the remote dunes, reef and surf of the rugged West Coast, witness New Zealand at its most picturesque. This 3 day, 2 night all-inclusive guided nature walk includes cuisine prepared and served by friendly hosts whilst relaxing in the well-appointed private lodges.

A maximum number of 16 people provides for a personal experience, and with the guides sharing their intimate knowledge of the area with you, it is a wonderful way to explore the very essence of New Zealand’s wilderness.

Prices from £1089 per person twin share

TRIPS & TRAMPS Trips and Tramps are a provider of small and personalised trips in New Zealand’s Fiordland. Since 1988 they have been providing experiential and environmentally sound excursions into this beautiful region. There are plenty of options to choose from, such as a Milford Track guided walk or a Track and Cruise experience to get the very best from your day on both land and sea. Other popular excursions include the Routeburn Track, leading to the panoramic alpine views from Key Summit or the less vigorous Kepler Track, through ancient lush forest. For the energetic, 2 and 3 day small group packages are also available, alongside the option of private charters.

Prices from £99 per person

169

Fiji

The Fiji Experience The Fijian archipelago is made up of 333 islands scattered over 200,000 square miles of the South Pacific Ocean. Only a little over 100 of these islands are inhabited. The three largest are named Viti Levu (Great Fiji), Vanua Levu (Great Land of the People) and Taveuni. Together they make up over 85% of the total land mass.

The Yasawa Islands lie further to the north-west, on Fiji’s western borders. They are of volcanic origins, with high, grass-covered terrain, unspoilt sandy beaches and calm turquoise seas. The Yasawas are ideal for sailing, snorkelling and kayaking, fishing and swimming and perfect for get-away resort stays. The islands are quickly and easily reached from the mainland by both air and sea.

Popular mainland resort areas include the Coral Coast, stretching for 100 kilometres along the southwest coastline, and the heavily forested, volcanic northern islands of Vanua Levu and Taveuni, blessed with stunning natural beauty, virgin beaches, jungle trails and waterfalls.

The 180th meridian, which is used as the basis for the international date line, passes through the Fijian Islands group. The date line itself skirts Fiji to the east ensuring that the whole of the country falls within the same time zone.

Fiji has no distinct seasons, although the period from May through November is cooler and less humid than the rest of the year. Warm season high temperatures average 30°C (86°F). The cool season average maximum is 26°C (79°F).

Most of the islands have a micro-climate which means they have a wet side with rainforest and lush tropical growth and a dry side with dry tropical savannah. Rainfall is most often in the form of warm, afternoon showers which vanish as quickly as they arrive.

The people of Fiji are genuinely friendly and hospitable and eagerly welcome visitors to their beautiful islands with a greeting that you’ll hear everywhere - ‘Bula’, meaning welcome. Fiji’s main gateway is Nadi (pronounced Nan-di), located on the western side of Viti Levu, the larger of the main islands. The capital, Suva, lies on the east coast.

The Mamanucas (pronounced Mamanuthas) are Fiji’s most popular areas for the leisure visitor. They form a collection of reef and sand-fringed islands lying in close proximity, just off-shore from Nadi. Fiji’s premier island resorts are found here, ideal for boating, scuba diving, snorkelling or for relaxing in the idyllic, barefoot setting. The Mamanucas are easily reached by ferry, catamaran, speedboat or seaplane.

Labasa

Rabi

VANUA LEVU Yasawa

Bua

Yadua

Qamea

Savusavu

Nacula YASAWAS

TAVEUNI

Naviti

FIJI ISLANDS

Waya

Tokoriki Matamanoa MAMANUCAS

Koro Tavua

Vomo

Mana Malolo

Malolo-Lailai

Wakaya

Lautoka Korovou

Nadi

Ovalau

Narai

VITI LEVU Gai

Sigatoka

Suva

Beqa Vatulele

172

Fiji

Getting Around Fiji The Fiji Islands are scattered over a wide geographical area, with the surrounding oceans and seas which divide them forming natural borders. The distances between the island groupings and key resorts located therein vary considerably, and by association, so do the means of access to, from and between the hotels and resorts featured within these pages.

The physical make-up and relative juxtaposition of many of the Fiji Island groupings is perfect for those seeking an ‘island-hopping’ experience, with combination arrangements possible, and indeed encouraged, between the mainland resorts of Viti Levu and properties located within the Mamanuca and Yasawa island groupings. Similarly, a combination itinerary, involving stays in properties located within the main island of Viti Levu, along with those located within the Mamanucas and/or the Yasawas and the Northern Region resorts at Savusavu or Taveuni is also possibile.

Combining stays and experiences within these various places necessitates travel by either air or sea, or by a combination of these. The logistical options and services available, along with brief details concerning same, are covered below.

THE MAMANUCA REGION Ferry and Speedboat Services

THE YASAWA REGION Ferry and Speedboat Services

South Sea Cruises operate modern catamaran services on five routes from Port Denarau Marina. Vessels provide multiple lounges, outer viewing decks and licensed bars. The island resorts serviced are: Routes One, Three and Four - Malolo, Tropica, Likuliku. Routes Two and Five - Tokoriki, Matamanoa.

The Yasawa Flyer operates from Port Denarau to: Nanuya Island Resort. The journey is five hours in duration.

The Yasawa Flyer provides an additional catamaran service from Port Denarau Marina to: Vomo.

Pacific Island Air operates seaplane services from Nadi airport to: Nanuya Island Resort.

Note: Air services to Yasawa Island Resort are provided by Island Hopper as part of their Yasawa Island package.

Malolo Cat services operate from Port Denarau Marina to the island of Malolo Lailai, servicing: Musket Cove, Lomani.

THE NORTHERN REGION - SAVUSAVU, TAVEUNI Air Services

Mamanuca Express operate speedboat services from Port Denarau Marina. Ideal for those with late evening arrivals in Fiji or for those wishing to transfer directly to their island resort upon arrival. Island resorts serviced are: Musket Cove, Likuliku, Malolo, Vomo, Tokoriki, Matamanoa (between 8.00am to 5.00pm only).

Flights between Nadi airport and the Northern Region airports at Savusavu (Vanua Levu) and Taveuni are operated by Fiji Link, the domestic carrier of Fiji, part of the Fiji Airways group.

In some cases these sectors can be booked and ticketed within the same itinerary as international flight sectors.

Helicopter and Seaplane Services Pacific Island Air operates seaplane services from Nadi airport to the following island resorts: Musket Cove, Tropica, Malolo, Tokoriki, Vomo. Inter-resort transfers are also available. Helicopter/Seaplane combo flights operate to: Lomani, Musket Cove, Tropica, Likuliku (no landings permitted at Likuliku by helicopter before 8.00am or after 5.00pm).

Island Hopper operate helicopter services from Nadi airport to: Vomo, Tokoriki, Matamanoa, Tropica, Likuliku (no landings permitted at Likuliku by helicopter before 8.00am or after 5.00pm).

A 15 kilo baggage allowance limit applies on both services.

174

Helicopter and Seaplane Services

Fiji

Island Hopper also provide services from Nadi to Savusavu and Taveuni.

A 15 kilo baggage allowance limit applies on both services.

Mainland Fiji - Viti Levu Day Tours & Excursions NAVUA VILLAGE AND WATERFALL TOUR A special day tour providing a memorable and authentic Fijian experience. Travel down the Navua River on long boats to Nakavu, with the opportunity to interact with the indigenous Fijian people. Enjoy a traditional kava ceremony followed a guided tour of the village and local school.

Lunch is served at the village community hall followed by traditional Fijian song and dance. After lunch enjoy a cool refreshing swim at a natural waterfall. A ride downstream on the traditional bamboo raft rounds off a memorable day of discovery and interaction.

Approximately 8 hours in duration.

Includes: Pick up and drop off at hotels, lunch, admission fees and full commentary/guide.

Cultural sensitivity: When visiting a Fijian village there are protocols to observe. Your guide will advise you in advance of these specific cultural products.

Prices from £105 per person

SIGATOKA RIVER SAFARI Fiji’s original jet-boat safari, offering a uniquely Fijian, halfday adventure into the heart of Fiji, aboard custom-built safari jet boats. Travel along the Sigatoka River visiting authentic Fijian villages and experience a day in the life of the real ‘kaiviti’ (Fijian). A driver/guide is assigned to each group introducing everyone to the rich culture of the Fijian people, their history, customs and legends of the area.

Sigatoka River Safaris have received numerous accolades and awards for the consistency and popularity of this excursion. Not to be missed.

Approximately 5 hours in duration.

Includes: Return transfers from hotels, return safari jet boat ride, guide service, village tour, lunch, entertainment.

Conditions: All guests are required to sign waiver forms when checking in at Sigatoka.

Prices from £115 per person.

NAIHEHE CAVE TOUR A bamboo raft (bilibili) takes you downstream to the home of the Priest (Bete), to participate in a kava ceremony. Take a light trek to the caves, the fortress of Fiji’s last cannibal tribes. Lantern lit hall chambers lead to the legendary ‘Pregnancy Gap’, opening to the Grand Cathedral Chamber with stalactites, stalagmites, flowstones and underground springs. The environment is comfortable with easy access.

A short walk follows to the downstream raft. After a refreshing swim lunch and refreshments are served before returning to your hotel.

Approximately 8 hours in duration.

Includes: Transfers to and from stated hotels, tour guides, lunch and beverages.

Prices from £95 per person.

175

Tropica Island Resort Malolo, Mamanucas Tropica is all about relaxation and enjoyment. The setting is simply stunning. Situated just 30 minutes offshore from the mainland, the long, palm tree-fringed beach and the sheltered bay beyond could easily convince you otherwise. Catering for adults only, Tropica is ideal for weddings, honeymooners or those seeking quiet rejuvenation. Tropica is accessible by catamaran, private speedboat, water taxi, helicopter and seaplane.

Tropica features just 30 guest rooms and suites, with 12 Beachfront Bures, 4 Beachfront Suites and 14 Resort Rooms, the latter set amongst tropical gardens. All are air-conditioned, well appointed, contemporary and modern. The beachfront categories come with large patios, outdoor showers and front porch swings. All meals are served at the Poolside Restaurant and Bar, with a selection of dishes on offer. Tapas, antipasti, wines, beers and cocktails are available at the Sunset Bar, located at the water’s edge. Guest activities include Tropica Day Spa, swimming pool, non-motorised water sports, game fishing, scuba diving, island hopping, local village visits, cultural activities, Fijian cooking demonstrations and nightly entertainment.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £809 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

Likuliku Lagoon Resort Malolo, Mamanucas Built in the style of a Fijian village, located on the edge of a shallow lagoon, this adults-only resort features Fiji’s only overwater bures.

Traditional hand woven thatch is combined with natural materials and modern touches, presented in a traditional, idyllic setting.

The 45 traditionally designed and styled bures come with luxurious appointments, overlooking the Likuliku lagoon. Most of the bures are set along the beach whilst others sit over the reef with direct access to the lagoon below. Fijiana is the resorts signature restaurant, serving fine local produce, seafood and tropical fruits.

Full breakfast, lunch and dinner are included along with teas, coffees and island water. Special requests are catered for and private dining is available. Drinks, refreshments and bar snacks are served at Masima, set on a lagoon island. Dua Tale Bar is the property’s cocktail and wine lounge. Guest facilities include a choice of land and sea activities such as snorkelling, para-sailing, windsurfing, fishing, bush walks and a Fijian village tour along with Tatadra Spa and an horizon-edge swimming pool.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £2525 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and full board)

176

Fiji

Malolo Island Resort Malolo, Mamanucas This is a relaxing, family oriented resort, with an emphasis on fun and enjoyment. The property enjoys a sheltered and extensive, palm tree-fringed, beach side location on the south-eastern corner of the island of Malolo. The property’s centre piece, located immediately behind the jetty, is an impressive plantation-style building. This houses the adults lounge and signature restaurant.

The resort’s accommodation consists of plantation-style, duplex rooms, with high vaulted ceilings, spacious interiors and a rustic elegance. The fully air-conditioned bures are set amongst the gardens with the majority directly facing the crescent-shaped beachfront. There are 46 rooms in total, all tastefully appointed.

There is a choice of dining outlets, including the Terrace Restaurant, housed in the main building, and Treetops Restaurant, located along the adjacent verandah. A barefoot Beach bar, faces the ocean, overlooking the water’s edge. Guest facilities are extensive and include numerous water-based activities, walking trails and beach volleyball. A very well run Kid’s Club is also available, catering to children aged 4 to 12 years.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1009 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

Vomo Island Fiji Vomo Island, Mamanucas Vomo is located on its own, 225 acre tropical island, in the north of the Mamanuca region. The island and its smaller neighbour, Vomo Lailai, are dominated by a high, hillside promontory providing 360º views of the dramatic surroundings. Soft sandy beaches encircle Vomo whilst adjacent Vomo Lailai’s surrounding waters provide excellent snorkelling. Vomo Lailai is also available for private hire.

The beachside and hillside villas, all beautifully appointed, come with deep marble baths, separate showers, sun decks and hammocks.

All offer open views of the surroundings. Private three- and fourbedroom villas and four private residences also feature along with beachfront retreats with outdoor bathing decks. Dining options include the a la carte Reef Restaurant complemented by the Vuda Bar and the Rocks Bar. Private dining is available on request. Guest recreational facilities include a full gymnasium, an award-winning spa, a 9-hole golf course, non-motorised water sports, island walks, snorkelling and a Padi-diving centre. A Kid’s Village with a full programme keeps the young ones happy. Daily meals, non-alcoholic drinks and daily washing and laundry are all included in the tariff.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £2549 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals)

177

Matamanoa Island Resort Matamanoa, Mamanucas Matamanoa Island Resort is an intimate and secluded adults-only retreat occupying a small island of the same name. The property is located in the central Mamanuca group. Volcanic in origin, the island rises prominently from the surrounding white sand beach, coral reef and marine sanctuary and is covered with native bush and palm trees.

The resort offers 46 rooms, villas and bures in Deluxe Beachfront Villa, Beachfront Bure and Resort Room categories, occupying various beach and garden settings throughout the compact island.

Beachfront accommodations all feature private plunge pool, gazebo day bed and outdoor shower. Resort Rooms come with private deck. All are appointed to the highest standard. All meals are served from the Vale Ni Biau restaurant, overlooking the surrounding lagoon. International and Fijian cuisine is on offer with daily blackboard specials and a wide choice of complimentary breakfast dishes, including fresh fruits, cereal, pancakes, tea and coffee.

Complimentary guest facilities and activities are extensive and include spa, watersports, ball and beach games and cooking lessons. Paid activities include scuba, island hopping, fishing and village visits.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1099 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

Tokoriki Island Resort Tokoriki, Mamanucas Tokoriki is a sophisticated and award-winning, adult and couples only resort, located to the far north of the Mamanuca group on a private island. Access from the mainland is by helicopter, seaplane, catamaran or speedboat or a combination of these.

Tokoriki features 36 free-standing bures and villas, contemporary in style and design, available in a variety of categories, all oceanfacing. All rooms and villas are generously sized and very well appointed. Breakfast, lunch and dinner are served at Tokoriki’s openair restaurant. Dinner is also available, by arrangement, within the guest villas and bures. A special picnic lunch is also offered, served on a private island beach, 20 minutes away by boat. Tepanyaki is available for up to 8 people at Oishii Tepanyaki Bar, open for dinner.

Guest facilities and activities include the Tokoriki Spa, freshwater and saltwater swimming pools, all non-motorised water activities, glass-bottom boat trips, local village trips, island hopping visits and Cloud9 platform trips, plus guided snorkel safaris to offshore reefs.

Free wi-fi is available in the property’s main lounge area.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1709 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

178

Fiji

Musket Cove Malolo Lailai, Mamanucas Musket Cove Resort is set amongst 400 acres of rolling hills and palm-fringed beaches on the north side of the island of Malolo Lailai.

Access to the resort from the mainland is quick and easy, with a choice of hi-speed catamaran, plane, seaplane or helicopter.

The 55 air-conditioned villas and bures come in garden, lagoon, beachfront, island and garden settings. Age restrictions apply in some categories. The style is rustic with spacious rooms with separate living areas, quality furnishings, fittings and amenities. Daily breakfast and complimentary guest privileges such as welcome refreshments, a weekly cocktail party, snorkelling and village excursions are included. Dick’s Place Bar & Bistro serves breakfast, lunch and dinner in a lagoon and poolside setting, Musket Cove Yacht Club Island Bar serves drinks and barbecues in a relaxed ‘barefoot’ venue, along with the Pool Bar and Trader’s Café, both of which offer selections of drinks and snacks. Guest facilities and activities include Makare Welcome Spa, Solevu Shell Village visits, an organic farm and medicine walk, scuba diving, game sport fishing and island hopping, Marina and Yacht Club.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1139 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

Lomani Island Resort Malolo Lailai Lomani is an adults-only, boutique resort, set amongst towering coconut palms on Malolo Lailai, once the site of a former plantation.

A relaxing resort, Lomani faces an extensive, uninterrupted beachfront and the sheltered, pristine lagoon which lies beyond.

Accommodation at Lomani is limited to just 24 well-appointed guest rooms and suites, offered in three categories - Deluxe Suites, Hibiscus Suites and Beachfront Bures. All enjoy ocean views and are positioned within 30 metres of the ocean front. The Flame Tree beachside restaurant caters for all of Lomani’s dining needs. Pacific Rim cuisine and Fijian influenced dishes are the order of the day.

The Lomani Cocktail Bar serves a selection of drinks including coladas, mojitos, wines, local and imported beers and spirits. Guest facilities and amenities include Lomani Spa, a freshwater swimming pool, fitness centre and free bicycle hire. Complimentary excursions include outer reef snorkelling, handline fishing, dolphin safari (weekly), guided village and island tours and cooking lessons. A full range of watersports, such as kayaking, snorkelling, paddle boards and hobie cats and windsurfing are also available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1135 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

179

Yasawa Island Resort & Spa Yasawa Island, Yasawas Yasawa Island Resort is hidden away on the northern end of the Yasawa island group. This is pure escapism set in perfect seclusion.

The property is located on a palm fringed white sand beachfront with access to 10 private beaches, the Blue Lagoon Caves and authentic local village culture.

The 18 traditionally thatched, Beachfront Bures are available in 4 categories. Tucked away amongst the palms or ocean-facing, each air-conditioned bure features outdoor shower, expansive deck, hammock and a thatched cabana with sun-loungers. The al-fresco restaurant overlooks the pool, beach and ocean, serving all meals and a variety of drinks during the day and evening. Private dining is available on the beach, by the pool or in the bures. All non-alcoholic drinks are included. Guests can also enjoy the beachfront Baravi Spa, with 50 minutes of daily treatment included. An array of ocean and shore-based activities includes snorkelling, kayaking, paddle boarding, beach sports, guided walks and hikes, picnics and scuba diving. Access to the resort from the mainland is by plane or catamaran.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £3105 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals)

Nanuya Island Resort Nanuya Lailai, Yasawas Nanuya Island Resort is a compact, relaxing, welcoming and very professionally run beach property set in the central Yasawas on Nanuya Lailai island. The resort is located on the sunset side of the island, nestled amongst palm trees and natural flora and fringed by the pristine beach and blue lagoon beyond.

A choice of traditional bures and spacious villas, including the private Vale Ni Tadra luxury villa, make up the accommodation at Nanuya, set on the beach or amongst the hillsides, overlooking the lagoon. All are generously appointed with full private facilities and air-conditioned comfort. The property’s restaurant and bar overlooks the lagoon, offering an all-day and evening al la carte menu, making use of locally grown produce, sourced from the resorts 8-acre garden, located behind the main complex. The Boathouse Nanuya also offers cold drinks and casual dining. An ideal spot for a sunset cocktail or relaxing drink as the day subsides. Guests are never short of activities in which to indulge, including sunset cruising, kayaking, paddle boarding, cultural shows and the Lagoon Day Spa. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1049 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

180

Fiji

First Landing Vuda Point, Viti Levu The property takes its name from the point at which the canoe manned by the first Fijians supposedly ran aground in the 1800s, after hitting a nearby reef. The hotel itself is positioned on a lovely, white sand, palm-fringed beach, overlooking the Mamanucas.

Located only 15 minutes from Nadi airport, this quaint, compact and value-for-money resort is the ideal relaxation and recovery stop for visitors arriving into Fiji after a long flight.

First Landing features 43 bures and villas in a variety of categories and locations, including garden, oceanvew and beachfront. All feature a wide range of quality appointments and facilities including kitchenettes in all except garden and beachfront bures. Dining-patio, verandah and greater floor space and facilities feature in the higher categories. A full range of meals and drinks are available at the popular Mai Kana restaurant and bar. Guest facilities and activities include a swimming pool, island day trips, day spa, water and beach sports, guided walks and tours.

Star rating: ★★★

Prices from £609 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

Radisson Blu Denarau Island, Viti Levu One of several resort properties located within the Denarau Island complex, Radisson Blu is set amongst 10 acres of lush gardens facing the Mamanuca islands, only 20 minutes from Nadi airport.

The resort features one of Fiji’s largest lagoon swimming pools.

The Radisson Blu features 270 guest rooms and suites, available in a choice of categories. All are richly appointed and offer individual features including private balconies, suites with separate bedroom and living areas, full kitchen and laundry facilities. The hotel provides four food and beverage outlets for guests - the beachfront Blu Brasserie, serving local seafood, Thai cuisine and pizza, Chantara Thai, at lobby level, Neptunes, casual dining with pizza and fish and chips and Signature Blu beachfront, adult-only fine dining. Signature Tables are also available in a choice of private settings, complete with butler service. Guest facilities and activities include an extensive climatecontrolled swimming pool with solar powered heating, kid’s club, golf and racquet club, a complete range of free non-motorised watersports, Harmony Retreat Day Spa and free wi-fi.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £965 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

181

InterContinental Fiji Golf Resort & Spa Coral Coast, Viti Levu The InterContinental enjoys an enviable location at the western end of Fiji’s Coral Coast. The property faces the ocean at Natadola Bay, set amidst 35 acres of gardens and fronting the longest stretch of natural, white sand beach on Viti Levu, the main island of Fiji.

The resort features 266 guest rooms and suites, available in a wide choice of categories including Garden, Pool and Lagoon View Rooms, Beachfront View Rooms and Suites plus Club InterContinental One- and Two-Bedroom Suites. All rooms are generously spacious with private balcony or terrace and luxurious appointments. Food and beverage outlets include Navo and Sanasana restaurants, covering fine dining to all-purpose breakfast, lunch and dinner options, Toba Bar & Grill and Kama lounge. Guest facilities and activities include swimming pool, Spa InterContinental, kid’s club, kayaking, snorkelling, guided walks and visits to local village markets. Golf is available at the nearby Natadola Bay Championship Golf Course.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £785 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

Yatule Resort & Spa Coral Coast, Viti Levu Yatule is a charming boutique hotel enjoying a stunning location, with extensive beachfront lawns and areas for guest relaxation, right on Natadola Beach on Fiji’s Coral Coast. The property recently underwent a complete refurbishment with updated room interiors, polished wood floorboards and timber details evident throughout.

Accommodation consists of just 36 contemporary bures, available in a variety of categories. Appointments are attractive and sympathetic to the surroundings. A wide selection of dishes featuring seasonal local produce and freshly caught seafood are available in the popular Na Ua restaurant. Offerings include salads and appetisers, tandooris and grills. The Pool Bar also serves appetisers, light snacks, deserts and a choice of refreshments. Guests are able to enjoy a variety of water sports, a spa and resort swimming pool.

Activity programs are available for children and families. The resort is also a popular spot for weddings and for honeymooners.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £685 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and breakfast)

182

Fiji

Outrigger Fiji Beach Resort Coral Coast, Viti Levu The Outrigger is an attractive family-friendly resort, set amongst 40 acres of coconut palms and tropical gardens in the heart of the Coral Coast. The resort is close to the nearby settlement of Sigatoka and its busy local market. The property is modelled on a traditional Fijian village with many thatched buildings and high vaulted ceilings.

The Outrigger features 254 modern rooms, suites and traditional Fijian bures. All rooms from Deluxe upwards include butler service.

Accommodation is available in a wide variety of categories with a choice of location and aspect, located within either the main block or spread throughout the gardens and beachfront. Food and beverage options are extensive and include Baravi poolside bar and restaurant, Vale Ni Kana main restaurant, Ivi for fine dining, Takia on the Go lobby café, and the open-air Sundowner restaurant and grill.

Available guest facilities and activities include swimming pool and Bebe Spa, a full range of beach sports and watersports, reef walks, free diving lessons in the pool, Sigatoka shopping trips and Meke and Lovo traditional Fijian firewalking shows.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £869 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers)

Royal Davui Island Resort Bijou Island, Beqa Lagoon, Pacific Harbour, Viti Levu Royal Davui is a stylish, chic island resort and sanctuary with an adults-only policy. Located close to Pacific Harbour, the Royal Davui is perfect for those seeking elegance and privacy. Transfers to the island are available by helicopter, plane and launch. Alternatively, the resort can be accessed by road from Nadi in around 2 hours.

Royal Davui features 16 luxuriously appointed Vales, set amongst 10 acres of island landscape. Each comes with uninterrupted views of Beqa lagoon. Accommodation is available in three categories Island Plunge Pool Vale, Premium Plunge Pool Vale and Royal Davui Plunge Pool Suites. Interiors are spacious, inviting and made for relaxation. All-inclusive dining and refreshment needs are catered for at the Banyan Restaurant & Bar, located on a wooden-decked platform with indoor and outdoor seating. In-villa or beach dining is also available on demand. Guest leisure facilities and activities are centred upon the lagoon with some of the best diving in Fiji.

PADI-certified courses are available along with snorkelling, ‘Shark Wrangling’, game fishing, ‘skurfing’, hobbie cats, local mainland trekking, white water rafting and shopping tours.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £2909 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals)

183

Matangi Private Island Resort Matangi Island, Taveuni Matangi Private Island Resort is exactly what it says it is. Located on a small, 240-acre horseshoe-shaped island of the same name, north of Qamea in the Taveuni Group, this adults-only resort is set amongst pristine rainforest, bordered by white-sand beach and pristine coral reefs. Matangi has enjoyed glowing accolades over the years and with a location like this it is easy to understand why.

Matangi’s 12 traditional and rustic Fijian bures come well-appointed with modern amenities. They are available in 4 categories Treehouse, located up and within the islands lush, tropical foliage, Beachfront and Oceanview Bures, plus a Two-Bedroom Bure, set in a private location, steps from the ocean. All-inclusive dining includes fresh fish and seafood and locally grown fruit and vegetables, all prepared daily and served in the resort restaurant or in a private location on demand. Guest facilities and activities include nonmotorised watersports, beach sports, bush walks, Qamea village visits and hand lined fishing. Picnics, sport fishing, waterfall tours, scuba diving and Taveuni Island tours are available at a premium.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £2245 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals - local flights not included)

Qamea Resort & Spa Qamea Island, Taveuni Qamea is an intimate, boutique resort located on the island of the same name, next to the island of Taveuni. The property is set amongst 100 acres of tropical gardens, backed by bushland and tree-clad mountains. It faces one of Fiji’s most spectacular beaches.

Qamea features 17 luxuriously appointed bures, positioned amongst the palms and surrounding gardens. The traditional, thatchedroof bures are available in Beachfront Bure Honeymoon Villa, Honeymoon Bure and Royal Beach Villa categories. All are spacious, with outdoor decks, polished hardwood floors and four-poster canopy beds. The resort restaurant serves breakfast, lunch and dinner in a relaxed, informal beachfront setting, with a wide choice of high-quality dishes utilising fresh, seasonal and local produce, along with a range of drinks including wines, spirits and cocktails.

Qamea’s location is reflected in the many guest activities available, including non-motorised watersports, PADI dive centre, snorkelling, surfing, Jungle Spa and local village visits. Excursions to Bouma National Waterfall Park and the Lavena Nature Walk show off the areas stunning natural beauty in all its glory.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1029 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals - local flights not included)

184

Fiji

Koro Sun Resort & Rainforest Spa Savusavu, Vanua Levu Koro Sun enjoys an unspoilt location close to Savusavu. It is set in the midst of lush surroundings backed by the rainforest and overlooking the lagoon. The waters of the Koro sea are perfect for snorkelling and scuba diving with abundant sea life on show.

The resort features a selection of room types and locations, with garden, rainforest or lagoon views. The adult-only edgewater villas and bures are the highlight, overlooking the lagoon and within the lagoon itself the ‘floating’ bures offer a direct ‘on-the-water’ experience. The spacious bures and villas come in one-, two- and three-bedroom categories, ideal for families. Higher category bures and villas come with an outdoor deck, direct jetty or lagoon access with many featuring self-catering facilities. For food and beverage needs there two restaurants and two bars. The Matakau, located within the central clubhouse, is the main restaurant offering a choice of locally sourced regionally inspired dishes, much of this grown within the resorts own organic garden. The Seaside restaurant is also open on certain days and drinks are available at the Levu and Wai bars. A wide range of complimentary guest activities are offered.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £629 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals - local flights not included)

Jean-Michel Cousteau Resort Savusavu, Vanua Levu Established by and named after the son of the famed ocean explorer and scuba-pioneer, Jaques Yves Cousteau, this long-established resort is built on the site of a former coconut plantation occupying 17-acres of land. Resort accommodation is gloriously set on the shores of Savusavu lagoon, overlooking the coral reefs and the mystic mountains beyond. The resort is ideal for families, scuba divers and for weddings and honeymoons.

The 25 luxuriously appointed bures, offered in a choice of styles and settings, feature deluxe king beds, oversized bathrooms and private decks. The guest tariff includes all meals, non-alcoholic beverages, a choice of holiday activities and excursions and return transfers from Savusavu airport. Excellent dining is available in a choice of locations - open-air beach side restaurant, privately by starlight at the pier’s end or within the guest bures. A separate dining facility is available for families with children. Notable inclusive guest activities include non-motorised water sports, village market visits, rainforest and waterfall hikes. Diving, kayak trips, spa packages and sunset charter cruises are available at an additional cost.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £2549 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including return transfers and all meals - local flights not included)

185

KIA LABASA

Captain Cook Cruises Fiji’s Remote North Circumnavigate Vanua Levu - Fiji’s second largest island – and explore the islands, rivers and rainforests of the remote north. On the way discover the four different cultures of the Ellice (Polynesian), Banabas (Micronesian), Indian and Fijian (Melanesian) people.

VANUA LEVU

RABI KIOA

SAVUSAVU

NADI

LAU GROUP VITI LEVU

SOUTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Cruise Content 7 Night/8 Day Four Cultures Discovery Cruise Day 1: TIVUA ISLAND

Day 5: MALAU/LABASA, VANUA LEVU

Welcome aboard with a complimentary fruit punch and salusalu (lei) prior to setting sail. This afternoon visit Captain Cook Cruises’ own exclusive island ‘Tivua’ to enjoy a twilight swim, snorkel or just relax on the beach. Tonight enjoy a welcome dinner and entertainment.

Labasa is the largest town on Vanua Levu lying on a delta formed by three rivers. Sugar cane is the main industry here. Travel by local bus past the hard wood depot and sugar cane mill. Visit the Hindi Snake temple and see the Growing Rock up close. Visit the thriving market with spices, fish, poultry, goat and local produce. Enjoy morning tea with entertainment by a Bollywood style dance troop.

Day 2: KIOA ISLAND Kioa Islands are populated by South Sea Islanders, granted full citizenship in 2005. Kioa Island was settled by the people of Tuvalua Island, also called Ellice Island, after their displacement due to rising sea levels. The local people will greet you in their traditional way with a vibrant cultural presentation. Time to snorkel the pristine reefs and dive among the soft coral gardens.

Day 3: RABI ISLAND Rabi Island is the home of the Banabas people from Ocean Island in the Pacific. Meet the people, enjoying an introduction to their different culture and lifestyle. Enjoy beach activities or go snorkelling at Albert Cove.

Day 4: KIA ISLAND & GREAT SEA REEF 180TH MERIDIAN Crossing the northeastern tip of Vanua Levu cruise west to Druadrua Island to visit the local school. Snorkel and dive the world’s third longest barrier reef. The Great Sea Reef’s marine life includes varieties of soft coral and fish. Take to the glass bottom boat, snorkel or join the dive master for an underwater experience. Tonight discover traditional Fijian culture with a village sevusevu ceremony, meke and lovo feast at Kia Island.

Day 6: GALOA ISLAND, YAQAQA ISLAND Spend a day enjoying the beach and marine beauty of Galoa and Nanuku Islands along with surrounding cays and reefs. A relaxed day to swim, snorkel, beachcomb or laze on the beach. Take a glass bottom boat tour or enjoy a cocktail by the pool. Take the opportunity to experience a local church service and the harmonies of a Fijian choir.

Day 7: NANUNU-I-RA ISLAND/MANAVA CAY On completing the circumnavigation bid farewell to Vanua Levu and make the journey across Bligh Water, named after Captain Bligh of Mutiny in the Bounty fame. The final destination is Nananu-i-ra, off the north coast of Viti Levu, to enjoy a customary swim, snorkelling and beach activities.

A hike to the lookout offers amazing views of the Bligh Water. This evening wear a sulu (sarong) and join all the celebrations of the Pacific Island Night Finale. Pre-dinner cocktails and appetisers are served in the lounge before the gala farewell dinner featuring the music and dance of the South Pacific.

Day 8: NADI Enjoy breakfast before the return to Port Denarau Marina with a farewell Isa Lei disembarking at 9.00am.

Cruise Inclusions and non-inclusions Included: All meals, marine biologist and cultural talks, island stopovers, water activities, guided island tours, village and school tours, snorkelling, glass bottom boat tours, snorkelling equipment, mini-gym, tropical island lovo feast and kava ceremony, entertainment, kid’s club, 24-hour tea and coffee, transfers from the ship at cruise finish.

Not included: Transfers to the ship, drinks, optional tours, scuba diving and services.

Price per person sharing a twin cabin from £1359.

3 and 4 night cruises available from £629 per person.

186

Fiji

Blue Lagoon Cruises 3, 4 & 7 night Cruise Breaks Ta m a s u a

Visit hidden highlights and scenic wonders on these Fiji Islands cruise itineraries. Experience untouched natural beauty, stunning sunsets and discover the ‘real’ Fiji in the company of the Fijian crew and locals alike. The 3, 4 and 7 night cruises visit the Mamanuca and Yasawa groups, with snorkelling, diving, swimming with sharks and manta rays plus village feasts. The Blue Lagoons vessel, ‘Fiji Princess’ accommodates 68 passengers only, guaranteeing personal attention at all times to all guests on board.

Sawa-I-Lau Island

Dive sites

TS

IG

N

4

TS

H

H

3

IG

N

7

TS

H

IG

N

N a n u ya L a i l a i

Blue Lagoon

Drawaqa Island Sawa-I-Lau area Blue Lagoon area Yalobi Bay

Drawaqa Island

Naukacuvu Soso Bay Modriki Fiji Princess departs Port Denarau Connecting 1 hour Transfer from Port Denarau Connecting 1 hour Transfer back to Port Denarau Fiji Princess returns Port Denarau

Yasawa Islands

N av i t i Island

Soso Bay

Naukacuvu

Manta Rays in Season

Narara

Dive Sites

Yalobi Bay

Sacred Islands 4N

3N

IGH

IGH

ON

ON

NE

NE

CT

CT

ING

ING

TR

AN

TR

AN

SF

ER

SF

ER 4& EPART

N

Mamanuca Islands

UR

IGHT D

ET

3&7N

TR

IGH

7N

Modriki Island

TC

TC

Port Denarau

Nadi

Cruise Content 3 NIGHT/4 DAY EXPLORER CRUISE

7 NIGHT/8 DAY ESCAPE TO PARADISE CRUISE

This cruise sets sail at 3.00pm on Fridays from Denarau to the Outer Mamanucas, with an overnight anchorage on the secluded Modriki Island, the location for the Tom Hanks’ film ‘Castaway’. The Captain’s welcome dinner is served on board in the evening with entertainment provided by the crew. On Day Two, time for a morning beach walk, snorkel or a swim with the sharks. Visit Soso Bay and the Fijian village of Soso. Enjoy cocktails and a Indian Thali dinner on deck. On Day Three, time to relax and soak up the surroundings. Join the chef for a Fijian cookery lesson.

Overnight at Naukucuvu Island. On Day Four, some early morning snorkelling, swimming and kayaking before heading to the southern tip of Waya Island. The backdrop of the volcanic formations on neighbouring Waya Lailai is stunning. After lunch on board return to the port at Denarau.

The ultimate Blue Lagoon cruise itinerary, combining both the 3 night/4 Day and 4 night/5 Day itineraries into one memorable and exhilarating Fijian island-hopping experience.

4 NIGHT/5 DAY WANDERER CRUISE

Cruise Inclusions and non-inclusions Included: All meals including tea, barista coffee, filtered water and juice, excursions and activities, traditional Fiji entertainment, snorkelling equipment, use of all equipment at Nanuya Lailai including spyboards, kayaks and stand-up paddle boards (4 & 7 night cruises), ship-to-shore transfers, village entrance fees and wi-fi internet where reception allows.

Not included: Diving, sports fishing trips, alcoholic and soft drinks, massage, spa services and gratuities.

Price per person sharing a twin cabin from £535 (based on the 3 night cruise).

Departing Denarau port on Mondays at 12.15pm by connecting catamaran to the ‘Fiji Princess’, anchored at the Sacred Isles. Enjoy an afternoon of swimming, snorkelling and relaxation. The Captain’s dinner is served on board in the evening after arrival at Waya Island, the overnight anchorage. On Day Two, the private island peninsula and azure waters of Nanuya Lailai is the stopping point and venue for a traditional evening Fijian ‘Lovo’ feast. On Day Three, the anchorage is Sawa-I-Lau Island with a visit to the sacred caves and Tamasua village, the venue for the evening’s meal and entertainment. Day Four’s island stop is Drawaqa, with a chance to snorkel with the manta rays before a Fijian beach party under the stars. On the morning of Day Five the vessel cruises back to the port at Denarau.

187

The Cook Islands

The Cook Islands Experience The Cook Islands group is made up of 15 tiny islands and atolls scattered across two million square kilometres of the South Pacific Ocean.

The islands fall into two distinct brackets, the Northern Group and Southern Group, both of which lie virtually in the centre of the Polynesian triangle, between Tonga and Samoa to the west and Tahiti and her islands to the east.

Cook Islanders are of Polynesian descent, closely related to New Zealand’s Moaris. They are believed to have arrived in the islands in the 6th century from Tahiti, over 700 miles to the northeast. Today the Cook Islands are a self-governing nation enjoying a ‘free association’ with New Zealand. The Islanders are an open, friendly people who are always happy to introduce visitors to their way of life. The local greeting is ‘Kia Orana’ - which means ‘may you live on’.

Cook Island Maori is the local language but almost everyone speaks English.

Rarotonga is the largest island with just 40 square miles of land space. It is also the main gateway point to the group, housing the majority of its resort hotels and boutique retreats. Approaching Rarotonga by air provides the visitor with a spectacular view of the islands rugged and mountainous interior, which dominates the landscape from ground level. The coastal flats and the magnificent reef that encircles the island also stand out. The island is surrounded by a lagoon of clear, calm, turquoise water which contrasts sharply with the deep blue of the ocean beyond. A 20 mile circular road known as ‘Ara Tapu’ (Sacred Road) surrounds the island which can be circumnavigated in around 45 minutes. Further inland lies a second circular road, the ‘Aru Metua’ (Ancient Road), dating from the 11th century and providing access to the farmlands, settlements and small plantations that lie within the foothills of the central mass.

Rarotonga’s colourful, quaint capital is the small settlement of Avarua, located on the north shoreline. This typical South Sea haven is home to shops, bars, restaurants, galleries, historical sights, museums and markets, the main road dividing its centre, skirting twin harbours to the north.

Less than 45 minutes flight flying time from Rarotonga lie the incomparably beautiful islands and atolls of Aitutaki.

Shaped like a giant fish hook, the main island group and the many small and elongated islets and ‘motus’ that make up Aitutaki, encircle and encapsulate one of the most stunning lagoons in the Pacific. A spectacular sight from the air, the view of Aitutaki is something that will stay with you forever.

Simply stunning.

Aitutaki is the second most visited destination in the Cook Islands after Rarotonga and although mass tourism has been largely avoided there are a number of hotels and resorts located here that cater to those wishing to stay awhile - and Aitutaki is certainly not short of reasons to do just that. A lot quieter, more sedate and easy going than Rarotonga, Aitutaki is a great place to kick back for a few days and simply enjoy its splendid isolation and the natural wonders contained within its boundaries.

The Cook Islands enjoy a pleasantly warm and sunny climate all year round. June to August are the cooler months, whilst November to March marks the warmer season with occasional tropical showers occurring. The drier months from April to November have an average maximum temperature of about 26°C whilst the warmer, more humid and damp season runs from December to March. During this time the temperature ranges between 22°C and 28°C.

Amuri O’otu Vaipeka Arutanga Tautu

AITUTAKI

Nikao AVARUA

Pue Matavera

Te Rua Manga (the Needle) Arorangi RAROTONGA

Ngatangiia Aroa

Muri

Vaima’anga Titikaveka

190

The Cook Islands

The Cook Islands Day Tours & Excursions AITUTAKI DAY TOUR Every visitor to the Cook Islands should try to spend at least 3 nights on Aitutaki. But if time is tight then this Aitutaki Day Tour introduces you to one of the most beautiful lagoons in the world. Pick up is at 7.00am for the airport transfer and the 45 minute flight to Aitutaki, departing at 8am. Have your camera ready on approaching the island as the view is spectacular. From the air the tiny offshore islets (motus) are spread like beads along the protective reef edge. The white beaches bordering each island appear whiter in the morning sun. Everything about the lagoon at this time of the day seems surreal. On landing, you will be met and taken on a tour of the island, visiting the main township of Arutanga and the inland villages of Tautu and Vaipae. At the pier board a 21 metre (70 feet) traditional catamaran, Titi Ai Tonga, for a slow cruise across the lagoon, taking you past many of the offshore motus and sand bars permanently raised above the high tide mark. Take your passport with you and get an ‘arrival’ stamp at the uninhabited, One Foot Island’s Post Office.

Prices from £325 per person

AITUTAKI & ATIU ISLAND COMBO 4 Night, 5 Day Two Island Discovery Between April and Mid December it is possible to visit both Aitutaki and Atiu in a single itinerary. The Aitutaki/ Atiu two island, four night combo includes two nights accommodation at Tamanu Beach Hotel in Aitutaki, and two nights at Atiu Villas with breakfast included. (Wednesday departures include two nights Aitutaki and three nights Atiu). After enjoying Aitutaki’s spectacular lagoon Atiu provides a contrast with its rugged coastline, makatea (raised coral) caves, tranquil rainforest and exotic, native bird life. During your stay in Aitutaki be sure to take a cruise on the lagoon. Whilst in Atiu there is the opportunity to experience the guided bird life tours, cave exploration, visits to the local coffee factory or an evening at the traditional bush beer school.

Prices available at the time of enquiry

AKURA FISHING CHARTERS An opportunity to go game fishing on a 40 foot, purpose built game fishing boat in the clear, warm waters surrounding Rarotonga. Marlin, sailfish, wahoo, mahi-mahi and tuna are plentiful sport for sea anglers. Otherwise simple bottom fishing, jigging or whale watching are alternatives in season. Akura Fishing Charters also offers two 26 foot vessels for game fishing, spear fishing, bottom fishing and snorkelling trips. Charters operate daily in most weathers. All fishing equipment, refreshments and a light snack are included. A half day charter is also available on request.

Prices from £125 per person

192

The Cook Islands

The Cook Islands Day Tours & Excursions RAROTONGA ISLAND DISCOVERY TOUR A three hour, air-conditioned coach tour of Rarotonga, in the company of a local guide. An early pick-up from your hotel is followed by a guided overview of Rarotonga and the many points of interest along the way. Travel along the ancient Ara Metua or ‘Road of Toi’, built in 1050 AD as an all-weather paved road. Visit ancient maraes (ceremonial sites). Enjoy light refreshments and a convenience stop, with the opportunity to purchase locally crafted gifts and souvenirs. The tour continues to a number of historical sites including one of the first limestone churches on the island, the Garden of the Seven Canoes at Avana Passage and Black Rock, a volcanic boulder on the edge of the lagoon, believed to be the departure point of spirits to Avaiki (the afterlife). Catch a glimpse of the Needle Lookout as you travel, a volcanic outcrop that marks the centre of the island. Old church buildings and plantations of citrus, bananas, tapioca, papaya and taro line the route on this informative scenic drive.

Prices from £35 per person

PA’S CROSS ISLAND HIKE Pa is a well known, Rarotongan-born Cook Islander, who has become a legend amongst locals and tourists alike.

His knowledge of traditional herbal medicines, and local flora and fauna is shared with everyone on Pa’s journey across Rarotonga. The 3-hour hike is quite strenuous in parts and a good level of fitness is required. The route takes you from the northern side of the island via Avatiu Valley over streams and steep inclines, riverbeds and native bush, leading up to the base of the pinnacle. During the steep 400 metre climb you will have the opportunity to see rare orchids in season, a local fruit dove perhaps, whilst kakaia (terns) circle overhead. At the summit lies ‘the Needle’, the volcanic centre of Rarotonga with fabulous views over the island. From here you take a walk, via a short ridge, down the mountain to the southern side of the island where you can enjoy lunch and a dip in Wigmore’s waterfall.

Prices from £49 per person

CAPTAIN TAMA’S LAGOON CRUISE Join one of Captain Tama’s Lagoon Cruises out over Muri Lagoon to an inner reef area where the tropical marine life is abundant. Large areas of the lagoon have been placed under a traditional Raui Conservation System with a complete ban on fishing. This has resulted in a growth of sea life in these areas. A special area has been put aside for snorkelling during the cruise where you can swim amongst schools of butterfly fish and hand feed them. One of the highlights of the day is the fresh fish barbecue lunch on Koromiri Island, served with a selection of salads right on the white sand beach.

Prices from £49 per person

193

Rumours Luxury Villas & Spa Muri, Ngatanglia, Rarotonga An impressive adults-only boutique resort located at Muri Beach, on the east coast of Rarotonga. Rumours features just 7 luxurious villas in Beachfront, Beachside and Platinum categories. All superbly appointed with private waterfall fed swimming pools and surrounding decking, positioned either directly on the beach or just a stroll away.

All villas come with kitchen and cooking facilities. Alternatively, most the islands best restaurants are located nearby. Facilities include the Waterfall Spa whilst activities available to guests include snorkelling equipment, canoes and petanque.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1419 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

Te Manava Spa & Villas Muri Beach, Rarotonga Te Manava features 13 self-contained Luxury Villas in a choice of 7 categories, available in one- two- or three-bedroom configurations ranging in size from 47 to 475 square metres. The villas are offered in garden and beachfront settings. Each villa comes with private kitchen and private pool. Villas are modern and spacious with contemporary style and luxurious appointments. Te Manava is located on Muri Beach, overlooking the lagoon and the small ‘motus’ located just off shore. Guest amenities include a spa, swimming pool and non-motorised watersports facilities.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £715 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

Sunset Resort Arorangi, Rarotonga Sunset Resort features 35 spacious and well-appointed suites and studios located in a secluded beachfront setting, overlooking the lagoon on Rarotonga’s west coast. Suites and studios come in garden, poolside and beachfront settings. All feature full kitchen facilities whilst the open-air Anchorage Restaurant and Bar is also available for breakfast, lunch and dinner. Entertainment is included on occasions along with Sunday Sunset barbecue. Drum Beat house bar features a 5.00pm to 7.00pm happy hour. Guest facilities include two swimming pools, spa facilities, scuba and watersports.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £469 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

194

The Cook Islands

Pacific Resort Rarotonga Muri, Ngatangiia, Rarotonga Pacific Resort Rarotonga features 64 elegant rooms, suites and villas, set amongst almost 6 acres of beachfront grounds at Muri.

Accommodation is offered in 8 separate categories and in a variety of settings and outlooks. Breakfast, lunch and dinner are available at Sandals restaurant, whilst casual dining, drinks and cocktails are served at the beachside Barefoot Bar with views out over the nearby motus. Private dining is available on demand. Guest facilities and activities include a kid’s club, non-motorised watersports, glass bottom cruiser, day spa and swimming pool.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £585 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

Muri Beach Club Muri, Ngatangiia, Rarotonga Muri Beach Club is located on Rarotonga’s Muri beach, overlooking the lagoon and offshore motus. This is an adult-only resort featuring 30 well-appointed rooms, available in three categories, with access to both pool and beach and with a Deluxe Beachfront Room, located right on the beach. All rooms are spacious, bright and inviting.

Meals and drinks are served at the Muri Beach restaurant, with entertainment nightly during dinner. Guest service and activities include yoga, spa, aquatic centre and bicycle rental. Scuba, sailing and game fishing can be arranged.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £695 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

Little Polynesian Resort Titikaveka, Rarotonga Little Polynesian is a relaxing ‘barefoot’ boutique resort located beachside at Titikaveka on the south-east coast. Accommodation consists of 14 Ares, or bungalows. Choose from Over Beach or the duplex Pia Tiare, located in the resort gardens, all built in a traditional manner with modern amenities, fine appointments and decorative touches. All meals and drinks are served poolside, at the bar, in the resort bistro or in-room on request. Guest facilities and services include swimming pool, spa, night-time entertainment, beach and watersports activities, bicycle hire, fishing, kayaking and snorkelling.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £795 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers)

195

Pacific Resort Aitutaki Arutanga, Aitutaki This is one of the finest resorts in the South Pacific, enjoying a prime setting in one of the Pacific’s most stunning locations. It is set within 17 acres of natural forest and garden habitat fronting almost one and a half miles of pristine, palm-fringed beachfront, overlooking the incomparable turquoise waters of the lagoon on Aitutaki’s west coast.

The 27 luxuriously appointed and spacious bungalows and villas are available in three categories - Beachfront Bungalows, Beachfront Suites and split-level Beachfront Villas. Varying in size and aspect, depending upon category, all come with private sundecks and timber furnishings. The Rapae Bay restaurant and the casual Black Rock Café cater to all food and beverage needs, both enjoying open views of the lagoon. Private dining is also available on demand. Whilst relaxation is the main emphasis here the guest facilities and activities are plentiful and include the Tiara Spa, lagoonside swimming pool, activity centre, dive centre, kayaks, canoes and scooter hire. Kiteboarding is a popular pastime along with bone-fishing on the lagoon flats, snorkelling and diving.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1309 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including return airfare from Rarotonga and return transfers)

Aitutaki Lagoon Resort & Spa Akitua Private Island, Aitutaki The only resort in Aitutaki to be located on its own island, facing both eastward and westward, surrounded by and overlooking the beautiful waters of the vast inner lagoon. The resort occupies the tiny Akitua islet, linked by a causeway to the Aitutaki mainland at O’otu.

The 36 lavishly appointed and spacious guest bungalows are available in five categories. Beachfront Bungalows face the O’ofu channel whilst Premium Beach Bungalows enjoy panoramic views over the lagoon. Deluxe Beachfront Bungalows are directly on the beach and the unique Overwater Bungalows afford direct access to the lagoon. The Royal Honeymoon Villa comes with luxurious appointments, private spa, pool and draped 4-poster bed. All bungalows come with private verandah. Dining and cocktails with a view are available at both the Flying Boat Bar and Grill and the Bounty Brasserie, with Pacific inspired cuisine and fresh island produce a highlight of the menu. Private dining is available on request. Guest facilities and activities include two swimming pools, a poolside spa and water-based activities such as kayaking, snorkelling, outrigger canoes and lagoon game fishing.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £939 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including return airfare from Rarotonga and return transfers)

196

The Cook Islands

Aitutaki Village Resort O’otu, Aitutaki Aitutaki Village Resort is a small, intimate and relaxed boutique property, ideal for families and for short stays. It is located directly across a small road from the narrow white sand beach at O’otu, meaning Full Moon. The property lies just across the straits from Akitua Island on the eastern Aitutaki mainland, close to the airport.

The resort overlooks the Aitutaki lagoon and is home to one of the best swimming locations in Aitutaki. Local water taxis to the nearby motus and scenic lagoon cruises all depart from the wharf at Aitutaki village.

Aitutaki Village Resort features just 12 Garden Bungalows, available in King Room, Twin Room and Family Room configurations, all literally steps from the beach. Food and beverage facilities are available at the resorts quaint beachside restaurant and bar with great views of the lagoon. Traditional dancing and Polynesian Feasts are a regular and popular occurrence. A number of independent restaurants are located within walking distance of Aitutaki Village for those wishing to explore. Activities include bicycle hire, snorkelling, paddle boarding and lagoon fishing. Airport pick up and drop off are included.

Star rating: ★★★

Prices from £639 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including return airfare from Rarotonga and return transfers)

Tamanu Beach Resort Amuri Village, Aitutaki Tamanu Beach is a spacious, friendly and welcoming family-run boutique hotel with excellent facilities. The property is located on Aitutaki’s west coast amidst well-maintained tropical gardens, facing the beach and the surrounding lagoon. The resort provides guests with superb sunset views from its beachside studios, bungalows, restaurant and bar.

The property features 22 bungalows in five categories - Lagoon, Beachfront, Garden, Studio Beachfront and Studio Lagoon. The amply-sized bungalows feature attractive Polynesian mahogany and white-walled interiors with rattan-style furnishings, vaulted roofs and ceiling fans. A family suite is also available opposite the resort. The ‘Are’ style restaurant at Tamanu is located right on the beachfront serving Pacific Island and international cuisine for breakfast, lunch and dinner as well as a wide selection of drinks and cocktails. Guest facilities and activities include two swimming pools, bicycle hire, kayaking, snorkelling, local touring and lagoon cruising.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £689 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including return airfare from Rarotonga and return transfers)

197

Tahiti

The Tahiti Experience The Islands of Tahiti, officially known as French Polynesia but more commonly referred to as simply ‘Tahiti’, are sprinkled over one and a half million square miles of ocean in the eastern South Pacific, an area larger than Europe. The total land area of these 118 islands and atolls adds up to just 1,359 square miles consisting of five archipelagos: the Society Islands, the Austral Islands, the Marquesas Islands, the Tuamotu Atolls and the Gambier Islands.

The most visited islands in the group are those detailed within this brochure - the Society Islands, the Tuamotus, and the Marquesas.

Tahiti is the main island and accounts for one quarter of the total land mass. Its capital, Papeete, lies almost equidistant from the U.S.A., South America, Australia and Japan. The English Captain, Samuel Wallis, was the first European to discover Tahiti in 1767, he was closely followed by Captain Cook who was responsible for mapping the archipelagos, and by Captain Bligh of ‘Mutiny on the Bounty’ fame. Many eminent and well-known people have followed in their tracks including French impressionist painter, Paul Gauguin, who spent his last days here, and actor Marlon Brando, who made his home on the island of Tetiaroa, which he purchased, ironically, after filming ‘Mutiny on the Bounty’ in the region. ‘The Brando’ resort, located on Tetiaroa and run by his children, is named after him.

The Marquesas are a group of high, steep mountainous islands, located close to the equator. The best known are Nuku Hiva and Hiva Oa, visited by the cruise/freighter, Aranui 5, on its regular round trip voyage from Papeete in Tahiti.

The Islands of Tahiti were one of the last places on earth to be populated by humans, dating back to 200BC and early settlements in the Marquesas. The total population of the islands today is around 275,000 with Tahiti accounting for over 133,000 alone. The population is 70% Polynesian of Maori extraction, 11.5% European, 4.3% Asian and 14.2% of mixed race. French and Polynesian are the official languages but English is widely spoken.

The Society Islands are made up of a group of high, tropical islands, with Tahiti, the largest island in French Polynesia, the administrative capital. The group also includes Tetiaroa, Moorea, Huahine, Raiatea, Taha’a, Bora Bora and Maipu.

The Tuamotu group is a collection of low islands or atolls, each encircled by a lagoon, protected by a ring of coral.

Rangiroa, Tikihau and Fakarava are the most visited.

French Polynesia is cooled by the gentle breezes of the Pacific and the climate is sunny and pleasant. There are two seasons as such, from November to April the climate is warm and moist with temperatures ranging from 23° C to 30° C. From May to October the climate is cooler and drier with temperatures ranging from 17° C to 22° C. Most of the rain falls during the warm season although there are many sunny days during this period with refreshing tradewinds.

NUKU HIVA

UA HUKA

THE MARQUESAS UA POU HIVA OA

RANGIROA

THE TUAMOTUS

TIKEHAU

TAHUATA

BORA BORA TAHA’A

HUAHINE

RAIATEA

THE SOCIETY ISLANDS

FATU HIVA

TETIAROA

MOOREA

TAHITI

200

Tahiti

Getting Around The Islands of Tahiti Travel between the Tahitian island groupings featured within this brochure is undertaken mainly by air and on some occasions by sea, particularly in the case of travel between the relatively close Society Islands group and the more distant Tuamotu Atoll group. Regular daily services are also available connecting the various Society Islands with one another. Travel to the remote Marquesas group is only possible by sea, over a much longer period of time, with the Aranui 5 container/cruise vessel (see page 212) being the most convenient and practical means of transportation.

ISLAND TOURS & ACTIVITIES TAHITI:• Inner Island 4WD Safari - Explore Tahiti’s interior with misty mountains, verdant valleys and waterfalls. Full day tour.

• Whale Watching - Between August and October Humpback whales visit the region to mate. 3 hour tour.

• Helicopter Scenic Flight - See Tahiti and Moorea from the air, seeing mountains, valleys and lagoons. 15-60 minute flights.

THE SOCIETY ISLANDS & THE TUAMOTUS Air and Ferry Services from Papeete (subject to change) TETIAROA:Travelling to Tetiaroa by air - Travel from Tahiti to Tetiaroa is by private aircraft operated by Air Tetiaroa. For clients staying at The Brando this service is included. Full details on request.

MOOREA:Travelling to Moorea by air - Air Tahiti operates an air taxi service with 15 minute hops between islands. There are 2/3 scheduled departures a day between 6.00am and 6.00pm.

Travelling to Moorea by sea - Passenger and car ferries provide crossings from Papeete harbour to Vaiare Bay in Moorea and return. The journey time is 30 minutes.

RAIATEA-TAHA’A:Travelling to Raiatea-Tahaa by air - Air Tahiti operates 8 direct 45 minute flights daily to Raiatea or with stops in Huahine.

BORA BORA:Travelling to Bora Bora by air - Air Tahiti has 3-4 daily flights to Bora Bora. There are 45 minute direct flights from Tahiti or flights with stops in Moorea, Huahine and Raiatea. Air Tahiti ‘Air Pass’ fares are also available for multiple stops in the Society and Tuamotu Islands. Full details on enquiry.

RANGIROA & TIKEHAU:Travelling to Rangiroa and Tikihau by air - Air Tahiti has 2/3 daily round-trip flights between Tahiti and Rangiroa taking one hour. There is also a direct daily flight to Manihi, or flights via Rangiroa, Raiatea and Bora Bora. Air Tahiti ‘Air Pass’ fares are available for multiple stops in the Society and Tuamotu Islands. Full details on enquiry.

202

Tahiti

MOOREA:• Nature & Culture - Visit Le Belvedere lookout, pineapple fields, vanilla plantations, Cook and Opunohu bays plus natural pools and archeological sites. Half day tour.

• Snorkelling at Moorea Lagoonarium - An interactive experience under supervision at Motu Ahi, swimming amongst the many tropical fish. 2 hour tour.

BORA BORA:• Shark & Ray Lagoon Safari - A guided visit to Motu Tapu to observe ray and shark being fed by the guide, with time later for snorkelling followed by a Motu lunch. Full day tour.

• Dive for Tahitian Pearls - Dive the lagoon where black pearl oyster lie 2 metres below. Choose the oyster and the pearl is yours to keep. 2 hour tour.

• Walk the Valley of Kings - An ethno-botanical walk through the interior of Bora Bora, discovering medicinal plants and learning of their use. Half or Full day tour.

• Helicopter Scenic Flight - Enjoy spectacular views of Bora Bora’s backdrops including Mt Otemanu, the lagoon and the surrounding motus. 15-30 minute flights.

RAIATEA-TAHA’A:• Combo 4WD and Lagoon - Visit view points over the lagoon, pearl farms and vanilla plantations followed by snorkeling in the coarl gardens. Lunch included. Full day tour.

RANGIROA:• Blue Lagoon Tour - Visit a lagoon within a lagoon. Feed tropical fish, bird watch and explore surrounding islands followed by snorkelling. Lunch included. Full day tour.

All prices available at the time of enquiry.

InterContinental Resort Tahiti Tahiti, Society Islands A stay in Tahiti is more often than not a preamble to a more extensive island-hopping experience which follows. The InterContinental Resort Tahiti succeeds in providing guests with an impressive taste of what potentially lies ahead. The resort is located amidst 32-acres of manicured gardens fronting the turquoise lagoon with dramatic views of the island of Moorea in the near distance.

247 guest rooms and suites are available in five categories including garden, panoramic garden and panoramic lagoon views.

Overwater Bungalows are an additional feature. Individual suite accommodations are also available. All rooms come with private balconies or terrace and quality appointments. All-day dining is on offer at Le Tiare restaurant, and gourmet lunch and dinner at the overwater Lotus restaurant. Overwater bungalows also offer daily breakfast delivered by outrigger canoe. The Tiki Bar, with regular live entertainment, the Lobby bar and the swim-up Lotus pool bar all offer a full range of drinks and refreshments. Guest services include two freshwater pools, snorkelling, kayaks, fitness and Deep Nature spa.

Water skiing and scuba are available at an additional cost.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £435 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including return transfers)

Le Meridien Tahiti Tahiti, Society Islands Le Meridien Tahiti is located on the west coast of Tahiti, overlooking the lagoon and facing one of the island’s best beaches. It is one of only two properties in Tahiti offering overwater accommodation with stunning, sunset views across the water to the island of Moorea.

The 150 guest rooms and suites are contemporary French in style with a tropical Polynesian touch. Each one has a private deck with lagoon views. They come in eight categories - Garden, Garden Family, Deluxe Ocean View and Deluxe Ocean View Family Rooms, Junior and One-Bedroom Suites, Overwater Bungalows and Presidential Suite. All day dining options are provided at La Plantation restaurant whilst the waterside-located Le Carre restaurant serves lunch and dinner. Enjoy a drink at L’Astolabe bar or in the relaxing surroundings of the sand-bottom swimming pool at Le Pool Bar. Indulge in aqua-aerobics or art lessons at the onsite L’Atelier studio and gallery. Explore the waters of the lagoon by kayak and outrigger canoe, or enjoy the views below the surface whilst snorkelling. Yoga, cooking classes, tennis, and numerous beach activities are also readily available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £359 per person (Based on a 3 night stay including return transfers)

204

Tahiti

The Brando Tetiaroa, Society Islands

Once the former private island home of Marlon Brando, this exquisite resort oozes luxury, privacy, exclusivity and indulgence.

The superlatives and accolades abound, but The Brando delivers.

In keeping with the late actor’s legacy the property is 100% energy independent and is supportive of many research and conservation initiatives. The resort is located on Motu Onetahi, within the beautiful Tetiaroa atoll, 25 minutes north from Tahiti by air.

At a glance

The Brando features just 35 beachfront villas in one-, two- and three-bedroom categories. At one with the surroundings, all villas are comfortably furnished, expansive and lavishly appointed, with media facilities, spacious bedrooms with adjoining amenities, outdoor tubs, private plunge pools and deck areas. Two restaurants, the Beachcomber Café and Les Mutinés, offer awardwinning, Michelin starred cuisine, uitilising fresh local ingredients. A Vegan menu is also available. Both the Te Manu open-air bar and the eponymous Bob’s Bar, in its relaxed beach setting, provide an array of libatious delights. The Varua Polynesian Spa caters to guests wellbeing needs whilst activity programmes encourage exploration of the pristine marine environment.

Water activities: Aquagym, pedal boats, kayaks, sunset cruise, whale excursions

Location: Motu Onetahi, Tetiaroa, 33 miles to the north of Tahiti.

Transfer time: 25 minutes by air from Tahiti.

Rooms/suites: 35 Beachfront Villas in One- Two- and Three-Bedroom categories.

Restaurants/bars: 4. (seasonal), snorkeling, canoes, scuba diving, deep sea fishing.

Land activities: Cultural activities, petanque, hiking, marine environment excursions, swimming pools, tennis, Jacuzzi.

Spa/beauty service: Varua Polynesian Spa. Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices: from £3249 per person Based on a 3 night stay including return air transfers from and to Tahiti.

205

Hilton Moorea Lagoon Resort Moorea, Society Islands The Hilton enjoys an idyllic setting on the northern coast of Moorea, with picturesque bays to either side and a dramatic mountain backdrop rolling down to the resort edge. The vast, azure lagoon is simply stunning, teaming with marine life and overlooked, literally, by the stilted overwater bungalows, arranged in a series of bow-like curves just offshore from the mainland resort. The 104 spacious bungalows come in either exotic garden or overwater settings, contemporary in design and suitably appointed. Two restaurants and an overwater bar feature along with a fitness centre, infinity pool and complimentary water activities.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1049 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island ferry services not included)

InterContinental Resort & Spa Moorea, Society Islands The InterContinental is set within 27-acres of gardens, bordering the lagoon on Moorea’s northwest coastline. The resort is home to the popular Moorea Dolphin Centre and Sea Turtle Clinic. The resort features 143 Polynesian-style rooms and suites, in garden, beachside and overwater lagoon settings. The resort features three restaurants, Fare Nui, Fare Hana and The Shell, offering local and international favourites, the Motu Iti bar and the pool-located Motu One swim up bar. The widest range of water-sports in Tahiti is on offer here along with bespoke treatments at the Hélène Spa. Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £799 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island ferry services not included)

Sofitel Moorea Ia Ora Moorea, Society Islands The only property located on the eastern shores of Moorea, fronting the longest white sand beach on the island, overlooking the lagoon with views of Tahiti in the near distance. The spacious overwater, beachfront and garden villas and bungalows feature contemporary Polynesian decor and stylish appointments. Barefoot, gourmet dining is on offer at K restaurant, with local cuisine a feature at Pure.

Open-air drinks and refreshments are on show at the Beach Bar and at Vue, facing the large swimming pool. The SoSpa offers guests a series of Polynesian-inspired treatments.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £935 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island ferry services not included)

206

Tahiti

Le Taha’a Island Resort & Spa Taha’a, Society Islands The island of Taha’a is the centre for Tahitian vanilla production and its fragrance is evident everywhere as you travel by shuttle boat from nearby Raiatea to the tiny offshore motu on which the Le Taha’a Island Resort and Spa is located. The resort enjoys a stunning setting, flanked by the islands of Taha’a and Bora Bora, with direct access to the surrounding coral gardens.

The centrepiece of the resort is the impressive lobby, styled after a Polynesian canoe, with the resorts main bar and two of its restaurants located on its upper deck. Accommodation consists of 57 suites and villas, the majority enjoying an overwater setting within the confines of the shallow lagoon, with the signature beach villas located on the motu itself. A choice of dining is available at Le Vanille, the main restaurant, set high amongst the trees, at La Plage, right on the beach and at Ohiri, for a more formal setting. The poolside Manuia bar, with swim-up option, and Tehutu, located in the main lobby building, offer a full range of drinks and refreshments, day and night respectively. Le Spa provides a selection of wellness treatments and a variety of guest activities and tours are also available.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £1939 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

Vahine Island, Private Island Resort Vahine Island, Taha’a, Society Islands Set on a 23-acre private islet, Motu tu Vahine (island of the woman), is located in the middle of the lagoon, along the edge of the coral reef which surrounds the island of Taha’a. The resort is set amongst a rich expanse of coconut palms, covering the interior of the small islet which is itself surrounded by natural coral gardens, with views of Taha’a, Raiatea, Huahine and Bora Bora.

Accommodation on Vahine consists of just 3 overwater bungalows and 6 beachfront suites, all rustic in style and traditional in design, with the extensive use of wood and bamboo. All are air-conditioned and come with sundecks, each with their own hammock, and free wi-fi. The informal resort restaurant caters for all meals with a local and international twist provided by the experienced in-house chef.

The relaxed bar offers a range of cocktails, fresh fruits, wines, beers and spirits throughout the day and night. Free activities are extensive, ranging from Polynesian pirogue canoes for lagoon exploration and visits to the nearby motus, to kayaks, paddle boards, snorkelling, fishing equipment, naturalist tours and beach and board games.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1135 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

207

St. Regis Bora Bora Resort Bora Bora, Society Islands Opulent, elegant, stylish and sophisticated in equal measure and offering some of the most exclusive island accommodation in the region, the St. Regis Bora Bora Resort occupies the 44-acre Motu Ome’e on the secluded northeastern side of Bora Bora lagoon.

The St. Regis offers only villa accommodation, in garden, beachside and overwater categories. Immaculately furnished, with the finest amenities, each features Italian marble bathrooms with rain shower and separate living area. Overwater accommodation is amongst the largest in the region and features spacious furnished terraces with separate dining area. Villas range in area from 1550 square feet up to 13,000 square feet in the case of The Royal Estate compound.

Guests may choose from four individual restaurants, offering Italian, Mediterranean, French, Asian and Japanese cuisine respectively.

The Aparima Bar provides refreshing drinks, light meals and snacks throughout the day and evening. The resort’s Clarins Spa, occupying 13,000 square feet on its own private island, offers a selection of Polynesian and Asian treatments. Guest facilities and activities include a pool, lagoonarium, dive centre, fitness centre and Jacuzzi.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £2135 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

Four Seasons Bora Bora Bora Bora, Society Islands One of the premier elite resorts in Bora Bora, the Four Seasons enjoys an enviable location on Motu Tehotu, on the northeastern side of the island, along the outer coral reef. The views from the resorts overwater bungalows of Bora Bora’s iconic focal point, the majestic Mt Otemanu, are simply stunning. The resort is ideal for families.

The property features 120 bungalows, bungalow suites and villas in a choice of categories, locations and room configurations, with floor space ranging from just over 1000 square feet to nearly 5000 square feet. The vast majority enjoy an overwater setting. All are beautifully decorated in traditional teak with the finest of appointments, private decking and direct access to the lagoon. Dining choices are extremely well catered for with Ari Moana, French and Polynesian restaurant, Sunset Restaurant and Bar, serving Asian and Sushi, and the openair, all day Tere Nui and Fare Hoa Beach Bar for a more relaxed setting, serving light snacks and drinks. The Four Seasons Spa offers extensive holistic healing treatments with several signature therapies.

Guest activities include an infinity pool, a fitness centre, kayaks and paddle boards, shark and ray feeding, windsurfing and scuba diving.

Star rating: ★★★★★

Prices from £2829 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

208

Tahiti

InterContinental Bora Bora La Moana Bora Bora, Society Islands The property is located on Bora Bora’s main island, at its southernmost edge, overlooking the lagoon close to Matira Point. The beach here is said to be one of the finest in the world. The views from the resort take in the islands of Raiatea and Taha’a in the near distance.

All of the spacious suites and bungalows offer spectacular views, most of them from overwater locations within the lagoon. All are decorated in traditional Polynesian style, with woodcarvings, tapa bark cloth, woven bamboo and wooden floors featuring throughout. Rooms are spacious, air-conditioned and tastefully appointed. French-inspired cuisine is served at Noa Noa, the main restaurant, whilst the Vini Vini bar and the Terrace restaurant offer light meals, snacks and refreshments all day. Private dining can be arranged on request.

The resort offers a number of complimentary activities including snorkelling, outrigger canoes, kayaks and paddle boards. Speedboat trips and diving excursions are available at an additional charge.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1559 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

InterContinental Bora Bora Resort & Thalasso Spa Bora Bora, Society Islands Centred around the Deep Ocean Spa facility - the first sea water therapy spa in Tahiti - the property faces the main island of Bora Bora and the majestic Mt Otemanu from its reef-edge location on Motu Piti Aau. All villas occupy overwater locations set within the lagoon.

The spacious overwater villas are presented in a contemporary island style with traditional touches. All share the same layout and floor space, only the position and view changes, with appointments including separate bathtub and shower, air-conditioning and sundeck with outdoor shower and direct water access. Dining choices range from fine French cuisine to barbecue buffets. With three restaurants and two bars to choose from, including themed presentations on select dates, international choices, authentic local dishes and more casual fare are all readily available. The signature spa specialises in Thalassotherapy, or the use of sea water. A wide selection of treatments are available.

An extensive range of activities and local excursions are also available including watersports and the lagoonarium.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £2319 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

209

Hilton Bora Bora Nui Resort & Spa Bora Bora, Society Islands Positioned at the southern end of Motu Toopua, on the western edge of Bora Bora lagoon, the Hilton Bora Bora enjoys a peaceful location secluded from the rest of the island but with access to all areas by shuttle boat. Set on a stretch of white sand beach the resort faces the Pacific Ocean with uninterrupted views over the lagoon.

A choice of accommodation is available, in guestroom, suite and villa categories, ranging from garden and hillside options to overwater bungalows. All are spacious and well appointed with separate living and bedroom areas. Overwater villas come with decking and direct lagoon access. French/Mediterranean cuisine with Asian and Pacific Rim influences is served at Irialai restaurant, complete with panoramic views. Tamure Grill offers light fare adjacent to the beach whilst the hotel bars,Upa Upa and Ta’ie’ie, offer a range of snacks and cocktails. The Hina Spa, perched on a dramatic black lava hill, offers a range of signature treatments. Guests also have access to catamaran sailboats, kayaks, outrigger canoes, snorkelling equipment and a swimming pool. Jet Skiing and diving are available at an additional charge.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1289 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

Sofitel Bora Bora Marara Beach Bora Bora, Society Islands The Sofitel Bora Bora Marara Beach is located to the south of the main island, on the eastern side of Matira Point, overlooking the lagoon with views of Raiatea and Taha’a. The hotel features a private offshore coral garden, accessible by kayak.

The resort offers a choice of 55 garden, beach and overwater bungalows, all with views of the coral reef. All rooms are tastefully furnished and appointed with air-conditioning and ceiling fans.

Overwater bungalows feature a private deck with direct lagoon access. The resort restaurant, Latitude 16º, overlooks the lagoon with its own terrace. Local specialities, international options, themed nights and Tahitian oven dishes all feature. The Hurricane bar, named after the 1979 film of the same name, also faces the lagoon, serving snacks and refreshment throughout the day and evening.

Guest facilities and activities include Jacuzzi, solarium and spa, beach activities, snorkelling, outrigger canoes and kayaks. Diving is available at an additional cost.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1489 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

210

Tahiti

Kia Ora Resort & Spa Rangiroa Rangiroa, Tuamotu A long-established resort located on a small coconut tree lined motu on the northern edge of the vast lagoon which it overlooks.

The resort is close to the Tiputa Pass, known for its tidal dolphin phenomenon. Accommodation consists of 60 spacious cottages, built in traditional style and offered in garden, beach and overwater settings, all with private deck, some with private pool. French and Tahitian cuisine, along with Tahitian wine, are a feature of the resorts restaurant and bar. A spa is available along with a host of lagoon, land-based and remote island activities.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1215 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

Hotel Maitai Rangiroa Rangiroa, Tuamotu A small, compact property overlooking the Rangiroa lagoon from its location on the northern shoreline, between the noted Tiputa and Avatoru Passes. The 34 thatched bungalows enjoy pleasant coconut grove and scenic beachside settings. Construction is traditional and rustic with modest but functional furnishings. Rooms are spacious and come with TV, wi-fi, ceiling fans, air-conditioning and showers.

The delightful Blue Lagoon restaurant and Mawake bar provide for all food and beverage needs. Kayaks and snorkelling equipment are available along with local visits and reef excursions.

Star rating: ★★★

Prices from £505 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

Tikehau Pearl Beach Resort Tikehau, Tuamotu Splendid isolation best describes this idyllic resort haven, set on Motu Tiano and forming part of a string of motus and islets enclosing a 26 kilometre oval shaped lagoon. Two neighbouring motus, in their natural state, are accessible by resort guests. Accommodation consists of just 37 well-appointed, beachside and overwater bungalows and suites. All feature a private verandah and are of a traditional thatched design. The resort bar and restaurant are located poolside, providing a full food and beverage service during the day and evening. Lagoon activities and spa facilities are readily available.

Star rating: ★★★★

Prices from £1235 per person (Based on a 5 night stay including transfers - inter-island flights not included)

211

Nuku Hiva

The Marquesas Islands Aranui - Journey to Paradise For over 30 years the Aranui has been carrying a small and select group of adventurous travellers to and from the remote Marquesas Islands, along with the freight and essential cargo supply services for which it was originally commissioned. The voyage ranks amongst the most fascinating in the world.

Ua Huka Ua Pou Hiva Oa Tahuata

Rangiroa Takapoto

Bora Bora

Tahiti

13 NIGHT/14 DAY CRUISE Day 1: DEPART PAPEETE, TAHITI

Day 8: HIVA OA

Enjoy a Marquesan dance show and fruit punch by the pool before departure at 10.00am.

Travel by foot or jeep to the archaeological tiki site at Me’ae Ipona. Only Easter Island has more sculptures than here.

Day 2: TUAMOTU ARCHIPELAGO

Day 9: UA HUKA

Arrive at Takapoto. Go ashore by tender. Enjoy a beach picnic lunch. Swim or snorkel in the blue lagoon.

Take a tour by four-wheel drive vehicle or on horseback.

After lunch visit a local woodcarvers’ studios. Enjoy Polynesian Night with a buffet dinner and entertainment.

Day 3: AT SEA Day 4: NUKU HIVA Sail into Taiohae’s spectacular bay, with its towering cliffs streaked with waterfalls. Explore Taiohae. Visit the archaeological site of Kamuihei at Hatiheu. Lunch at Yvonne’s Restaurant with the meal cooked in a traditional underground oven. Visit the valley of Taipivai. Hike to visit the Paeke site. The Aranui anchors in Taipivai Bay.

Day 10: NUKU HIVA - UA POU Dock at Taiohae. At noon sail to Ua Pou, docking at Hakahau, your last opportunity to buy local souvenirs.

Day 11: AT SEA Day 12: RANGIROA Relax on the beach or swim and snorkel in the translucent Rangiroa lagoon. Scuba diving is available. Visit a pearl farm with an opportunity to purchase some.

Day 13: BORA BORA Set anchor in Bora Bora, best known for its blue and green lagoon. Time to relax or snorkel before a Tahitian lunch.

Day 14: ARRIVE PAPEETE, TAHITI Arrive in Papeete around 9.30am to disembark.

Includes: Cruise transportation and shipboard accommodations, meals and excursions.

Day 5: UA POU You are greeted by the soaring mountain spires of Ua Pou. Visit the church at Hakahau followed by a lunch of breadfruit, curried goat, poisson cru and red bananas.

Day 6: TAHUATA The site of the first French settlement in the Marquesas in 1842. Visit the church, built by the Vatican. Sail to Hiva Oa and explore Atuona, where Paul Gauguin lived and worked.

Take lunch at Hoa Nui Restaurant followed by time to explore.

Day 7: FATU HIVA The most lush and remote island of the Marquesas and a centre of Marquesan crafts. Hike or sail to Hanavave on the Bay of Virgins, one of the most beautiful in the world.

212

Tahiti

Not Included: Shipboard purchases, liquor, gratuities, port taxes other than those specifically provided for, and other personal items.

Price per person sharing a twin cabin from £1115

Fatu Hiva

The Society Islands Paul Gauguin Small Luxury Cruising

Bora Bora Taha’a

Huahine

Designed specifically to navigate the shallow seas of Tahiti, the M/S Paul Gauguin visits destinations inaccessible to larger cruise ships.

With 217 crew and 332 guests a luxurious onboard experience is guaranteed. The M/S Paul Gauguin offers spacious suites and staterooms, over 70% with private balconies spread over 7 decks, an on-board watersports marina, three dining venues and an extensive spa.

Moorea

Tahiti

8 DAY/7 NIGHT CRUISE Day 1: DEPART PAPEETE

Day 6 & 7: MOOREA

The voyage begins in Tahiti, embarking at around 3.00pm.

Time to settle into your cabin and explore the ship.

With spectacular mountain peaks, multi-coloured lagoons and palm-fringed beaches, Moorea is one of the most beautiful islands in the whole of Tahiti. Shop for local crafts, embark on a dolphin-watching expedition with a marine biologist or try out some of the local pineapples. An overnight here allows two full days to explore the island. Late in the afternoon of the second day M/S Paul Gauguin cruises to nearby Papeete, docking for the night.

Day 2: HUAHINE Huahine is known as the ‘Garden Island’ for its lush rainforests and dramatic terrain. A chance to explore sacred sites and landmarks, amongst the best-preserved archaeological remains in French Polynesia. Enjoy snorkelling or scuba diving in the expansive lagoon. Or picnic on the beach.

Day 8: PAPEETE Disembark the M/S Paul Gauguin in Papeete with the opportunity to enjoy a little more of the Islands of Tahiti before leaving for home.

Includes: Airport/pier transfers, all shipboard meals in a choice of venues, complimentary room service, all beverages including select wines and spirits, onboard gratuities for room stewards and dining staff, complimentary watersports, day at the private islet, Motu Mahana.

Prices from £1139 per person M/S Paul Gauguin also offers the following South Pacific cruise itineraries:-

Day 3: TAHA’A (MOTU MAHANA) Motu Mahana, an islet adjacent to Taha’a, features white-sand beaches, swaying palms, crystal-clear waters and gentle breezes. Spend a full day here enjoying swimming, snorkelling and kayaking, playing volleyball, learning Tahitian cooking secrets or simply relaxing on the beach. Enjoy a delicious barbecue lunch along with Polynesian entertainment with strolling musicians and singers.

• 10 Night - Society Islands and Tuamotus.

• 11 Night - Cook Islands and Society Islands.

• 14 Night - Society Islands, Tuamotus and Marquesas.

Full details and prices available on request.

Day 4 & 5: BORA BORA Dominated by Mount Otemanu and surrounded by a protected lagoon, the author, James Michener, called Bora Bora ‘the most beautiful island in the world’. You’ll have two days to discover Bora Bora for yourself, exploring the lagoon on a snorkelling tour or underwater walk or enjoying a helicopter tour. Optional shore excursions include a jitney tour on ‘Le Truck’, a 4-wheel-drive safari or a glass-bottom boat ride. Enjoy beautiful views of the island as the M/S Paul Gauguin sets sail before dinner on the second day, followed by a relaxing evening on board. An overnight at the InterContinental Bora Bora Resort & Thalasso Spa is also available.

213

Our Airline Partners It is the policy at If Only… to use only scheduled airlines and below we have provided some general information regarding each of our airline partners with which you may have the pleasure of flying to your chosen destination featured in this brochure. Many of these airlines operate from various cities and regional add-on fares are available. Please ask a member of our Reservations team about these regional add-ons at the time of enquiry or booking.

British Airways British Airways sets itself the highest standards in everything it does. There is a choice of four cabins: World Traveller (economy class) offers a 31” seat pitch, seat-back entertainment systems, a free bar-service and complimentary three-course meals. World Traveller Plus is a quieter, more spacious cabin with 7” more leg room and greater seat recline than World Traveller, two armrests per seat and in-seat laptop power. The Club World seat adapts to your needs, whether you’re sleeping, eating, or relaxing. You will also enjoy lounge access at most airports and an exclusive arrivals lounge at London Heathrow Terminal 5.

Alternatively, you may enjoy a luxury travel experience in First with the ultimate in comfort, service, entertainment and privacy.

Etihad Airways Etihad Airways, the national airline of the United Arab Emirates, has been named as the airline with the Best First Class Cabin & the Best First Class seats in the world in Skytrax’s annual World Airline Awards, as well as number 6 in the Airline of the Year overall category. Coral Economy Class offers a 10.4” personal TV, video on-demand and a generous seat pitch and width. With a privacy shell, 6’1” luxurious fully flat beds and direct aisle access from every seat, 15” personal screens and limo transfers to and from your home*, Pearl Business Class is a more luxurious way to travel.

Diamond First Class offers the above high-end services as well as the benefits of a flat 6’8”, extra wide bed in your own personal suite, sliding doors for complete privacy, mini bar and a 23” personal screen (mileage restrictions apply).

Emirates Winner of over 500 awards, Emirates offers unrivalled levels of service, state-of-the art facilities and convenient scheduling to guarantee your comfort. Emirates currently operates 20 daily direct services to Dubai from 6 UK Airports – Heathrow, London Gatwick, Birmingham, Manchester, Newcastle and Glasgow with onward connections to over 150 worldwide destinations. Emirates’ modern fleet of aircraft offer individual TV screens in every seat and the ‘ice’ (information, communications, entertainment) entertainment system features more than 1800 entertainment channels. Emirates won the prestigious title of the World’s Best Airline in the 2013 World Airline Awards.

Qatar Airways Currently operating daily flights from London Heathrow, Manchester and Edinburgh to Doha from the UK, Qatar Airways ever-expanding route network offers hassle free connections to over 140 destinations. Economy class offers one of the widest seats available plus access to over 1000 entertainment options whilst those looking for a premium experience can enjoy extra levels of comfort in one of the most remarkable Business and First Class cabins in the skies as well as access to the dedicated Lounges, Dining and Spa facilities at the world’s first Premium Terminal in Doha.

Qantas Founded in 1920, Qantas is the flagship Australian carrier now operating 2 daily services from London Heathrow to Dubai, so a major player in international travel. One of the first airlines to operate the doubledecker Airbus A380, they now have a commercial and route agreement with partner Emirates and offer a 4 cabin configuration with First, Business, Premium Economy and Economy classes.

Malaysia Airlines Malaysia Airlines flies to more than 60 destinations every day and has received a 5 Star Airline award. It offers 14 weekly direct flights between the United Kingdom and Kuala Lumpur operated by the Airbus A380.

Malaysia Airlines offer generous baggage allowances, Economy 30kg, Business 40kg and 50kg for First class.

Its first class and business cabins offers spacious surroundings, fine dining and comfortable flat beds. Great entertainment is offered onboard including up to 50 movies.

214

Airlines

Air New Zealand Flying long haul with Air New Zealand is an experience to savour. Business Premier customers will enjoy premium lounges, lie-flat beds, a 12.1-inch screen and three pieces of checked in luggage. Premium Economy class offers comfortable seating, 10.6” touch screen, premium check-in and two pieces of checked in baggage. Economy class passengers will benefit from an ergonomically designed seat with adjustable headrest, complimentary food and wine, personal screen with on-demand entertainment and 23kgs of checked in baggage. On long haul flights, the innovative Economy SkycouchTM (three economy seats) will benefit couples and families who would like a little extra space.

Singapore Airlines Currently the world’s most awarded airline, Singapore Airlines has one of the world’s youngest aircraft fleet and offers worldwide connections as part of Star Alliance. The luxurious First Class Suite offers a private world of comfort and indulgence with a flat bed with duvet and pillows. Enjoy the Business Class cabin also featuring a lie flat bed. Premium Economy offers greater seat comfort, more food options as well as inflight and on-ground benefits. Economy Class innovative design maximises knee and legroom. All cabins feature entertainment on demand with a large personal video screen, and of course beautifully prepared meals.

Thai Airways Thai Airways consistently wins awards from international bodies for their service levels and superior cuisine.

THAI operates a modern fleet offering four different cabin options including Royal First Class, Royal Silk Class and Economy Class. The THAI interactive AVOD (Audio Visual On Demand) in-flight entertainment options will suit every taste. With a unique and charming Thai culture and tradition, a warm and friendly welcome awaits you.

Cathay Pacific Cathay Pacific has been in operation since the 1940s and is one of the major pioneers of international travel.

Based in Hong Kong, and operating a fleet of over 135 wide-bodied aircraft, award winning service remains at the heart of the airline. Flying 4 times daily from Heathrow to Hong Kong and onwards across Asia, Cathay Pacific has 4 cabins to choose from: First, Business, Premium Economy, and Economy.

Vietnam Airlines Flying twice weekly to both Ho Chi Minh and Hanoi, Vietnam Airlines is the gateway carrier to Indochina, operating a modern fleet from London Gatwick. Seat pitch varies across the 3 cabin configuration; 59 inches in business class, 36-38 inches in Deluxe Economy and 31-32 inches in Economy Class, all combined with friendly service and a wide selection of meals and beverages.

Fiji Airways Expect a warm welcome when flying within the Pacific on Fiji Airways. The modern fleet offers a choice of economy or business classes and 23kgs of checked in baggage on international flights. Sit back, relax and enjoy in-flight entertainment from the variety of films, TV programmes and music available. Enjoy authentic South Pacific cuisine and a range of beverages served by friendly, smiling crew members.

Air Tahiti Nui Experience charming hospitality and superior service on-board flights across the Pacific to and from French Polynesia. A choice of two cabin classes offer comfortable surroundings and warm service at any budget.

Poerava Business Class provides priority check-in, comfortable, multi-point seats, personal, crystal clear 12inch high definition touch screens, French inspired cuisine and a wide selection of beverages. Passengers travelling in Moana Economy Class will benefit from reclining seats, a 9-inch screen loaded with movies, music and video games, USB port and delicious meals and drinks.

215

Essential Travel Information Accommodation The hotels featured in our brochure and on our website are, in our opinion, the best available, however that does not mean that all of them are right for you. To some ‘luxury’ means a rustic ‘get-awayfrom-it-all’ retreat, while others expect a glamorous international resort. Taking time to browse our brochure, visit our web site and discuss your particular requirements with our destination specialists will ensure that we can produce your dream holiday.

When a hotel description states a ‘sea view’ or ‘ocean view’ this may in fact only be a partial or restricted view. In Triple rooms, the third bed may be a rollaway extra bed. Many hotels may charge for some land and water activities listed.

Many of the hotels in our brochure are located in tropical climates.

Accordingly they sometimes attract unwelcome visitors of the insect variety. This represents part and parcel of life and should not be interpreted as being an indication that the accommodation is lacking in hygiene standards.

We take great care in selecting our featured accommodation, however if accommodation requested at time of booking is not personally known to our destination specialists, we cannot provide assurances in respect to the standard of facilities and services.

Airport taxes Generally speaking the airport taxes are incorporated in the package price you have paid. Occasionally airports will apply a Departure Tax which requires to be paid in cash before your return flight – this will be advised at time of booking.

Alcohol and Drugs Restrictive legislation against the carriage of alcohol, prescription medication and other drugs is increasingly common in destinations worldwide. To make the most of your trip visit www.gov.uk/foreigntravel-advice for updated information on the laws governing alcohol, prescription medication and other drugs.

Airline Check-in Where possible, we recommend ‘on-line’ check-in. Please refer to your airline’s web site for their on-line check-in policy. It is your responsibility to respect the check-in times specified by the airline on which you are travelling, and to ensure that you arrive at your departure airport in plenty of time. If Only...is unable to accept any liability if you miss your flight as a result of your late check-in or your transport to the airport being delayed.

All Inclusive holidays Where one of our resorts offers an all-inclusive product, it is worth noting that the all-inclusive aspect may start and finish at certain times on the arrival and departure dates. If Only... will provide you with details of the All Inclusive package booked, however some resorts are prone to occasionally alter the specific terms of their All-Inclusive package and this is something beyond our control.

Baggage allowance Baggage allowances and permitted items vary from airline to airline and are dependent on class of travel, please ask our staff for further details and check the airline’s own website for updated baggage policy. In some of our destinations transfers on a smaller aircraft may be required and this might affect your baggage allowance. Please check with our experts for details. Charges for excess luggage will be levied at the discretion of the airline.

Board basis For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise stated, where the board basis is ‘half-board’ or ‘all-inclusive’, then as a general rule all meals will be taken in the main restaurant. Should guests wish to use an alternative restaurant, then a supplement will normally be applied by the hotel. Where hotels offer complimentary half board, restrictions may apply and dining options limited. Please clarify with your hotel upon check-in.

Christmas and New Year It is commonplace for guests staying in resort hotels over the Christmas and New Year period to pay a supplement for compulsory additional services, such as gala dinners. It may also be necessary to pre-book restaurants during peak periods and there may also be a minimum night’s stay requirement at some hotels, please enquire at time of booking. Some of our resorts also implement more stringent cancellation fees for these peak season bookings.

Credit cards At some hotels and island resorts, credit cards are essential as they are required to guarantee your hotel extras bill.

Disabled Travellers The enjoyment of your holiday is important to us but we recognise that some of the tours, cruises and holidays we offer may not be suitable for clients with reduced mobility or special needs, so we strongly recommended that suitability is discussed prior to making your booking. We are happy to provide personal advice on whether a particular tour, cruise or holiday is suitable for your needs as we understand that each client will have their own specific requirements.

To make your arrangements run as smoothly as possible, our airline and other transport partners may require specific details of a disability/ mobility issue prior to travel.

Dress code Our destinations vary from the Himalayas to the deserts of Arabia, so advice on clothing will vary considerably from country to country.

Many of our hotels observe a dress code, particularly for dining in the evening. Our specialists can advise you at time of booking on any applicable dress code policy. In public places or during particular, in some of our destinations, conservative dress may be required. Being dressed in a ‘respectful’ manner particularly when visiting temples, churches, shrines and mosques is essential. Our destination experts can advise on dress codes and appropriate clothing.

Excursions Any excursions booked and paid for in resort are operated by the local handling company. Accordingly you will be subject to their booking conditions and cancellation charges. Given that If Only… is not party to the provision of these services, refunds cannot be obtained from us at any time.

Flight delays For a variety of reasons such as adverse weather conditions, air traffic congestion and technical problems, flight delays are always a possibility. While the airline may make alternative arrangements to ensure you reach your destination, there will be no compensation for any loss of services or any consequential reduction in the length of your holiday. However, such matters may be the subject of a claim on your insurance policy.

Flight schedule changes Regrettably airlines occasionally change their flight schedules. Please note that we cannot be held responsible for any such changes made after the time of booking. Final flight times will be detailed on your travel documentation, please check these times carefully.

Government advice Should you have any concerns regarding travel due to political unrest, potential violence etc we would recommend that you access the government website at www.gov.uk for specific advice.

Golf clubs/sports equipment If you intend carrying golf clubs or sports equipment please advise us at the time of booking as this may affect your luggage allowance and may result in additional charges being imposed by airlines and or transfer companies.

Health It is imperative when travelling to worldwide destinations that you consult your GP or local health clinic before booking your trip and before travelling, to make sure that you have taken all the necessary health precautions. Other sources of information include www.gov.uk and www.nathnac.org.uk. As conditions can change quickly, please also check the current health requirements of the destination you are visiting closer to your departure date. Some countries will require additional certification or visas from travellers who may have been in regions of epidemic. You must also, at time of booking, inform If Only... of any pre-existing medical conditions or disability which may affect your holiday. Passengers who have reached 28 weeks in their pregnancy may not be accepted by the majority of airlines without a medical certificate, however conditions vary from airline to airline.

If you plan to travel to any of our hotels that are above 3000 metres and have circulation, heart or respiratory problem then please consult your doctor before booking. Please note that you are strongly advised against scuba diving for 24 hours before travelling by air.

Hotel Classification Across the regions of the world that we feature there is no standardised classification and grading of hotels. However we appreciate that a ‘star’ rating is often the first point of reference when considering a resort or hotel for your holiday. Wherever possible we have included the official star rating as provided by that destination’s official tourism authority. If this is not available we have asked our partner hotels to supply us with the star grading that they normally use. This is not a categorisation implemented by If Only… but a reflection of what each hotel or resort promotes its classification/grading to be, so it is important to read carefully the individual hotel descriptions. Our specialist can also help in explaining the services, facilities and standards of each hotel or resort that we feature.

Loyalty programmes If requested to do so, we will add hotel and airline loyalty programme membership numbers to your booking where possible, but please note that on some of our specially negotiated rates ‘points’ or ‘miles’ are not always awarded.

Maintenance, renovation and construction work In order to maintain high standards, hotel renovation is a continual process, particularly in the low season. In this event, hotel management will ensure that any disturbance to guests is restricted to the absolute minimum. If we have been made aware of any significant renovation programme, we will advise you before travel. In some of our destinations construction work is commonplace and we will use our best efforts to ensure that you are advised in advance of any intended works within your hotel or in the immediate vicinity. Some works may be unscheduled and therefore we would not be in a position to inform you before departure. Regrettably we cannot accept responsibility for such improvement/building/construction works but if we are of the opinion that this may seriously impair the enjoyment of your holiday we will offer you the opportunity to transfer to an alternative hotel of comparable standard. If the alternative available is at an extra cost, the difference will be payable by you. Alternatively, If Only… will give you the option to cancel and you will receive a full refund.

Passenger names & Advance Passenger Information System (APIS) Increasingly airlines require Advance Passenger Information at time of booking or well before date of travel. It is essential that the name(s) you provide at the time of booking conforms to that on your passport(s). Airlines will not allow any subsequent name change after booking without a very substantial financial penalty. This point of information is particularly relevant to honeymoon couples where the bride decides to change her surname subsequent to the booking having been placed. Passport information, date(s) of birth, you mobile phone number and emergency contact numbers are required at time of booking It is also essential that a mobile phone contact number for the Lead passenger is provided to If Only... at time of booking.

Without this information, assistance with weather related cancellations, delays or re-booking cannot be effectively provided by If Only... in accordance with the Package Travel Directive, and no reimbursement shall be made.

Passports and visas It is solely your responsibility to obtain any passports, visas, health certificates, international driving licences, entry requirements and other travel documents required for your holiday including all stops en route. We do not accept any responsibility or liability if you cannot travel, or incur any other loss because you have not complied with any passport, visa or immigration requirements or any health formalities.

See our Booking Conditions (Your Responsibilities Section) for more information. Currently, a valid ten-year British Passport, with a minimum validity of at least six months on the arrival date back in the UK is required for all holidays we feature. Should your passport be in the final year of validity we advise you to thoroughly check the requirements of the country you intend to visit prior to finalising your travel plans. For further detailed information please visit www.gov.uk/ foreign-travel-advice. Non British Citizens must check their passport and visa requirements prior to booking with the Embassy or Consulate of the country they intend to visit.

Prices The prices shown throughout this publication are the minimum available at the time of pricing and are subject to availability. Individual quotations may be given based upon your travel dates, departure airport, airline and class of travel, as well as your preferred room grade. Prices shown, in general include: · Accommodation in low season in 2016 based upon 2 adults sharing (unless otherwise stated) · Meals as detailed · Private car transfers or speedboat/seaplane transfers · Services of our representatives From time to time we may produce special offers, please contact your travel agent for full details. See our Booking Conditions for our Price Pledge.

Ramadan and other Religious Festivals Experiencing the culture of our destinations can be a highly enriching experience particularly during religious and local festivals. Observance of local customs may be more pronounced at these times and visitors should treat theses traditions with respect. Please follow local guidance such as restrictions on alcohol consumption, ‘respectful’ dress etc. at all times but particularly during these festivals.

Room check-in and check-out times Check-in and check-out times may vary from hotel to hotel, please enquire at the time of booking. Our hotels will attempt to accommodate early arrivals or late departures but this is not always possible. If you would like to have access to your room outwith normal check-in/ check-out times for an additional period or for an extra night, this can be arranged for a supplement at the time booking.

Seat requests If requested to do so, we will do all we can to reserve a specific seat for you. However, seat allocation is not guaranteed (as per the airlines’ conditions of carriage) and most airlines will not allocate seats until tickets have been issued. In some cases airlines charge for this service, requiring an additional payment from the passenger(s). If this is important to you, please arrive for your flight early, regardless of having made this request in advance.

Special requests We will do our utmost to ensure that any special requests or special needs you may have are satisfied, whether they relate to the flight or your hotel. Such requests must be made in writing. However, please appreciate that they are merely ‘requests’ and therefore cannot be guaranteed.

Unused services Refunds are not available for services booked and provided but not utilised.

Weather In the introduction to each destination we have included a brief overview providing information on average general weather conditions.

Please note that this is for guidance and cannot be relied upon as weather conditions around the world are becoming more unpredictable. If Only… cannot be held liable for any impairment of your holiday caused by adverse weather conditions. Further information can also be found on the ‘When to Go’ tab for each destination, hotel, and tour on our web site www.ifonly.net.

217

Our Booking Conditions 2 PAYMENT TERMS When you make your booking, you must pay a non refundable deposit of 10% of your total holiday cost or £200 per person, whichever is the greater. Additionally, weddings will incur a further deposit of £150. Some services require higher deposits and early balance payments and you will be advised of this at time of booking. This may limit rights of cancellation.

Otherwise, the balance of the price of your travel arrangements should be received by us at least ten weeks before your departure date. If the deposit and/or balance is not paid in time we have the right to cancel your travel arrangements. If the balance is not paid in time we shall retain your deposit. If the booking is made within 10 weeks of departure then full payment is required at time of booking.

We reserve the right to amend our prices at any time prior to you booking your holiday.

3 EXCHANGE RATES Prices shown have been calculated using current exchange rates, however as rates do change quickly this might affect published website prices. AUD 1.74, NZD 1.85, Fiji Dollar 2.67, Euro 1.18, USD 1.30. July 2016.

4 PRICE PLEDGE / SURCHARGES Changes in transportation costs, including the cost of fuel; dues, taxes or fees chargeable for services such as landing taxes or fees at airports; and exchange rates mean that the price of your travel arrangements may change after booking. However there will be no price change within 30 days of your departure.

Should your holiday price increase, you will not be charged for any amount equivalent to 2% of the price of your holiday. You will only have to pay the amount over and above the 2% of your holiday cost, up to a maximum of 10%. Added to this will be an administration charge of £1 per person together with an amount to cover agents’ commission.

If there is an increase of more than 10% of the holiday cost, you will have the option of accepting a change to another holiday, if we are able to offer one, or cancelling and receiving a full refund of all monies paid excluding any amendment charges. Should you decide to cancel for this reason, you must exercise your right to do so within 14 days from the issue date printed on your final invoice. Should the price of your holiday go down due to the changes mentioned above, by more than 2% of your holiday cost, then any refund due will be paid to you.

However, please note that travel arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to contractual and other protection in place. Some governments are known to unilaterally increase the rate of Goods, Service, Tourism, Municipality Bed or Airport Tax with very little notice. In the event that this should occur after your booking has been made but prior to departure, we reserve the right to levy any eligible surcharge against you and will inform you of the reasons for any such increase.

If we become aware of a planned surcharge that may affect your holiday price after you have booked, we may contact you to request earlier/interim payment.

In some circumstances this request would avoid the necessity of passing these increases onto you.

5 CANCELLATION (BY YOU) Should you choose to cancel your booking then intimation by you or your travel agent must be made to us in writing and the cancellation will be effective from the date of receipt. Cancellation charges are as follows: No. days before departure that notification is received by us: More than 70 days 43 to 69 days 22 to 42 days 14 to 21 days 0 to 13 days

Amount of full holiday cost payable: deposit 50% 70% 90% 100%

The cancellation charges set out above apply to all bookings except where a booking includes items or services where the suppliers’ cancellation charges exceed those shown above. In these cases we can provide you with a copy of our suppliers’ terms on request, but please note that 100% cancellation charges may apply in some circumstances Please enquire at the time of booking. If the reason for your cancellation is covered under the terms of your insurance policy, you may be able to reclaim these charges.

6 CANCELLATION (BY US) We reserve the right in any circumstances to cancel your travel arrangements. However we will not cancel your travel arrangements less than ten weeks before your departure date, except for reasons of force majeure (see below), failure by you to pay the final balance Should a duplicate reservation be made on the same airline that is not booked

by If Only... but is made by you or your agent, then the booking with If Only... may be subject to cancellation or additional charges if we cannot secure your ticket at the same fare. In such circumstances any funds paid to If Only... will not be refundable.

If we are unable to provide the booked travel arrangements, you can either have a refund of all monies paid or accept an offer of alternative travel arrangements of comparable standard from us. If it is necessary to cancel your travel arrangements, compensation will be payable in accordance with the table contained in clause 8 below, except where the cancellation is caused by circumstances amounting to force majeure (see below).

7 AMENDMENTS (BY YOU) If after a confirmation number has been issued, you choose to amend your booking at any time we will endeavour to be of assistance but amendments will not always be possible. A request to amend must be made in writing by the person who made the booking or by your travel agent. If we are able to accept the change, an amendment fee of £50 per person, per change plus any further cost we incur in making this alteration will be charged and payable at time of change. You should be aware that these costs could increase the closer to the departure date, or once travel has commenced, that changes are made and you should contact us as soon as possible. Certain travel arrangements may not be changeable after a reservation has been made and any alteration request could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements.

Major amendments such as changing the dates of travel or number of passengers travelling may be treated as a cancellation and re-booking or may involve a recalculation of the holiday cost.

218

Booking Conditions

1 CONTRACT The booking conditions will constitute the contract between If Only… (a trading name of If Only Holidays Limited) - ATOL 4269/ABTA W3086 and all those listed on the booking on whose behalf the party leader is acting.

A contract will exist as soon as we have issued a confirmation number. This contract is made on the terms of these booking conditions, which are governed by Scottish Law, and the jurisdiction of the Scottish Courts. You may however, choose the law and jurisdiction of England or Northern Ireland.

We reserve the right to alter the prices of any of the holidays shown in our brochure. You will be advised of the current prices of the holiday that you wish to book before your contract is confirmed.

8 AMENDMENTS (BY US) As arrangements are made many months in advance, we have to reserve the right to make changes to brochure and holiday details both before and after you have booked your holiday. Any such changes are likely to be minor and we will advise you or your travel agent at the earliest possible moment. A change affecting a stay in a hotel during a tour where the hotel itself is not the focus of the tour, does not constitute a major change. If the change may be deemed to be a major one: e.g. a change to a lower official classification of accommodation than that booked or a departure time alteration of more than twelve hours, we will tell you as soon as possible and you will have three options: (a) accept the changes as notified (b) purchase an alternative If Only… holiday (c) cancel your holiday and receive a full refund of monies paid.

In the event of (a), (b), or (c) above, except where change arises due to reason of force majeure, we will pay compensation per paying passenger as follows: No. of days before departure that notification is given to your travel agent More than 70 days 43 to 69 days 29 to 42 days 15 to 28 days 0 to 14 days

Compensation per paying passenger nil £10 £20 £30 £35

9 INSURANCE It is a condition of booking your holiday and your responsibility to arrange suitable and adequate insurance cover at the time of making your reservation. Your insurance must include cover for cancellation or curtailment of your holiday and cover the total price of your holiday as well as the cost of repatriation in the event of accident or illness. In the event of cancellation or curtailment of your holiday, If Only… terms and conditions apply. Refunds of unused flights, transfers, accommodation or any other services will not be considered.

10 SCHEDULED AIRLINES Air transportation is by scheduled services.

We reserve the right to substitute alternative airlines or aircraft types. Such alterations do not constitute a significant change to your holiday arrangements and you will not therefore be entitled to cancel or change to another holiday, as a result. In the event of a delay to your flight, your airline is obliged, under the EU Regulation 261/2004 on Denied Boarding, Cancellation and Delay, to offer you appropriate compensation. Further information can be found on the ABTA website. Further assistance may be available from your insurance policy.

Compensation is not due from us in the event of delay caused by circumstances beyond anyone’s control such as strikes, weather and unavoidable breakdown.

In accordance with EU Regulation 2111/2005 we are required to advise you of the actual carrier operating your flights - we do this by listing the carriers used by us. In accordance with EU Directive (EC) No 2111/2005 Article 9, we are required to bring to your attention the existence of a “Community list” which contains details of air carriers who are subject to an operating ban within the EU. The Community list is available for inspection at ifonly.net. This brochure is not issued on behalf of, and does not commit the airlines mentioned herein or any airline whose services are used in the course of your travel arrangements.

Please note that in accordance with Air Navigation Orders in order to qualify for infant status, a child must be under 2 years of age on the date of its return flight.

11 BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE Baggage allowance will be shown on your flight tickets and if this is exceeded the airline may levy excess baggage charges.

Baggage allowance for domestic internal flights or seaplane transfers in destination may be less than your international allowance. Please enquire at time of booking.

12 FORCE MAJEURE We will not pay you compensation if we have to cancel or change your travel arrangements in any way because of unusual or unforeseeable circumstances beyond our control. These can include, for example, war, riot, industrial dispute, terrorist activity and its consequences, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, adverse weather conditions, epidemics and pandemics, unavoidable technical problems with transport. Advice from the government to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure. We will follow the advice given by the Foreign Office in the UK and by the Department of Foreign Affairs in the Republic of Ireland.

13 YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES Any passports, visas, health certificates, International Driving Licences, entry requirements and other travel documents required for your holiday must be obtained by you, whose responsibility it remains to ensure that these are all in order and to meet any additional costs incurred (whether by you or by us on your behalf) as a result of failure to comply with such requirements.

You are responsible to arrive at stated departure times and places and any loss or damage which you suffer through failure to do so lies with you. We have no liability whatsoever to you through your failure to do so. In the UK, the Foreign & Commonwealth Advice Unit may have issued information about your holiday destination. You are advised to check this information at if only.net.

All guests staying with us are expected to conduct themselves in an orderly and acceptable manner and not to disrupt the enjoyment of other guests. We reserve the right at our absolute discretion to terminate without notice and liability the holiday arrangements of any person whose behaviour is such that it is likely, in our opinion, or that of any accommodation owner or manager, airline pilot, or other person in authority, to cause distress, danger, damage or annoyance to other customers, employees, property or to any third party.

If any person or persons are prevented from travelling because in the opinion of any person in authority they appear unfit to travel, or are likely to cause discomfort or disturbance to the customers or passengers, our responsibility for the holiday will cease. In all cases full cancellation charges apply and we will be under no obligation whatsoever for any costs incurred. We cannot be held responsible for the actions or behaviour of any other guests or individuals who have no connection with your booking arrangements with us.

It is essential that a mobile phone contact number for the Lead passenger is provided to If Only... at time of booking. Without this information, assistance with weather related cancellations, delays or re-booking cannot be effectively provided by If Only... in accordance with the Package Travel Directive, and no reimbursement shall therefore be made.responsible for the actions or behaviour of any other guests or individuals who have no connection with your booking arrangements with us.

14 COMPLAINTS AND ARBITRATION At If Only… we will do everything possible to ensure that you have an enjoyable and trouble-free holiday. However as you will appreciate, there are certain aspects of your holiday which are not within our direct control. In the unlikely event that you have a problem or complaint during your holiday, then please bring it to the attention of the relevant person e.g. airline, representative or hotelier, in order that it may be remedied at the time.

Should you not receive satisfaction then please contact our office which is open Mondays to Saturdays from 9.00am – 5.00pm. Should the problem not be resolved, then please bring it to our attention upon your return. Any such complaint must be received by us in writing within 28 days of your return home.

If you fail to follow these simple procedures we will have been deprived of the opportunity to investigate and rectify your complaint whilst you were at the destination and this may affect your rights under this contract.

It is unlikely that you will have a complaint that cannot be settled amicably between us, however as a Member of ABTA (Membership No.W3086), we are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you as indicated by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. We can offer you an arbitration scheme for the resolution of disputes arising out of this contract. The scheme is arranged by ABTA and administered independently. It is a simple and inexpensive method of arbitration on documents alone with restricted liability on you for costs. The upper limit on claims is £5,000 per person and £25,000 per booking form. The scheme doesn’t apply to claims which are solely in respect of physical injury or illness or their consequences. It can however deal with claims which include an element of minor injury or illness subject to a limit of £1,500 on the amount the arbitrator can award per person in respect of this element. Your request for arbitration must be received by ABTA within eighteen months of the date of return from holiday.

For injury and illness claims, you can request the ABTA Mediation Procedure and we have the option to agree to mediation. Further information on the Code and ABTA’s assistance in resolving disputes can be found on www.abta.com.

15 OUR RESPONSIBILITIES AND LIABILITY TO YOU ((1) Subject to these booking conditions, your holiday arrangements will be made using reasonable skill and care. If any part of your travel arrangements is not provided as promised, and we have not been able to provide an alternative of a comparable standard, we will pay you appropriate compensation if this has affected the enjoyment of your travel arrangements. As long as they were acting within the course of their employment or carrying out work we had asked them to do, we will be responsible if our employees or agents fail to make your holiday arrangements using reasonable skill and care. It is your responsibility to show that reasonable skill and care has not been used, in the event of making a claim against us. If we, or our employees or agents fail to make your holiday arrangements using reasonable skill and care, taking into account all relevant factors (e.g. following the complaints procedure as described in these conditions and the extent to which the our acts or omissions (or those of our employees or agents) affected the overall enjoyment of your holiday), we will pay you reasonable compensation.

Our liability, except in cases involving death, injury or illness, shall be limited to a maximum of twice the cost of your travel arrangements.

(2) We will not be responsible or pay you any compensation for any injury, illness, death, loss, damage, expense, cost or other claim of any description which results from: a)the act(s) and/or omission(s) of the person(s) affected; b) the act(s) and /or omission(s) of any third party not connected with the provision of the services contracted for and which were unforeseeable or unavoidable; or c) unusual or unforeseeable circumstances beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all due care had been exercised; or d) an event which either ourselves, our employees, agents, suppliers or subcontractors could not, even with all due care, have foreseen or forestalled.

(3) The services and facilities included in your holiday will be deemed to be provided with reasonable skill and care if they comply with any local regulations which apply, or, if there are no applicable regulations, if they are reasonable when compared to the local standards in practice. The fact that services of facilities fail to comply with local or UK guidance or advice shall not of itself mean that that the services or facilities in question have not been provided with reasonable skill and care.

(4) Our liability will also be limited in accordance with and/or in an identical manner to: a) Loss of and/or damage to any luggage or personal possessions and money.

The maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is £25 per person because you are assumed to have adequate insurance in place to cover any losses of this kind (b) The contractual terms of the companies that provides the transportation for your travel arrangements. These terms are incorporated into this contract (c) Any relevant international convention e.g. The Montreal Convention in respect of travel by air, the Athens Convention in respect of travel by sea, the Berne Convention in respect of travel by rail and the Paris Convention in respect of the provision of accommodation, which limit the amount of compensation that you can claim for death, injury, delay to passengers and loss, damage and delay to luggage. We are to be regarded as having all benefit of any limitation of compensation contained in these or any conventions. You can obtain copies of the Conventions and the transport conditions of carriage from us.

you book with If Only..., your contract will be with the operator of the excursion or tour and not with If Only…. We are not responsible for the provision of the excursion or tour nor for anything that happens during the course of its provision by the operator.

16 FINANCIAL SECURITY We provide full financial protection for our package holidays, by way of our Air Travel Organiser’s Licence number 4269. When you buy an ATOL protected flight or flight inclusive holiday from us you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong.

We will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where we aren’t able do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you have bought or a suitable alternative (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable).

If we are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL Scheme.

If you book travel arrangements other than a flight or flight package from this brochure, financial protection will be provided by way of a bond held by ABTA. 17 ABTA We are a member of ABTA, membership number W3086. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct.

We can also offer you an arbitration scheme for the resolution of disputes arising out of, or in connection with this contract. Further information on the Code and arbitration can be found at www.abta.com.

18 DATA PROTECTION STATEMENT We have measures in place to protect any personal booking information that you have given us. This information will be passed on to the principal and to the relevant suppliers of your travel arrangements. The information may also be provided to public authorities such as customs or immigration if required by them, or as required by law. Certain information may also be passed on to security or credit checking companies.

Please note that if you travel outside of the European Economic Area, controls on data protection may not be as strong as the legal requirements in the UK. Sensitive information such as details of any disabilities/dietary/religious requirements will only be passed on to persons or companies responsible for your travel arrangements. If we are unable to pass this information to relevant suppliers, whether in the EEA or not, we will not be able to implement your booking request. In making this booking, you consent to this information being passed on to the relevant persons. Full details of the data protection policy are available on request.

19 GROUP BOOKINGS Different booking conditions and prices may apply for Group reservations. Please contact us for relevant details.

20 BROCHURE ACCURACY These Booking Conditions are believed to be accurate at the time of publication (September 2016), however we may alter these at any time and if we do so all subsequent bookings will be governed by the revised booking condition. An up to date and accurate version of current booking conditions can be found at www.ifonly.net/booking-conditions Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in our brochures and on the web site is accurate. However, as you will appreciate, we have to contend with: a) conditions outwith our control b) the fact that the brochure has been compiled many months before the departure date c) the possibility of human error d) Hotel Images - For the most part, images featured in our brochure and the website are provided by the hotels and tourist boards. Please note that they need not necessarily truly reflect the current appearance of the hotel and its surroundings as further developments may have taken place since the images were produced.

PHOTOGRAPHY Thank you to the following for their kind assistance in providing photographic support:- Tourism Australia - Tourism New Zealand - Tourism Fiji - Cook Islands Tourism - Tahiti Tourisme - Destination New South Wales - Tourism Victoria - South Australia Tourism Commission - Tourism Tasmania - Tourism NT - Tourism Western Australia - Tourism and Events Queensland - and the many hoteliers and suppliers whose products feature within this brochure.

This liability clause does not apply to any separate contracts that you may enter into for excursions or activities in resort. Excursions, activities and hazardous pursuits that you may choose to book or pay for whilst you are on holiday are not part of your package holiday provided by us. For any excursion or other tour that

219

Arabia & Indian Ocean

Please refer to our Arabia & Indian Ocean and Asia brochures for more exciting destinations.

Reservations: 0141 955 4000 After Sales: 0141 955 4041 Accounts: 0141 955 4042

res@ifonly.net after.sales@ifonly.net accounts@ifonly.net

www.ifonly.net

Milngavie Enterprise Centre Ellangowan Court, Milngavie Glasgow G62 8PH